(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

\ Bulletin of 
Wake Forest College 
of Wake Forest University 



jSSjS^^BSjv^ 



flB eo»w/// / ' 



1979-1980 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 



http://archive.org/details/bulletinofwakefo19791980 



New Series 



April 1979 



Volume 74, Number 3 



vmskm 



Bulletin of 
Wake Forest College of 
Wake Forest University 



Announcements for 



1979-1980 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest Universit) is published seven nines annuall) In die I iu\ «-imi\ ,h Winston-Salem, North Carolina 

Second ilass postage p. ml al Winston-Salem, North Carolina 

LPS 078-320 

Printed In Winston Printing Company, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27105 



The Calendar 



Fall Semester 1979 



August 

August 

August 

August 

August 

August 

August 

September 

September 

September 

October 

November 

November 

November 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

December 

January 



23 

25 
24 
2b 
27 
28 
29 

4 
11 
28 
19 
22 
25 
26 

7 

10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
17 
18 
19 
13 



Thursday 

Saturday 

Friday 

Sunday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Tuesday 

Tuesday 

Friday 

Friday 

Thursday 

Sunday 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

W 

Si 



} 
} 







JA 


JJA 


RY 






5 


v 


1 


W 


T 


F 


s 




1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


J 


u 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


2 7 


28 


29 


30 


31 














WI 








S 


M 


T 


w 


T 


F 


S 






1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


1 3 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


'V 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 










SEPTEM 


Bee 






S 


M 


T 


w 


T 


F 


s 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


e 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 


14 


1 5 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


' i 


24 


2S 


26 


27 


28 


29 



Residence halls open at noon for first year students 
Residence halls open at noon tor transfer students 

Orientation for new students 

Registration for all courses 

(Masses begin 
Opening Convocation 
Fast day to add courses 
Fast day to drop courses 
Mid-term grades due 

Thanksgiving recess 

Classes resume 
(-lasses end 

Examinations 

Reading Day 



Examinations 



i ucjuav " 

A'ednesdav ^ 
iundav J 



Christmas recess 



1979 







FEBRUARY 






s 


v 


T 


W T 


f 


S 








1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 B 


9 


IC 


1 1 


12 


13 


14 15 


16 


1 7 


8 


19 


20 


21 22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 












JUNE 






S 


M 


T 


W T 


F 


s 


I 


4 


5 


6 7 


1 

e 


2 
9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 14 


15 


6 


1 ' 


18 


19 


20 21 


22 


2 J 


24 


25 


26 


27 28 


29 


3C 






OCTOBER 






S 


w 


T 


w T 


F 


S 




l 


2 


3 4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 1 1 


12 


13 


• a 


15 


16 


17 18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 25 


26 


2-' 


28 


29 


30 


31 













ARC 


H 






S 


M 


T 


w 


T 


F 


S 










1 


2 


3 


j 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


'8 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


2i 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


3: 








JUIY 








S 


M 


T 


w 


T 


F 


S 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 


1 4 


■ 5 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


2 1 


2 2 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 














NO 


VEM 


8ER 






s 


M 


T 


W 


T 


F 


S 


4 


5 


6 


7 


1 
8 


2 
9 


3 
10 


1 1 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 









APRIL 






5 


V 


T W T 


F 


S 


1 


2 


3 4 5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 1 1 12 


13 


i 


1 5 


16 


17 18 19 


20 


2i 


22 


23 


24 25 26 


27 


28 


29 


30 












AUGUST 






S 


w 


T W T 


F 


S 






1 2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 8 9 


10 


1 1 


1 2 


13 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


i9 


20 


21 22 23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 29 30 


31 








DECEMBER 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


1 
8 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


1 5 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


' 1 


"' 


25 26 27 


28 


29 



Spring Semester 1980 



January 


14 


Monday 


January 


15 


Tuesday 


January 


16 


Wednesday 


January 


21 


Monday 


January 


29 


Tuesday 


February 


7 


Thursday 


February 


12 


Tuesday 


February 


13 


Wednesday 


February 


15 


Friday 


February 


22 


Friday 


March 


3 


Monday 


March 


7 


Friday 


March 


8 


Saturday 


March 


16 


Sunday 


March 


17 


Monday 


April 


7 


Monday 


April 


8 


Tuesday 


May 


2 


Friday 


May 


5 


Monday 


May 


6 


Tuesday 


May 


7 


Wednesday 


May 


8 


Thursday 


May 


9 


Friday 


May 


10 


Saturday 


May 


12 


Monday 


May 


13 


Tuesday 


Mav 


18 


Sunday 


May 


19 


Monday 



} 



} 



} 



Registration for all courses 

Classes begin for four- and Fifteen-week courses 
Last day to drop or add four-week courses 
Last day to add Fifteen-week courses 
Founders' Day Convocation 
Classes end for four-week courses 
Classes begin for eleven-week courses 
Last day to drop Fifteen-week courses 
Last day to add eleven-week courses 
Last day to drop eleven-week courses 
Mid-term grades due 

Spring recess 

Classes resume 
Faster Monday Holiday 
Classes resume 
(Masses end 

Examinations 

Reading Day 



Examinations 

Baccalaureate 
Commencement 



1980 







JANUARY 




s 


M 


T W T 


F S 






1 2 3 


4 5 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


II 12 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 19 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


25 26 


27 


28 


29 30 31 









FEBRUARY 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 








1 


2 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


e 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 27 28 


29 









MARCH 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


1 
8 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


»» 


"" 


25 26 27 


28 


29 







APRIL 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 






1 2 3 


4 


3 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


75 


26 


27 


28 


29 30 











MAY 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 






1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 7 8 


9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 14 15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 21 22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 28 29 


30 


31 







JUNE 






S 


M 


I W T 


F 


S 


1 


2 


3 4 5 


4 


7 


8 


9 


10 1 1 12 


13 


1 4 


15 


16 


17 IB 19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 25 26 


27 


28 


29 


30 













JUIY 






S 


M 


T w T 


F 


S 






1 2 3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


1 1 


12 


13 


1 4 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 30 31 









AUGUST 






$ M 


T W T 


F 


S 






1 


2 


3 4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


10 1 1 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


17 18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


»,, 25 


26 27 28 


29 


30 







SEPTEMBER 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 




1 


2 3 4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 


13 


\ 4 


15 


16 17 18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 











OCTOBER 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 






1 2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 8 9 


10 


1 1 


12 


13 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 22 23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 29 30 


31 









NOVEMBER 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


7 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


1 

e 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


"'" 


24 


25 26 27 


28 


29 







DECEMBER 






S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 




1 


2 3 4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 10 1 1 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 T7 18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 31 







The Bulletin 



The Calendar 2 

The University 8 

Libraries 9 

Recognition and Accreditation 9 

The College 1 1 

History and Development 11 

Buildings and Grounds 1 8 

Purpose 19 

Administration 20 

Student Life 21 

St udent Government 21 

College Union 22 

Men's and Women's Residence Councils 22 

Interfraternity and Intersociety Councils 23 

Honor Societies and Professional Fraternities 23 

Academic Awards 23 

Intramural Athletics 24 

Intercollegiate Athletics 24 

Religious Activities 25 

Cultural Activities 25 

Health, Psychological, Placement, and Career Development Services 26 

Procedures 27 

Admission 27 

Application 27 

Early Decision 28 

Advanced Placement and C LLP 28 

Transfer ( Credit 28 

Expenses 20 

Tuition 29 

Room Charges 20 

Other Charges 20 

Refunds 30 

Housing and Food Services 31 

Academic Calendar 31 

Orientation and Advising 32 

Registration 32 

Classification 32 

Class Attendance 33 

Auditing 33 

Dropping 34 

Withdrawal 34 

Examinations 34 

Grading 34 



Grade Reports and Transcripts 35 

Dean's List and Graduation Distinctions 35 

Repetition of Courses 35 

Probat ion 36 

Requirements for Continuation 36 

Requirements for Read mission 37 

Senior Conditions 37 

Scholarships and Loans 38 

Scholarships 38 

Exchange Scholarships 42 

Loans 4 3 

( Concessions 44 

Other Financial Aid 45 

Special Programs 47 

Honors Study 47 

Open Curriculu m 47 

Residential Language (Centers 47 

St tidy at Salem C Col lege 48 

Summer Study 48 

January Study 48 

Opportunities for Study Abroad 4 IS 

London 4S 

Venice 4<X 

France 49 

Spain 49 

India 49 

Independent Study 49 

Requirements for Degrees 50 

Degrees Offered 50 

General Requirements 50 

Basic Requirements 51 

Divisional Requirements 51 

Requirement in Physical Education 52 

Proficiency in the Use of English 52 

Completion of Lower Division Requirements 52 

Admission to the Upper Division 53 

Fields of Study in the Upper Division 53 

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 53 

Double Majors and Joint Majors 54 

Senior Testing 54 

Combined Degrees in the School of Law 54 

Combined Degrees in Medical Sciences 55 

Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 55 

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 56 

Degrees in Microbiology 56 



Degrees in Dentistry 56 

Degrees in Engineering 57 

Degrees in Forestry and Environmental Studies 57 

Courses of Instruction 58 

Anthropology 58 

Art 61 

Asian Studies 65 

Biologv 66 

Business and Accountancy 7 1 

Chemistry 74 

Classical Languages 75 

Economics 79 

Education 82 

English 87 

German 91 

History 93 

Humanities 98 

Interdisciplinary Honors 99 

Mathematics 101 

Military Science 104 

Music 105 

Philosophy Ill 

Physical Education 113 

Physics 1 1 

Politics 118 

Psychology 123 

Religion 127 

Romance Languages 131 

Sociology 140 

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 143 

Degrees Con ferred 148 

Distinctions Conferred 1 56 

Enrollment 162 

The Board of Trustees 168 

The Board of Visitors 1 70 

The Administration 1 72 

The College Faculty 178 

Emeriti 193 

The Committees of the Faculty 195 

Index 200 



The University 



Wake Forest University was founded in 1834 by the Baptist State Convention of 
North Carolina. It opened its doors to students on February 3, 1834 as Wake Forest 
Institute, with Samuel Wait as principal. It was located in the Forest of Wake 
County, North Carolina, on the plantation of Dr. Calvin Jones, near which the 
Village of Wake Forest later developed. 

Rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest College, it is one of the oldest institutions of 
higher learning in the state. It was exclusively a college of liberal arts for men until 
1894, when the School of Law was established. The School of Medicine, founded in 
1902, offered a two-year medical program until 1941. In that year the School was 
moved from the Town of Wake Forest to Winston-Salem, became associated with 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and was renamed the Bowman Grav School of 
Medicine in honor of the benefactor who made possible the move and expansion to 
a full four-year program. 

A School of Business Administration was established in 1948 and for over two 
decades offered an undergraduate program of study in business. In 1969 the 
undergraduate school was succeeded by the Department of Business and 
Accountancv and the Department of Economics in Wake Forest College; at the 
same time the Babcock Graduate School of Management was established. The 
Division of Graduate Studies was established in 1961. It is now organized as the 
Graduate School and encompasses advanced work in the arts and sciences on both 
the Reynolda and Hawthorne campuses in Winston-Salem. A summer session was 
inaugurated in 1921 and continues on a regular basis. 

In 1946 the trustees of Wake Forest College and the Baptist State Convention of 
North Carolina accepted a proposal by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to 
relocate the non-medical divisions of the College in Winston-Salem, where the 
School of Medicine already was. The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late 
Mary Revnolds Babcock, contributed a campus site, and building funds were 
received from many sources. Between 1952 and 1956 the first fourteen buildings 
were erected, in Georgian style, on the new Winston-Salem campus. In 1956 the 
College moved all operations, leaving the 122-vear-old campus in the Town of 
Wake Forest to the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminarv. 

The decade that followed was the College's most expansive, and in 1967 its 
augmented character was recognized by the change in name to Wake Forest 
University. Today enrollment in the University stands at over 4,500. Governance 
remains in the hands of the Board of Trustees, and development for each of the 
Five schools of the University is augmented by Boards of Visitors for the College 
and Graduate School, the School of Law, the Graduate School of Management, and 
the School of Medicine. A joint board of University Trustees and Trustees of the 
North Carolina Baptist Hospital is responsible for the Medical Center, which 
includes the Hospital and the School of Medicine. Alumni and parents' organiza- 
tions are also active at Wake Forest. Endowment by the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation, the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina, and other sources has 
historically been strong. The hallmark of education at Wake Forest remains the 



devotion to liberal arts learning and professional preparation for men and, since 
1942, for women. 

The College, Graduate School, School of Law, and Graduate School of 
Management are located on the Reynolda Campus in the northwest suburb of 
Winston-Salem. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine is about four miles away, on 
the Hawthorne Campus near the city's downtown. The University also teaches 
regularly at Casa Artom in Venice, at Worrell House in London, and in other places 
around the world. 

The College offers courses of study leading to the baccalaureate degree in more 
than thirty departments and interdisciplinary areas. The School of Law offers the 
Juris Doctor, and the Graduate School of Management the Master of Business 
Administration degree. In addition to the Doctor of Medicine degree, the School of 
Medicine offers through the Graduate School programs leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the basic medical sciences. The 
Graduate School confers Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees in most 
areas of the arts and sciences and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in biology and in 
chemistry. 

Libraries 

The libraries of the University permit research for undergraduate education and 
in each of those disciplines in which a graduate degree is offered. An endowment 
provided by a substantial gift from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation and 
another from Nancy Reynolds has been assigned to the expansion of library 
resources, especially to support the graduate program. Further sustained develop- 
ment is thus assured. The libraries of the University hold membership in the 
Association of Southeastern Research Libraries. 

The library collections total 709,614 volumes. Of these, 539, 70S constitute the 
general collection in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, 72,723 housed in the School of 
Law, 87,207 in the library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, and 9,976 in a 
relatively new library in the Babcock Graduate School of Management. Subscrip- 
tions to 9,033 periodicals and serials, largely of scholarly content, are maintained by 
the four libraries of the University. The holdings of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
include 18,612 reels of microfilm, 225,070 pieces of microcards, microprint, and 
microfiche, and 64,283 volumes of Linked States government publications. 

Special collections cover the works of selected late nineteenth and early twentieth 
century English and American writers, with pertinent critical material, a Mark 
Twain Collection, a Gertrude Stein Collection, and the Ethel Taylor Crittenden 
Collection in Baptist History. The recent acquisition of the Charles H. Babcock 
Collection of Rare and Fine Books represents an important addition to the 
resources of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library. 

Recognition and Accreditation 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools, the Southern Universities Conference, the Association of American 



10 



Colleges, the Conference of Southern Graduate Schools, and the Council of 
Graduate Schools in the United States. The University has chapters of the principal 
national social fraternities, professional fraternities, and honor societies, including 
Phi Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi.The Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a member 
of the Association of American Medical Colleges and is on the approved list of the 
Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association. The program 
in counseling leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree is accredited by the 
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Wake Forest College was accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools in 1921. The reaccreditation of 1965 included the master's and doctoral 
degree programs in the Division of Graduate Studies. Accreditation was reaffirmed 
in December 1975. 




Samuel Wait, founder and first president (1834-1845) 



11 



The College 



Wake Forest College lives on in name as the undergraduate college of arts and 
sciences. It is the center of academic life at the University; through it the University 
carries on the tradition of nearly 150 years of excellence in teaching and preparing 
men and women for professional life, personal enrichment, and enlightened 
citizenship. 

History and Development 

The founding of Wake Forest College in 1834 was one manifestation of the 
intellectual and humanitarian reform movement in North Carolina and the nation 
during the 1830s. The beginnings of the College and the formation of the Baptist 
State Convention of North Carolina were closely interwoven: a leading motive for 
the organization of the Convention was that it serve as an agency for establishing an 
institution that would provide education under Christian influences for ministers 
and laymen. 

The leaders in the movement for Convention and College were ministers and 
laymen from diverse backgrounds. Martin Ross, a North Carolinian, was a 
prominent Baptist minister in the Chowan area and an advocate of an educated 
ministry'; Thomas Meredith, a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, had been 
pastor first at New Bern and after 1825 at Edenton; Samuel Wait, a graduate of 
Columbian College in Washington. D. C had been pastor of the New Bern Baptist 
Church since 1827. The inspiration of Ross, the scholarship of Meredith, and the 
leadership of Wait combined to lead the Baptists of North Carolina into the 
formation of the Baptist State Convention on March 26. 1830. Fourteen 
individuals — seven ministers and seven laymen — appointed Wait as the Conven- 
tion's agent to explain to churches, associations, and others the need for a college to 
provide "an education in the liberal arts in fields requisite for gentlemen." 

For nearly three vears Wait traveled over the state in his wagon, speaking to a 
large number of the approximately 15,000 Baptists who lived in the Piedmont and 
coastal counties of the state. Perhaps as many as one-half opposed missions, 
education, and other benevolences, but after two vears of educational canvassing 
Wait reported enough sentiment in favor of the program of the Convention to 
proceed. 

A 600-acre plantation, located sixteen miles north of Raleigh, was purchased 
from Dr. Calvin Jones in 1832 for $2,000, and the North Carolina Legislature was 
asked to grant a charter for a literary institution based on the manual labor 
principle. The lobbying of opponents, both Baptist and non-Baptist, was effective; 
only the tie-breaking vote of William D. Moseley, speaker of the Senate, secured 
passage of the charter-granting bill. It was a meager charter, subject to various 
restrictions and limited to a period of twenty vears, but the birth of Wake Forest 
had been achieved. Its subsequent growth would be the result of creative 
adjustments and successful responses to a series of other challenges. 

After his successful three-year canvass of the state, Samuel Wait was elected 
principal of the new institution. Sixteen students registered on February 3, 1834; 



12 



before the end of the year seventy-two had enrolled. The manual labor principle, 
adopted as a partial means of financing the institution, was abandoned after five 
years, and the school was rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest College. 

President Wait's home was the farmhouse on the Jones plantation (now 
preserved as a historical museum in the Town of Wake Forest). Students lived in 
what had been slave quarters, and classes were conducted in the carriage house. In 
1835 construction on the first brick building was begun by Captain John Berry, a 
prominent builder who agreed to accept payment in notes due in three annual 
installments. The economic crisis of 1837 had such an adverse effect that support 
for the College and student enrollment steadily declined; only a loan of $1 (),()()() 
from the State Literary Fund in 1841 prevented bankruptcy. During these years of 
arduous struggle to keep the College alive. President Wait exhausted his physical 
strength and contracted an illness which forced him to resign the presidency in 
1845. 

William Hooper succeeded Wait, and the prospects of the College became 
brighter. Hooper, a grandson of one of North Carolina's three signers of the 
Declaration of Independence, had received his education at the University of North 
Carolina. As a native North Carolinian with family connections extending over 
several generations, he was able to mobilize public opinion in support of the 
College. The leadership during his brief tenure generated such enthusiasm in 
support of education that a successful campaign for funds retired the debt for the 
College buildings in 1850. 

After Hooper's resignation the Trustees elected to the presidency Professor of 
Mathematics John B. White, a graduate of Brown University. Since the physical 
facilities were free of mortgages, fund raising efforts during President White's 
administration could be concentrated on increasing the College endowment. A 
campaign begun in 1852 had as its goal increasing support by $50,000. The 
Trustees placed in charge of this campaign Washington Manly Wingale, a graduate 
of 1849 who within a year and a half raised approximately $33,000. 

But the temper of the times was unsuited to leadership by a Northerner, and 
President White resigned in 1854. The Trustees chose as his successor Wingate, 
then twenty-six years old and the first alumnus of the College to serve as president. 
Under his vigorous leadership, which spanned nearly three decades, the quality of 
students improved and new faculty members were added. During the first eight 
years of Wingate's administration, sixty-six students graduated — more than half of 
the total graduated during the first twentv-three years in the life of the College. In 
1857 President Wingate launched a campaign to produce an additional endowment 
of $50,000, over one-half of which was raised in a single evening during the 1857 
meeting of the Convention. 

This period of growth and expansion was cut short by the division of the nation 
in 1861. The Conscription Act of 1863 did not exempt students, and for three years 
of the Civil War the College suspended operations. The buildings were used briefly 
for a girls' school; after 1863 the Confederate government used College facilities as 
a military hospital. 

Following Sherman's march through the South and Lee's surrender at Appomat- 



13 

tox, a peace of desolation pervaded the region. Supporters of Wake Forest 
surveyed what remained: College buildings, now leakv and in poor repair; 
approximately $11,700 from a pre-war endowment of $100,000; the former 
president and faculty; a loyal group of trustees. There was also something else: an 
indomitable spirit of determination that Wake Forest should emerge from the 
wreck of war and fulfill its mission. 

The needs of the College were great and financial prospects poor, but in 
November 1865, barely six months after the end of the war, nine members of the 
Board of Trustees, acting with unwarranted courage, authorized the resumption of 
classes. Wingate was persuaded to resume the presidency, and on January 15, 1806, 
fifty-one students enrolled. The number gradually increased as the South and its 
economy slowly recovered. 

President Wingate realized that the people of North Carolina had to be awakened 
to the need for education in the renascent South, and that they must be persuaded 
that Wake Forest could help serve that need. To launch this campaign, a 
Baptist-sponsored, statewide educational convention was held in Raleigh, but 
before funds could be collected, the financial crisis of 1873 ended all immediate 
hope for endowment. The failure of the 1873-74 fund raising campaign placed the 
College in a precarious position. The triple encumbrances of war, reconstruction, 
and Financial panic made it evident that little money could be raised in North 
Carolina. The Committee on Endowment of the Board of Trustees appointed 
James S. Purefoy, a local merchant and Baptist minister, as agent to solicit funds in 
the Northern states for continued operation of the College. While serving as 
treasurer of the Board before the war, he had salvaged $1 1,700 from the pre-war 
endowment of $100,000 by persuading the Trustees to invest half of the 
endowment in state bonds. After two years of unrelenting and often discouraging 
labor, without remuneration, he placed in the hands of the Trustees the sum of 
$9,200. 

It was also in the bleak days of financial uncertainty that a Wake Forest student, 
James W. Denmark, proposed and founded the first college student loan fund in 
the Linked States. A Confederate veteran, Denmark had worked six years to 
accumulate enough money for his own college expenses. Soon after entering Wake 
Forest in 1871 he realized that main students had the same great financial need. 
From his meager funds he spent five dollars for post cards and wrote to college 
presidents across the country asking how their loan funds were organized. When he 
found that the colleges had none, he enlisted the support of faculty and students at 
Wake Forest and in 1877 persuaded the Legislature to charter the North Carolina 
Baptist Student Loan Fund. Chartered with a capital of $25,000, it was actually 
begun with a paid-in capital of only $150. Now known as the James W. Denmark 
Loan Fund, it is the oldest college student loan fund in the Lhiited States and has 
assets of $325,000 to serve the needs of students according to the purposes of its 
founder. 

By the close of President Wingate's second administration in 1879, the College 
had been successfully revived. The endowment had been increased from 
approximately $11,000 to $40,000; a new library building had been constructed; 
another building, Wingate Hall, was under construction. Perhaps the greatest 



14 



service President Wingate rendered was bringing to the College a faculty of highly 
qualified scholars who served the College with distinction and dedication over many 
years. Among them were Professors William G. Simmons (1855-88), William Royall 
(1859-70; 1880-92), William Bailey Royall (1860-1928), Luther Rice Mills (1867- 
1907). and Charles Elisha Taylor (1870-1915), who served as president from 1884 
to 1905. Two other scholars who became tutors or adjunct professors in the last 
year of President Wingate's administration were also destined to play important 
roles in the life of the College: Needham Y. Gulley, who established the School of 
Law in 1894 and served as its first dean for thirty-six years, and biologist William 
Louis Poteat, who served the College for fifty years, twenty-two of them as 
president. 

The administration of President Thomas Henderson Pritchard, which followed 
that of President Wingate, was brief and served principally to further Wingate's 
efforts to persuade Baptists and other North Carolinians to improve the deplorable 
condition of education in the state. The second alumnus of the College to serve as 
president, Pritchard was an eloquent speaker whose prominent leadership among 
Baptists increased the patronage of the College and improved its image among its 
constituency. 

Charles Elisha Taylor, whom President Wingate had brought to the faculty in 
1880, was elected in 1884 to serve as the sixth president. In 1882, while professor of 
moral philosophy, he had proposed to the Board of Trustees a plan to increase the 
endowment from $53,000 to $100,000. He recommended a short one-year 
campaign and the solicitation of funds from a few wealthy individuals rather than 
the usual protracted campaign among Baptists generally who had little money to 
contribute. In the course of his efforts to increase the endowment, Professor Taylor 
succeeded in enlisting the support of Jabez A. Bostwick of New York City, whose 
contributions established Wake Forest as a privately endowed college. 

President Taylor's administration from 1884 to 1905 brought enrichment of the 
academic program in a variety of ways. Academic departments were increased from 
eight to thirteen and the size of the faculty more than doubled. Two new schools 
were added: the School of Law in 1894 and the School of Medicine in 1902. 
Progress in other areas included the addition of three buildings: a science 
laboratory, a general classroom building, and a new gymnasium. The campus was 
landscaped, and with the able assistance of President Taylor's co-worker "Doctor" 
Lorn Jeffries, over 400 trees were planted, making Magnolia grandiflora almost 
svnomvmous with the Wake forest campus. 

President Taylor was succeeded by William Louis Poteat. Affectionately known as 
"Doctor Billv" to students during and after his twenty-two year administration, he 
continued to promote the general growth of all areas of College life. Special 
emphasis was placed on development in the sciences, reflecting in part the interests 
of the president and in part the need to enrich the pre-medical training required by 
the new School of Medicine. 

As student enrollment increased from 313 to 1905 to 742 in 1927, there was a 
corresponding increase in the size of the facultv. Registration in religion, English, 
education, and the social sciences required more administrative direction, and a 
dean and a registrar were employed along with a library staff. Expansion of 



15 



physical facilities included science laboratories, two new dormitories, an athletic 
field, a heating plant, and an infirmary. Propelled by the trend of the other colleges 
in the state, Wake Forest gave more attention to sports and achieved an envied 
reputation in baseball and football. Also notable during President Poteat's 
administration was the continued growth of the endowment. Through the efforts 
of Professor John B. Carlyle, $1 17,000 was added, one-fourth of it contributed by 
the General Education Board of New York. Later a substantial gift was received 
from Benjamin N. Duke, and $458,000 came from the Southern Baptist 
Convention. 

Beyond these significant material advances, President Poteat brought distinction 
in the form of state and national recognition. A devout Christian, an eloquent 
speaker, and an accomplished scholar, he became a national leader in education 
and probably the foremost Baptist layman in the state. As a distinguished scientist 
he was among the first to introduce the theory of evolution to his biology classes. 
The Christian commitment in his personal and public life enabled him to defend 
successfully his views on evolution before the Baptist State Convention in 1922, in a 
major victory for academic freedom that attracted nationwide attention. Through 
his influence and that of Wake Forest alumni who supported his view, the North 
Carolina Legislature refused to follow other Southern states in the passage of 
anti-evolution laws in the 1920s. 

During the administration of Poteat's successor, Francis Pendleton Gaines 
(1927-1930), the academic program continued to improve. In 1930 the Trustees 
selected Thurman D. Kitchin, dean of the medical school, to fill the presidency. 
Kitchin was a member of a family prominent in state and national affairs: one 
brother, William W. Kitchin, had served as governor of North Carolina; another, 
Claude Kitchin, had served as majority leader in the United States House of 
Representatives. Kitchin's twenty-year administration was one of progress in the 
face of many obstacles — Depression, destructive campus fires (one of which 
destroyed venerable Wait Hall), the disruption caused by World War II, and a 
depleted student body. 

Notable accomplishments during this period were the approval in 1936 of the 
School of Law by the American Bar Association and in 1941 the removal of the 
School of Medicine to Winston-Salem, where it undertook full four-year operation 
in association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital as the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, named after the benefactor whose bequest made expansion possible. 

World War II brought other changes. Although the College was able to remain 
open, enrollment dropped in 1942 to 474. The College met this crisis bv modifying 
its century-old admissions policy and becoming a coeducational institution that 
year. In the post-war period, enrollment mushroomed with the return of the 
veterans and reached a peak of 1,762 bv 1949. Just before World War II a 
$7,000,000 capital expansion campaign for buildings and endowment had been 
launched by President Kitchin. The war forced the postponement of construction, 
but out of the campaign came a proposal which offered another war-ridden Wake 
Forest an opportunity for yet another rebirth. The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation 
proposed that up to $350,000 a year of its income be given in perpetuity to the 
College, provided that the entire College be relocated in Winston-Salem and that 




other friends of the College provide a campus site and buildings. In 1940 the Board 
of Trustees, the Convention, and the Baptist constituency of the state accepted the 
Reynolds proposal. Charles H. Babcock and his wife Mary Reynolds Babcock 
offered a 320-acre tract of their Reynolda estate as a site for the new campus. 

In 1948 the Baptist State Convention held a campaign among the churches to 
raise $1,500,000 for buildings on the new campus. The money raised in this 
campaign, a large part of which was transmitted at the groundbreaking ceremonies, 
was applied to Wait Chapel. In the same year the Trustees employed the American 
City Bureau to raise $1,500,000 in Winston-Salem for construction on the new 
campus. This money was held by Wachovia Bank until construction was begun in 
1952, and was applied to the first science building, Salem Hall. 

To move an institution over 100 years old from its rural setting 1 10 miles to a new 
campus in an urban area required leadership of great vision, determination, and 
youthful vigor. To succeed President Kitchin, who retired on his sixty-fifth 
birthday, the Trustees in 1950 elected to the presidency Harold Wayland Tribble, 
then president of Andover Newton Theological School and a noted Baptist 
theologian. President fribble immediately began to mobilize alumni and friends of 
the College, and the Baptist State Convention, in support of the great transition.] In 
November 1950 he persuaded the Convention to remove its stipulation that all 
funds for construction be in hand before building could begin; in November 1951 
the Convention adopted the Nine Year Advance Program, effective January 1, 
1952, to increase the Convention contributions to its colleges for capital needs. It 
as anticipated that this program would provide $10,000,000, of which the Wake 
Forest share would be $2,500,000. To provide these extra funds, the Convention 
froze its contributions to the Southern Baptist Convention at the 1952 level, all 
increases going to the Nine Year Program. Because of the increased support which 
the College was receiving from the Nine Year Program, the contract with the 
Reynolds Foundation was amended in 1954, increasing the annual grant to the 
College from $350,000 to $500,000. The Foundation agreed that funds Re- 
operation following the College's removal to Winston-Salem could be used for 
building during the period of construction. 

In the spring of 1951, William Neal Reynolds and Nancy Reynolds offered an 
anonymous challenge gift of $2,000,000 on condition that the College raise 
$3,000,000 by June 30, 1952. The deadline was extended and the challenge met by 
January 1953. Mr. Reynolds died in September 1951 (the Foundation assumed his 
$1,500,000 share of the challenge grant) and he willed Wake Forest $1,000,000, to 
be paid at the time of removal. In recognition of his bequest the new gymnasium 
was named for him. Because of the capital funds received from the Reynolds 
Foundation, the Trustees voted that the library be named the Z. Smith Revnolds 
Library and the administration building Revnolda Hall. Along with Wait Chapel, 
the six main residence halls — four for men and two for women — and a building for 
the School of Law, these buildings comprised the heart of the new Revnolda 
Campus. 

Groundbreaking ceremonies were held in Winston-Salem on October 15, 1951, 
when a crowd of more than 20,000 watched President Harry Truman lift the first 
shovel of dirt to begin construction of the new Wake Forest campus. Between 1951 



17 



and 195(5 fourteen buildings were erected; the removal of the College to its new 
home was accomplished in time for the opening of the summer session in 1956. 

During the next eleven years of President Tribble's administration the College 
experienced many changes. It had revised its curriculum before moving to the new 
campus, offering greater flexibility to students, whose number increased to 3,022. 
The size of the faculty rapidly expanded, reducing the student/teacher ratio to 
fourteen-to-one. The campus was further expanded with the erection of Winston 
Hall in 1961, a new women's residence hall in 1962, and Harold W. Tribble Hall, a 
general classroom building, in 1963. Groves Stadium, seating 31,090, was 
completed in 1968. 

Additional resources came to the College in its new home. In 1954 the will of 
Colonel George Foster Hankins provided over $1,000,000 to be used for 
scholarships. In 1956 the Ford Foundation contributed $680,000 to the endowment 
of the undergraduate program and $1,600,000 to the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. After the completion of a challenge gift of $3,000,000 offered in 1965, 
the Foundation raised its annual contribution to $620,000. The holdings of the 
University's libraries more than tripled, and the Z. Smith Reynolds Library was 
awarded the income from an endowment fund of $4,500,000 contributed by the 
Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Nancy Reynolds. 

Graduate work, first offered in 1866 but suspended during the removal 
program, was resumed in 1961 with the establishment of the Division of Graduate 
Studies. In 1967, recognizing the augmented resources of the College, the 4 rustees 
officially changed the institution's name to Wake Forest University. The Division of 
Graduate Studies became the Graduate School and the name Wake Forest College 
was retained as the designation for the undergraduate school. 

After seventeen years of strenuous effort. President Fribble retired in 1967, 
leaving as his lasting memorial the removal of the College from Wake Forest to 
Winston-Salem and its changed status from college to university, with enhanced 
resources and academic distinction. As his successor the Trustees chose James 
Ralph Scales, former president of Oklahoma Baptist University and former dean of 
arts and sciences at Oklahoma State University. Since his administration began 
there have been important new developments. The Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell 
Scholarship Fund, valued at $1,600,000, was established in 1967 to undergird the 
undergraduate college. The new Graduate School of Management in 1969 was 
named in honor of Charles H. Babcock. Through the generosity of the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Foundation and Nancy Reynolds, a building was constructed to house the 
Babcock School; a subsequent gift of $2,000,000 was received from the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation for endowment. The Fine Arts Center was occupied 
in 1976, marking a major phase of the College's growth in comprehensive liberal 
arts education. An athletic center and additions to the School of Law building, Guy 
T. Carswell Hall, have further expanded the physical resources of the Reynolda 
Campus. 

Complementing this material growth. Wake Forest has expanded its curriculum 
to offer study for the baccalaureate degree in over thirty areas: accountancy, 
anthropology, art, biology, business, chemistry, classical studies, economics, 
education, English, French, French-Spanish, German, Greek, history, Latin, 



mathematical economics, mathematics, mathematics-business, mathematics- 
biology, music, philosophy, physical education, physics, politics, psychology, 
religion, speech, sociology, Spanish, speech communication, and theatre arts. Also 
ayailable are combined curricula in law, medical sciences, medical technology, 
microbiology, dentistry, engineering, forestry and environmental studies, and the 
physician assistant program. 

The academic calendar is designed for controlled flexibility. There is a 
fifteen-week fall semester, a four-week January term, a spring semester offering 
both fifteen- and eleven-week courses, and two summer terms of Five and a half 
weeks each. Exchange programs with local institutions and with universities abroad 
have further expanded the range of choice and opportunity. In addition, Wake 
Forest maintains residential centers in Venice and London for foreign study within 
the College curriculum. As a mark of increased academic stature, the William Rand 
Kenan Foundation in 1970 established the first fully endowed University 
professorship at Wake Forest. It is held by Kenan Professor of Humanities 
Germaine Bre'e. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Wake Forest is situated on approximately 320 acres; its physical plant consists of 
over thirty buildings, most of which are of modified Georgian architecture and 
constructed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. The Revnolda 
Gardens annex, consisting of about 150 acres and including Revnolda Woods, 
Revnolda Village, and Revnolda Gardens, is adjacent to the campus. Nearby is the 
Graylyn Estate, where there are residential foreign language centers for students. 

Wait Chapel is named in memory of the first president of the College. Its main 
auditorium seats 2,300 and is the home of Wake Forest Baptist Church; Davis 
Chapel seats 150 and is used by the Church and by the College for smaller services. 
The Wait Chapel tower contains the Janet Jeffrey Carlile Harris Carillon, an 
instrument of forty-seven bells. Wingate Hall, named in honor of President 
Washington Manly Wingate, houses the Department of Music, the Department of 
Religion, and the offices of the University Chaplaincy and Church. 

Reynolda Hall, across the upper plaza from Wait Chapel, is an administration 
building and student center. Most administrative offices for the Revnolda Campus 
are there, along with the College Union, other student activities, and some 
classrooms. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library houses the main collection of books and 
documents on the Revnolda Campus. Along with six floors of open stacks, having a 
capacity for about 1,000,000 volumes, it has reading and reference rooms for study 
and for some academic offices. 

Winston Hall houses the departments of biology and psychology, Salem Hall the 
departments of chemistry and phvsics. Both buildings have laboratory as well as 
classroom and special research facilities. Harold W. Tribble Hall accommodates the 
humanities and social science departments and has a curriculum materials center, 
an honors seminar room, a philosophy library and seminar room, and a larger 
lecture area, DeTamble Auditorium, with an adjacent exhibition gallery. Instruction in 
business, accountancy, and mathematics is carried out in Charles H. Babcock Hall, 



19 



A'hich also houses the Babcock Graduate School of Management. The School of 
Law occupies Gay T. Carswell Hall. 

The Fine Arts Center is of contemporary design appropriate to the functions of 
itudio art, theatre, and instruction in art history and drama. Off its lobby is a large 
gallery for special exhibitions. In the art wing are spacious studios for drawing, 
painting, sculpture, and printmaking, along with a smaller gallery and classrooms. 
In the theatre wing are design and production areas and two technically complete 
theatres, the larger of traditional proscenium design and the smaller for 
experimental ring productions. 

The William N. Reynolds Gymnasium is equipped with classrooms for instruction in 
physical education, courts for indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the 
Department of Physical Education and for military science. Adjacent are tennis 
courts, sports fields, a track, and the Athletic Center for intercollegiate athletics. 

There are five residence halls for undergraduate men: Kite Inn House, Potent 
House, Dams House, Taylor House, and Huffman Hall. For women there are five 
residence halls: Bostwick, Johnson, Babcock, New Dormitory, and Efird Hall. Just off the 
main campus are twelve apartment buildings for faculty and married students. A 
town house apartment building has also been completed. 

Purpose 

The most recent formally adopted statement of the purposes and objectives of 
the University includes the following: "As an institution founded by the Baptist 
State Convention of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its 
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to help its students become 
mature, well-informed, and responsible persons. These purposes underlie the total 
academic program of the University. Through them the University seeks to 
prepare its students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law. medicine, business, 
research, and other professions." 

The special mission of the College, operating within the framework of these 
principles, is to educate the total man or woman within the limits and capacities of 
individual talent, preparation, and interest. The College is neither a preparatory 
school for academic deficiencies nor a professional school for vocational training. 
In tradition and design it is an institution of liberal arts where athletic, artistic, and 
social activities are fostered on a firm foundation of education in the humanities, 
the social and natural sciences, mathematics, and the fine arts. 

Proud of its heritage and circumspect in the responsible use of freedom, the 
College encourages the spirit of free inquiry. It seeks faculty and administrators 
who have a commitment to the search for knowledge, who have an awareness of 
their own responsibilities as citizens in a free society, and who have a sense of 
obligation to the students who will help shape tomorrow's world. It invites 
applicants who are willing to accept the challenge of new ideas, with a commitment 
to education as the means of achieving their own personal development and of 
helping to solve the problems of an increasingly complex society. It believes that all 
students should know something of the physical world and the scientific method by 
which data are gathered, verified, and organized; that thev should be knowledge- 



20 



able about the social relationships which make up the world; that they must 
cultivate the heritage of the past and be concerned for man's spiritual, moral, and 
physical future; and that as graduates they should be able to communicate 
effectively in all areas with their fellow men and women. Wake Forest seeks to instill 
a sense of the dignity and worth of the individual, a love of freedom, an awareness 
of the continuity of human experience, and a sense of responsibility to others. 

Administration 

The College is administered by the Provost, who is the chief academic officer of 
the University; by the Dean of the College, who is responsible for academic 
planning and administration in all areas of undergraduate life; by associate and 
assistant deans, who supervise academic counseling; by a Coordinator of Student 
Services, a Dean of Men, and a Dean of Women, who advise residential, social, and 
cultural life; and bv the committees of the faculty listed in this bulletin. 




21 

Student Life 



Student life at the University is designed to offer a wide range of social, cultural, 
religious, and athletic resources to complement academic studies and other 
individual pursuits. The University is a community, and the sense of community is 
fostered by rich opportunities for personal growth. 

Student Government in the College has executive, legislative, and judicial 
functions. The College Union plans, directs, and funds activities. Social fraternities 
for men are governed by an Interfraternity Council and societies for women by an 
Intersociety Council. A Men's Residence Council and Women's Residence Council 
include all students who live on campus. There are chapters of the major honor 
societies and professional societies for qualified students, and a number of 
academic awards are made by the University for distinguished student achievement 
and service. Intercollegiate athletics for men and for women and an intramural 
sports program are strong, distinguished by tradition and bv performance. 
Religious activities are central to the life of the College and, like campus cultural 
opportunities, are distinctive. The University offers a number of additional services 
to students relating to their physical and mental health, spiritual growth, and 
preparation for a meaningful life. 

Student Government 

The executive branch of the Student Government is comprised of the four 
student body officers — president, vice president, secretary, treasurer — and the 
executive advisory committees. Reporting directly to the officers are various 
committees which work on improving service to students. These committees are 
open to all students who wish to serve. 

The Student Legislature is composed of fifty-five student representatives; the vice 
president of the student body serves as speaker. The Legislature represents the 
interests of students in social and academic matters and promotes and funds 
projects of benefit to the student body and the larger communitv. It oversees 
disbursement of funds to student groups and recommends the chartering of newly 
formed student organizations. Major committees are the Charter Committee, the 
Student Budget Advisory Committee, and the Student Economic Board. 

The Honor Code is an expression of the concern that students be motivated bv 
ideals of honor and integrity. It is an integral part of the Student Government as 
adopted by students and approved by the faculty. Its essence is that each student's 
word can be trusted implicitlv and that any violation of a student's word is an 
offense against the whole community. The honor system obligates students neither 
to give nor receive aid on any examination, quiz, or other pledge work; to have 
complete respect for the property rights of others; not to make false or deceiving 
statements regarding academic matters to another member of the University 
communitv, nor to give false testimony or refuse to pav just debts; and to confront 
any student who has violated the honor system and tell him or her that it is his or 
her responsibility to report himself or herself or face the possibilitv of being 
reported to the Honor Council. 



22 



The Honor Council consists of ten members — two co-chairmen selected by the 
Honor Council of the previous year plus two representatives from each class. There 
are three non-voting faculty advisers. 

It is the duty of the Honor Council to receive, prefer, investigate, and arrange 
trial proceedings for all charges of violations of the Honor Code. If a student is 
found guilty of premeditated cheating, he or she is immediately suspended or 
expelled from the University. For convictions of lying, stealing, bad debts, 
interfering with the Honor Council, or other forms of cheating, the maximum 
penalty is expulsion and the minimum penalty is probation. Expulsion is automatic 
upon conviction for a second offense. All actions of the Honor Council are reported 
in writing to the Dean of the College. 

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible to represent the 
Universitv in any way until the period of punishment — whether suspension, 
probation, or another form — is completed and the student is returned to good 
standing. A student who has been suspended can be readmitted to the College only 
on the approval of the faculty or its Committee on Academic Affairs. During the 
period of suspension the student cannot be certified to another institution as being 
in good standing. 

The Case Referral Panel receives reports on violations of regulations, conducts 
necessary investigations, draws up specific charges of violation, hears pleas, and 
refers the matter either to the Director of Housing or to the Judicial Board, as 
appropriate. 

The Judicial Board is composed of twelve members, at least three men and three 
women, who are elected at large from the student body. It is the duty of the Board 
to receive, prefer, and try all charges of social misconduct and violations of 
University rules and regulations for individual students as well as student 
organizations not covered by the Honor Council, the Director of Housing, or the 
Traffic Appeals Board. A student who violates these regulations or who behaves in 
such a way as to bring reproach upon himself or herself or upon the University is 
subject to penalties ranging from verbal reprimand to suspension on the first 
offense. For further offenses, expulsion may occur. 

College Union 

Under the Director of the College Union there are meeting and recreation 
rooms, lounges, offices for student organizations, a coffee house, and an 
information center. The College Union is responsible for scheduling entertainment 
activities, assisting student organizations, and providing supporting equipment and 
services. The College Union board of directors, representing all undergraduate 
and graduate students, cooperates with the staff in daily operations and supervises 
the efforts of a large body of student volunteers who develop and present programs 
which are designed to complement academic studies. 

Men's and Women's Residence Councils 

The Men's Residence Council includes all residents and encourages students 



23 



toward a comprehensive concept of education, on the principle that learning is not 
restricted to the classroom but occurs in important ways through interaction with 
fellow students and faculty in residence hall life. Each house has its own officers and 
carries out its own academic, athletic, and social programs to provide students with 
an opportunity to become actively involved in College life. 

The Women's Residence Council is concerned with nurturing a comprehensive 
concept of education. Occasions are provided for discussions and social and sports 
events. The Women's Residence Council officers are elected by students who live in 
the residence halls. 

Interfraternity and Intersociety Councils 

The Interfraternitv Council is the governing body of ten social fraternities, all of 
which are located on campus: Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, 
Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, 
Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. It endeavors to maintain a high standard of conduct and 
scholarship. A student must have a C average for the previous semester or a 
cumulative C average to be initiated. By order of the faculty, students who are on 
probation for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until the end of 
their probationary period. 

The Intersocietv Council is the governing body of six societies for women, in each 
of which membership is selective: Fideles, Sophs, Steps, Strings, Thymes, and 
Riegels. 

Honor Societies and Professional Fraternities 

A number of nationally affiliated honor societies have been established: Alpha 
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta Phi Alpha (German), 
Delta Sigma Rho/Tau Kappa Alpha (debate). Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Lambda 
Alpha (anthropology), National Collegiate Players and Anthony Aston Society 
(drama), Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Pershing 
Rifles and Scabbard and Blade (military), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, 
and Mortar Board. T here are student sections of the America Institute of Phvsics 
and the American Chemical Society; professional fraternities include Phi Alpha 
Delta and Phi Delta Phi (law). There are also chapters of the national service 
fraternity Alpha Phi Omega and Circle K, as well as an Accounting Society, a 
Phvsical Education Club, and a Sociology Club. 

Academic Awards 

The following awards are made annually: the .4. D. Ward Medal for the senior 
making the best address at commencement; the /. B. Currin Medal for the best 
oration on the topic "Christ in Modern Life"; the D. A. Brown Prize to the student 
whose writing most merits recognition; the M. D. Phillips Prize to the outstanding 
senior in Greek or Latin; the John Y. Phillips Prize to the outstanding senior in 
mathematics; the H. Broadus Jones Award to the student whose paper shows greatest 
insight into the works of Shakespeare; the Ruth Foster Campbell Award to the student 



24 



whose ability in the Spanish language and spirit of joyful inquiry into Spanish 
culture have been most outstanding; the Forrest W. Clonts Award to the outstanding 
senior in history; the Claud H. Richards Award to the outstanding senior in politics; 
the John Allen Easley Medal to the outstanding senior in religion; the Lura Baker 
Paden Medal to the outstanding senior in business; the Wall Street Journal Medal and 
a year's subscription to the Journal to the outstanding senior in finance; the A. M. 
Pullen and Company Medal to the senior with the highest achievement in accounting; 
the William E. Speas Award to the outstanding senior in physics; the Carolina Award 
(o the major in biology who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the 
national biology society; the Biology Research Award to the major in biology who does 
the best piece of original research; the Poteat Award to the student in first year 
biology who plans to major in biology and is judged most outstanding. 

Intramural Athletics 

Through the Department of Physical Education, the College fosters the fullest 
possible participation by students in sports and recreational activities which have 
lifelong health-enhancing value. Performed by residence halls, fraternities, 
societies, and independent groups, these include rugby, football, basketball, 
baseball, track and field, tennis, swimming, wrestling, boating, hiking, rappelling, 
and general conditioning. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

Under the Director of Athletics, Wake Forest is a member of the Atlantic Coast 
Conference of the National Collegiate Athletic Association and participates in 
intercollegiate football, basketball, baseball, golf, tennis, swimming, cross country, 
and track. Under the military science staff there is also an intercollegiate program 
in riflery. There are club teams in soccer, karate, football, rugby, ice hockey, 
wrestling, and gymnastics. 

The full scholarship allowed by the National Collegiate Athletic Association 
covers tuition, fees, room, board, and books. Wake Forest offers several special 
scholarships and awards: the Brian Piccolo Award for the football player judged by 
the coaching staff to best exemplify the qualities of Brian Piccolo during the annual 
North Carolina game; the Brian Piccolo Scholarship for the Chicago-area high school 
football plaver entering Wake Forest who best exemplifies the qualities of Brian 
Piccolo; the Arnold Palmer Award for the Wake Forest Athlete of the Year, as judged 
by the Monogram Club; the Buddy Worsham Scholarship for one golfer or more; the 
John R. Knott Scholarship for one golfer or more. 

Under the Director of W'omen's Athletics, Wake Forest is a member of the 
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women and participates in basketball, 
field hockey, golf, tennis, volleyball, and cross country. In addition, women are 
eligible for the intercollegiate swimming team. 

The full scholarship allowed by the Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for 
Women covers tuition, fees, room, and board. Wake Forest offers scholarships for 
women in golf, tennis, basketball, and volleyball. 



} Religious Activities 

j The Campus Ministry provides a variety of religious activities, including 
Thursday morning worship in Davis Chapel. In addition to seasonal celebrations 
iroughout the liturgical year, there are retreats, Bible-study and discussion 
roups, and both independent and church-related social service in the larger 
pmmunity. Baptist, Methodist, Episcopal, and Catholic chaplains represent their 
aiths and participate jointly in sponsoring activities. Wake Forest Baptist Church 
aeets for weekly worship in Wait Chapel and embraces students, faculty, and 
lembers of the larger community. Membership is open without restriction to all 
ho seek its ministry. 

The Ecumenical Institute sponsors lectures, colloquia, and publications which 
jster dialogue among clergy and lay members of Catholic, Jewish, and Protestant 
liths. Most are open to students and to others in the community. 

Cultural Activities 

I Under the Director of Theatre, students perform five major productions and 
?veral lab plays annually, employing faculty, student, and visiting professional 
irectors. Under the Director of Radio, WFDD-FM broadcasts year-round to the 
impus and Piedmont North Carolina as an affiliate of National Public Radio. In 
ddition to student announcers, producers, and technicians, it has a small 
rofessional staff. Intercollegiate debate at Wake Forest has a long record of 
<cellence, and the College hosts two annual debate tournaments, the Novice and 
le Dixie Classic. 

Student publications include Old Gold and Black, a weekly newspaper; The Student, 
literary magazine; and the yearbook The Howler. Challenge is a student-initiated 
iennial symposium on contemporary affairs which attracts major speakers around 
central theme of national importance. In addition, the College Union sponsors a 
iajor speaker series throughout the academic year, and departments in the College 
agage specialists for other series. The Institute of Literature is a program of writers, 
ritics, and scholars in English, classical languages, German, and Romance 
nguages. The Hester Philosophy Seminar is an annual colloquium devoted to the 
najor problems of philosophy and their impact on the Christian faith and is ajoint 
ndertaking of the Department of Philosophy and the Ecumenical Institute. The 
obinson Lectures are held biennially and are administered by the Department of 
eligion. The Department of Psychology sponsors a colloquium series throughout 
le academic year. 

Student musicians perform for academic credit in the Choral Union, the Concert 
hoir, the Opera Workshop, the University Symphony, the Demon Deacon 
[arching Band, the Symphonic Wind Ensemble, the Concert Band, the Varsity 
ep Band, two Jazz Ensembles, the Percussion Ensemble, the Woodwind Quintet, 
id the Brass Quintet. Under the Director of Concerts, major concerts in the 
rtists Series are performed in Wait Chapel by leading orchestras and artists from 
j ound the world and in the Fine Arts Center by selected dance companies. The 
epartment of Music also sponsors performances by faculty and visiting artists. All 



26 



concerts are open to students and to others in the community. 

In addition to studio instruction in the Department of Art, visiting painters, 
sculptors, and printmakers teach on campus and at the nearby Southeastern Center 
for Contemporary Art, sponsored jointly by the University and the Center. 
Reynolda House has a regular program of instruction in art history related to its 
special collection in American art. The College Union has an expanding collection 
of contemporary works of art, under student administration and exhibited in 
Reynolda Hall and elsewhere on campus. The T. J. Simmons Collection of 
paintings, etchings, lithographs, and sculpture is also distributed for permanent 
campus display. An active group of student photographers exhibits its own work 
and that of professional photographers in the gallery adjacent to DeTamble 
Auditorium. Cultural resources in the community, in addition to Reynolda House 
and the Southeastern Center for Contemporary Art, include the historic restored 
Moravian village of Old Salem, the Museum of Early Southern Decorative Arts, the 
North Carolina School of the Arts and its associated professional performing 
companies in theatre, dance, and music, and the Winston-Salem Symphony and 
Chorale. Folk art, professional art, and crafts fairs are frequent. 

Health, Psychological, Placement, and 
Career Development Services 

The Student Health Service is located in Kitchin House and provides primary 
care services, including general health maintenance, diagnostic and treatment 
procedures, and referral to specialists. It is open when residence halls are in 
operation and requires a health information questionnaire on file for all students. 
The services of the clinical staff are covered by tuition; there are additional charges 
for injections, medications, laboratory tests, special physical examinations, and bed 
care. 

Located in Revnolda Hall, the Center for Psychological Services offers psycho- 
logical counseling, testing, and research services to the University community. Also 
located in Reynolda Hall, the Office of Placement and Career Development offers 
assistance and consultation regarding resume writing, interviewing, and career 
planning. It assists students seeking information about temporary employment and 
seniors looking for permanent employment after graduation. 




27 

Procedures 

All students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the portions of this bulletin 

which pertain to their course of study. Statements concerning courses and expenses are not to be 

l regarded as irrevocable contracts between the student and the institution. The University 

i reserves the right to change the schedule of classes and the cost of instruction at any time within 

the student's term of residence. 
( 
i . . 

Admission 

i 

Candidates for admission must furnish evidence of maturity and educational 
achievement. The Committee on Admissions carefully considers the applicant's 
academic records, scores on tests, and evidence of character, motivation, goals, and 
general fitness for study in the College. The secondary school program of the 
applicant must establish a commitment to the kind of broad liberal education 
reflected in the academic requirements of the College. 

Admission as a freshman normally requires graduation from an accredited 
; secondary school with a minimum of sixteen units of high school credit. These 
should include four units in English, three in mathematics, two in history and social 
studies, two in a single foreign language, and one in the natural sciences. An 
applicant who presents at least twelve units of differently distributed college 
preparatory study can be considered. A limited number of applicants may be 
admitted without the high school diploma, with particular attention given to abilitv, 
maturity, and motivation. 

Application 

An application is secured from the Office of Admissions in person or bv mail 
(7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109). It should be 
completed and returned to that office, if possible no later than February 1 for the 
fall semester. Most admissions decisions for the fall semester are made by March 1, 
with prompt notification of applicants. For the spring semester application should 
be completed and returned, if possible, no later than October 15. Except in 
emergency the Final date for applying for the fall semester is August 5 and for the 
spring semester January 1. Application on this last-date basis is primarily for 
non-residential students. 

The admission application requires records and recommendations directly from 
secondary school officials. It also requires test scores, preferably from the senior 
year, on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. 
An accompanying Achievement Test is optional. A $20 fee to cover the cost of 
processing must accompany an application. It cannot be applied to later charges for 
accepted students or refunded for others. The University reserves the right to reject any 
application without explanation. 

A $100 admission deposit is required of all students accepted and must be sent to 
the OfFice of Admissions no later than three weeks following notice of acceptance. 
It is credited toward first semester fees and is refunded in the event of cancellation 



28 



of application by the student, provided written request for refund is received by the 
Office of Admissions no later than May 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for 
the spring semester. (Students notified of acceptance after May 1 for the fall 
semester or November 1 for the spring semester should make the admission deposit 
within two weeks of notification.) Deposits made after May 1 and November 1 are 
not refundable. Failure to make the admission deposit is taken as cancellation of 
application by the student. No deposit is required for summer session enrollment. 

Early Decision 

An Early Decision plan is available to well qualified high school students who 
decide bv the close of their junior year that their first college choice is Wake Forest. 
An Early Decision agreement is required with the application, which is sent to the 
Office of Admissions after completion of the junior year or by late October of the 
senior year. Along with high school record, recommendations, and scores on the 
Scholastic Aptitude lest, at least one Achievement lest, especially in English 
composition, is strongly recommended. 

Early Decision applicants are notified of acceptance no later than November 1 for 
the fall semester, and the admission deposit is required by January 1. Applicants 
not admitted are asked to submit a senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and 
first semester senior year grade record, or are advised to apply elsewhere. 

Advanced Placement and CLEP 

Advanced Placement credit for college level work done in high school is available 
on the basis of the Advanced Placement Examination of the College Entrance 
Examination Board and supplementary information. Especially well-qualified 
applicants for advanced standing may also be exempted from some basic and 
divisional courses with credit on the authorization of the department concerned. 
Credit by advanced standing is computed as credit transferred from another 
college. 

Under certain conditions especially well prepared applicants may be granted 
limited college credit through the subject tests of the College Level Examination 
Program (CLEP) of the Educational Testing Service. Such credit may be assigned 
with the approval of the department concerned. 

Transfer Credit 

The number of transfer students who can be admitted each year depends upon 
the availability of space in the sophomore and junior classes. An applicant for 
admission who has attended another college must be a graduate of a standard 
junior college or furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal stating eligibility in all 
respects to enter the college last attended, and must have an overall average of at 
least C on all college work attempted. A student who is admitted from another 
college before fully meeting the prescribed admissions requirements for entering 
freshmen must remove the entrance conditions during the first year at Wake 
Forest. 



29 



The writing of transfer students is checked during the orientation period each 
emester, and students whose writing is deficient are given a composition condition. 
r or removal of a composition condition the student is required to take English 1 1 
luring the first semester for which he or she registers following the assignment of 
he cc. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges are accepted subject 
o faculty approval. In general, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the 
Vake Forest curriculum. The minimum residence requirement for a baccalaureate 
legree is two academic years, the senior and one other. 

Expenses 

Statements concerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an irrevocable contract 
etween the student and the University. The costs of instruction and other services outlined 
■erein are those in effect on the date of publication of this bulletin, and the University reserves 
he right to change without notice the cost oj instruction and other services at any time. 

An admission deposit of $100, which is applied toward tuition and fees for the 
emester for which the student has been accepted, is required to complete 
dmission. Charges are due in full on August 1 for the fall semester and December 
55 for the spring semester. Faculty regulations require that student accounts be 
ettled in full before the student is entitled to receive a grade report, transcript, or 
liploma, or to register for the following semester or term. 

Tuition 

Per Semester Per Year 

'ull-Time (twelve or more credits) $1,650 $3,300 

'art-time $100 per credit 

Students enrolled in the College for full-time residence credit are entitled to full 
>rivileges regarding libraries, laboratories, athletic contests, concerts, publications, 
he College Union, the University Theatre, and the Health Service. Part-time 
tudents are entitled to the use of the libraries and laboratories but not to the other 
>rivileges mentioned above. They may secure a part-time student ID card, 
dmissions to games and concerts, and publications by paying an activity fee of $50 
>er semester. 

Room Charges 
)ouble occupancy $250-$265 $500-$530 

Most rooms available for first year students are $250 per semester for men and 
265 for women. Other room rentals range from $220 to $335. 

Other Charges 

Admission application fee of $20 is required with each application for admission to 
over the cost of processing and is non-refundable. 
Admission deposit of $100 is required of each student entering for the first time or 



30 



returning after a period of non-attendance and must be sent to the Director o 
Admissions within three weeks after acceptance for admission or readmission. Thi 
deposit is credited to the student's charges for the semester for which he or she ha 
been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of Admissions is notifier 
in writing prior to May 1 for the fall semester and November 1 for the sprins 
semester of cancellation of plans to enter the College. 

Applied music fees are required in addition to tuition lor students enrolling fo 
individual or class study in applied music in the Department of Music and an 
payable in the Office of the Treasurer. The fee for one credit hour of instructioi 
per semester is $75 and for two credit hours per semester is $120. Practice fees an 
$15 or $18 for organ practice, $7 or $10 for piano practice, and $5 or $7 for othe 
instrument practice for one or two hours a day. 

Graduation fee of $20 is required of all students who are candidates for degrees. 

Hospital bed and board charges are made when the student is confined to the Studen 
Health Service, at a rate of $37.50 per day. An additional charge is made for specia 
services and expensive drugs. Since most insurance companies do not cove 
admissions to a university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange foi 
the student insurance which covers these charges. The student insurance premiun 
is usually under $120 per year. A $2.00 charge is added to overdue bills. 

Key deposit of $5 is required for each key issued to a residence hall room and i 
refunded when the key is returned. 

Late registration fee of $10 is charged to students registering after the dates set bv the 
faculty. 

Library fines are charged for lost books and for violation of other librarv regulation 
and are payable in the library. 

Advance tuition deposit of $100 is required, at a date set bv the Office of the 
Treasurer, of students enrolled in the spring semester who expect to return for the 
fall semester beginning in August. It is credited to the student's Universitv charge 1 
and is refunded if the Treasurer is notified in writing prior to June 1. 

Room change fee of $5 is charged for authorized room changes made after Februan 
15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20 for any unauthorized change. 

Special examination fee of $2.50 is required for each special examination taken t< 
remove a course condition. 

Student apartment rental is pavable at $100 per month. 

Motor vehicle registration and traffic fines are $35 and S4 to $10, respectively. All 
students operating a vehicle on campus (including student apartments and the 
Graylyn Estate) must register vehicles thev are operating day or night, whether or 
not owned by the operator. All vehicle registrations must be completed within 
twenty-four hours from the first time the vehicle is brought to campus. Fines are 
assessed against students violating parking regulations, copies of which are 
obtainable from the Traffic Office. 

Transcripts of a student's record are issued at a cost of $2 each. 

Refunds 

During the academic vear, all students, full- and part-time, receive tuition 



31 



refunds according to the following schedule. This policy applies to students 
dropping courses as well as those withdrawing. Withdrawals must he official and 
students must turn in their ID cards before claiming refunds. There is no refund of 
3 roov; rent. 

Number of Weeks Percentage of Total Tuition 

Attendance to be Refunded 

1 Total Tuition Tess Si 00 

2 75 percent 
1 3 50 percent 

4 25 percent 

i 

Housing and Food Services 

i 

i Residence Halls. All unmarried freshmen students are required to live in 
- residence halls, except ( 1 ) when permission is granted by the Dean of Men or the 
.Dean of Women for the student to live with parents or a relative in the 
Winston-Salem area or (2) by special arrangement when space is not available on 
.campus or (3) if the student has lost residence hall space because of a room contract 
violation. Married students are not usually allowed to live in residence halls except 
when permitted by the Dean of Men or t he Dean of Women. Residence halls are 
supervised by the Director of Housing, the Directors of Residence Life, head 



f residents, and assistants under the direction of the Dean of Men and the Dean of 

Women. 

The following charges per year apply for each student in the residence halls: in 

Kitchin House, I'oteat House, Davis House, Taylor Hotise, Huffman Hall, and 
[ Efird Hall, S400 for triple rooms, S440 for small double rooms, $500 for large 
I double rooms, and $630 for single rooms; in Johnson and Bostwick Residence 
-Halls, $530 for double rooms and $030 for single rooms; in Babcock Residence 

Hall, $600 for double rooms and $630 lot single rooms; in New Dormitory, $670 
, for double rooms; in each of four town house apartments, $640 per occupant; at 

Graylyn Estate, $670 per occupant. Tor each of the fifty-six married student 
/apartments the charge is $100 per month. 

Food Services. A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are located in 

Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually or under an optional board 

plan. The approximate yearly cost individually is $725-$825. The contractual board 
, plan reduces the cost by about one-fifth, 
t 

Academic Calendar 

The academic calendar of the College includes a fall semester ending before 
Christmas, a spring semester beginning in Januarv and ending in May, and a 
summer session. Courses offered in the fall semester usually meet for approximate- 
ly fifteen weeks. During the spring semester some courses meet on a fifteen-week 
schedule as in the fall, some meet for four weeks (normallv during Januarv). and 
others meet for the remaining eleven weeks of the semester. A student may enroll 
for fifteen-week courses only or for four-week and eleven-week courses only, or 



32 



under certain conditions may combine courses from the two tracks during the same 
spring semester. 

Orientation and Advising 

A three-day orientation period for new students in the College precedes 
registration for the fall semester. An academic adviser who is either a member of 
the faculty or an upperclassman in the peer-advising program provides guidance 
during and between registration periods throughout the student's freshman and 
sophomore vears. Meetings with advisers are both in groups and individual and are 
initiated both bv the adviser and bv the student. The adviser suggests and approves 
courses of instruction until the student declares a major in a field of study at the end 
of the sophomore year. At that time a new adviser is assigned from the department 
or departments concerned. 

Registration 

A two-day registration period for all students in the College opens the fall 
semester and the spring semester. Registration involves (1) payment of all tuition 
and fees in full to the Treasurer, (2) obtaining a summary of prior record from the 
Registrar, (3) consultation with the academic adviser. (4) sectioning of classes by 
departmental representatives, and (5) verification of registration cards with class 
schedules by the Registrar. 

A four-week course with a value of four credits constitutes a normal full-time 
course load for the four-week term. Students enrolling for a four-week course that 
meets primarilv off campus may not enroll for a regular fifteen-week course during 
the same semester. Students enrolling for a four-week course on the campus may, if 
the adviser recommends it, enroll at the same time for one regular fifteen-week course 
(three, four, or five credits) only. Certain one-credit courses, such as music ensemble or 
physical education, may be included in addition at the discretion of student and 
adviser. Students or advisers who encounter extraordinary problems in planning 
schedules for the spring semester may consult the Office of the Dean of the College. 

Classification 

Classification of students by class standing and as full-time or part-time is 
calculated in terms of credits. Most courses in the College have a value of four 
credits, but others vary from one credit to five. The normal load for a full-time 
student is eighteen credits per semester; a slightly heavier load is permitted under 
certain circumstances. Twelve credits per semester constitute minimum full-time 
registration. (Recipients of veteran benefits, grants from state government, and 
other governmental aid must meet the guidelines of the appropriate agencies.) A 
student may not register for fewer than twelve credits without specific permission 
from the Committee on Academic Affairs to register as a part-time student. For the 
Januarv term the normal load is one four-credit course; with the academic adviser's 
approval a student may also register concurrentlv for one fifteen-week course. 

A full-time student in the fall semester of any year may not be a part-time student 



33 



in the spring semester immediately following. Any student who petitions for 
part-time status within the semester in which he or she wishes to gain such status is 
not eligible for a tuition refund. 

The requirements for classification after the freshman year are as follows: 
sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the completion of not 
fewer than twenty-nine credits toward a degree, with a minimum of fifty-eight 
grade points; junior — the completion of not fewer than sixty credits toward a 
degree, with a minimum of 120 grade points; senior — not fewer than 108 credits 
toward a degree, with a minimum of 216 grade points. 



Class Attendance 

Attendance regulations place the responsibility for class attendance on the 
student, who is expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. One of the most 
vital aspects of the residential college experience is attendance in the classroom; its 
value cannot be fully measured by testing procedures alone. Students are 
considered sufficiently mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to 
accept this personal responsibility, to demonstrate the self-discipline essential for 
such performance, and to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to 
attend. The instructor is privileged to refer to the Dean of the College for suitable 
action students who are deemed to be causing their work or that of the class to 
suffer because of absence or lateness. Any student who does not attend classes 
regularly or who demonstrates other evidence of academic irresponsibility is subject 
to such disciplinary action as the Committee on Academic Affairs may prescribe, 
including immediate suspension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of students who have been 
absent from class because of illness certified by the Student Health Service, because 
of other extenuating circumstances, or as authorized representatives of the College 
whose names have been submitted by appropriate officials forty-eight hours in 
advance of the hour when the absences are to begin. Such absences are considered 
excused and a record of them is available to the student's instructor upon request. 
The instructor determines whether work missed can be made up. 



Auditing 

Full-time students in the College may audit classes without charge. For others the 
fee is $60 per course. The permission of the instructor is necessary for all audits, 
and that of the Dean of the College for those other than full-time students. 
Auditors are listed with regularly registered students on class rolls and are subject 
to attendance regulations and to other conditions imposed by the instructor. A 
notation of audit may be made on the final grade report and entered on the record 
of a regularly enrolled student. An auditor receives no grade or credit for the 
course. An audit course may not be changed to a credit course and a credit course 
may not be changed to an audit course except during the official drop/add period. 



34 



Dropping 

A student who wishes to drop a course before the last approved date must consult 
with the academic adviser and obtain a form from the Registrar and the signature 
of the instructor. After the approved date the student must consult with the 
academic adviser, the instructor for the course, and the Dean of the College. With 
the approval of the Dean of the College, a failing grade is usually assigned for a 
course dropped after the approved date. For a course dropped without prior 
written approval of the Dean of the College, the student is subject to academic 
probation for the following semester or other penalties imposed by the Committee 
on Academic Affairs. 

Withdrawal 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College must do so 
through the Office of the Dean of the College. With the approval of the Dean of the 
College, no grades are recorded for the student for that semester, but the student's 
standing in courses at the time of withdrawal is taken into consideration when 
readmission is sought. If withdrawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be 
assigned in all courses in which the student is doing unsatisfactory work. A student 
who leaves the College without officially withdrawing is assigned failing grades in 
all current courses, and the unofficial withdrawal is recorded. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are given at regularly scheduled times. All examinations are 
conducted in accordance with the honor system adopted by the student body and 
approved by the faculty. Under it the student is expected to refrain from unfairness 
in any form and to report to the Honor Council any student he or she knows to be 
cheating. Examinations are turned in with a signed statement that no aid has been 
given or received. 

Grading 

For most courses carrying undergraduate credit there are five final and two 
conditional grades: A (exceptionally high achievement), B (superior), C (satisfactory), D 
(passing but unsatisfactory), E (conditional failure), F (failure), and I (incomplete). 

Grade of E. The grade of E entitles the student to reexamination at any regular 
examination period within a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. A 
permit for reexamination must be obtained in advance from the Registrar, and no 
grade higher than D may be assigned as a result of reexamination. A student who 
does not remove a conditional failure by reexamination must repeat the course to 
obtain credit for it. 

Grade of I. The grade of I may be assigned only when because of illness or some 
other emergency a student does not complete the work of the course. If the work 
recorded as I is not completed within thirty days after the student enters for his or 
her next semester, the grade automatically becomes F. 



35 



Grade Points. Grades are assigned grade points for the computation of academic 
averages, class standing, and eligibility for continuation, as follows: for each credit 
of A, four points; for each credit of B, three points; for each credit of C, two points; 
for each credit of D, one point; for each credit of E or F, no points. 

Pass/Fail. To encourage students to venture into fields outside their major areas 
of competence and concentration, the College makes available the option, under 
certain conditions, of registering in courses on a Pass/Fail basis rather than for a 
letter grade. Courses taken under the Pass/Fail option yield full credit when 
satisfactorily completed, but whether passed or not they are not computed in the 
grade point average. 

A student may count toward the degree no more than twenty-four credits taken 
on a Pass/Fail basis. Freshmen and sophomores are eligible for most four-week 
courses offered on a Pass/Fail basis, as well as for certain other courses offered only 
on a Pass/Fail basis. A student may during the junior and senior years only elect up 
to a total of sixteen credits on a Pass/Fail basis, but no more than five credits in a 
given semester. Courses used to fulfill basic, divisional, or major requirements may 
not be taken on a Pass/Fail basis unless they are offered only on that basis. Courses 
in the major(s) not used for satisfying major requirements may be taken on a 
Pass/Fail basis only if the department of the major does not specify otherwise. 

Grade Reports and Transcripts 

A mid-term report and a final report of grades are issued to students by the 
Registrar in the fall and spring semesters. A final report of grades is issued for each 
summer term. 

Copies of a student's cumulative record are issued by the Registrar, but only on 
the written authorization of the student and pavment of $2 per transcript. 

Dean's List and Graduation Distinctions 

The Dean's List is issued by the Dean of the College at the end of the fall and 
spring semesters. It includes all full-time students in the College who have a grade 
point average of 3.0 or better for the semester and who have earned no grade below 
C during the semester. 

Graduation distinctions are determined by the grade point system. A degree 
candidate with a total average of not less than 3.80 for all courses attempted is 
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude. A candidate with a total average of 
not less than 3.50 for all courses attempted is graduated with the distinction magna 
cum laude. A candidate with a total average of not less than 3.00 for all courses 
attempted is graduated with the distinction cum laude. Particular conditions apply to 
students transferring from other colleges or participating in combined degree 
programs. Details are available in the Office of the Registrar. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course for which he or she has already 



36 



received a grade of C or higher. When a student repeats a course previously passed 
with a grade of D, credit earned for the first attempt is deducted from the total 
credits earned, but both grades are computed in the grade point average. 



Probation 

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his or her academic standing. 
Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not have the grade average 
normally required for continuation at the end of the following spring semester is 
automatically' on academic probation. 

Any student who is placed on probation because of Honor Code or conduct code 
violations is placed on such special academic probation as the Committee on 
Academic Affairs imposes. The Committee on Academic Affairs may at any time 
place on probation a student whose academic performance or social behavior is 
inconsistent with what the committee deems to be in the best interest of the student 
or the College. 

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible to represent the 
College in any way until the period of suspension or probation is completed and the 
student is returned to good standing. Students who are on probation for anv reason 
may not be initiated into anv fraternity until the end of their probationary period. 



Requirements for Continuation 

Students are responsible for knowing their academic status and whether they are 
meeting the minimum academic requirements for continuation in the College. 
Requirements for continuation are determined by the bulletin under which the 
student expects to graduate. 

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the spring semester, those 
students are academically ineligible to enroll for the following fall (1) who have 
attempted fewer than fifty-four credits in all colleges and universities attended and 
have a total grade point average of less than 1.35 on work attempted for a grade in 
the College; (2) who have attempted as many as fifty-four but fewer than 
ninety-eight credits and have a total grade point average of less than 1.65 on work 
attempted for a grade in the College; (3) who have attempted as many as 
ninety-eight but fewer than 135 credits and have a total grade point average of less 
than 1.85 on work attempted for a grade in the College; (4) who have attempted 
135 credits or more and have a total grade point average of less than 1.90 on work 
attempted for a grade in the College. Non-credit courses, courses taken Pass/Fail, 
and CLEP and Advanced Placement credit are not computed in the total grade 
point average. 

Ordinarily a student who is ineligible to continue in the College may attend the 
first summer term and if successful in raising the total grade point average to the 
required minimum may enroll for the following fall semester. The student may 
attend the second summer term if unsuccessful in the first, and if successful then 
may enroll for the following spring semester. If unsuccessful in meeting the 



37 



minimum requirements by the end of the second summer term, the student may 
applv for readmission no earlier than the following summer session. 

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the 
student, and after consultation with the Dean of the College, the student may 
appeal the foregoing eligibility requirements before the Committee on Academic 
Affairs. The Committee on Academic Affairs may also suspend at the end of any 
semester or term any student whose record for that term has been unsatisfactory, 
particularly with regard to the number of courses passed and failed, or any student 
who has not attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and 
regulations of the College. 

Requirements for Readmission 

A student seeking readmission to the College must meet the minimum academic 
requirements for continuation. However, a student who has not met the 
requirements (1) may apply for admission to the summer session only, (2) may 
apply for readmission after an absence from the College of at least a year and a half, 
(3) may apply for readmission after less than a year and a half if enrolled in another 
college or university, or (4) may applv for readmission if the failure to meet 
minimum requirements was due to exceptionally extenuating circumstances 
beyond the control of the student. 



Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in the final semester who receives a grade of E in the 
previous semester may applv to the Registrar for reexamination thirty days after 
the opening of the final semester but not less than thirty days before its close. All 
conditions must be removed not less than thirty days before the end of the last 
semester or term of the student's graduation year. The name of a candidate who 
has a condition after that date is dropped from the list of candidates. A candidate 
who receives a grade of E in the final semester or term of the graduation year is not 
allowed reexamination before the next examination period. 




38 



Scholarships and Loans 



The University is committed to the principle that any stndent admitted to the 
College who demonstrates financial need will receive assistance commensurate with 
that need. 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must be approved by the 
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid. Applications should be requested 
from the committee at 7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 
27109. Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not granted to students 
enrolled in other schools of the University. To receive consideration for financial 
aid, the applicant must either be enrolled in the College or have been accepted for 
admission. The financial aid program comprises institutional, state, and federal 
scholarship, loan, and work funds. Full-time students are eligible to apply for any of 
these funds. Half-time students are eligible to apply for federal funds. Half- and 
part-time students are eligible to apply for limited institutional funds. 

Need is a factor in the awarding of most financial aid, and each applicant must 
file a financial statement with the application for financial aid. After reviewing the 
standard financial analysis, the Committee on Scholarships determines aid awards, 
and aid is credited, by semester, to the student's account in the Office of the 
Treasurer. The Committee on Scholarships reserves the right to revoke financial 
aid for unsatisfactory academic achievement or for violation of University 
regulations or federal, state, or local laws. To be eligible for renewal of aid, a 
student must remain enrolled on a normal full-time basis and be in good standing, 
making satisfactory progress toward a degree. The committee does not award 
institutional scholarships to students earning less than a 2.0 grade average on all 
work attempted at Wake Forest. 

Scholarships 

The Guy T. Carswell Scholarships, made possible by and established in honor of the 
late Guy T. Carswell and his wife Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, carry 
an annual value ranging from a minimum stipend of $1,500 to a maximum stipend 
of $5,000, with awards for more than $1,500 determined on the basis of need. A 
Carswell Scholar must be a student applying to the College who possesses 
outstanding qualities of intellect and leadership. Up to forty scholars are selected 
annually. 

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships for Freshmen, made possible by the late 
Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina for residents of 
North Carolina or children of alumni residing in other states, with preference given 
to residents of Davidson County, North Carolina, have a value up to $5,000. 

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships for Upperclassmen for students who have been 
enrolled for at least one semester, with preference given to applicants from 
Davidson County, North Carolina, vary in value according to need. 

The Alcoa Foundation Scholarship, donated by the Alcoa Foundation, is available to 
a freshman from the Piedmont area who is majoring in chemistry and is awarded 
on the basis of need for $2,000. 



39 

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarships, established by the Kappa Theta Chapter of 
Alpha Phi Omega, is made available in alternate years to a freshman who presents 
evidence of need and an excellent high school record for a minimum of $200. 

The Camillo Artom Fund for Italian Studies was established in 1976 in honor of Dr. 
Camillo Artom, professor of biochemistry from 1939 to 1969. Scholarship aid is 
made available, usually to one or two students each semester, to assist with their 
expenses. Well-qualified students who can demonstrate need are eligible to applv. 
(Interested persons should apply in the Office of the Provost.) 

Basic Educational Opportunity Grants are available to undergraduate students with 
exceptional financial need who require these grants in order to attend college, for a 
value of from $200 to $1,800 per year. The amount of assistance a student may 
receive depends upon need, taking into account financial resources and the cost of 
attending the college chosen. 

The Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship, donated by the late Junius Calvin Brown of 
Madison, North Carolina in honor of his wife Eliza Pratt Brown, is used to assist 
needy, worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with preference given 
to students from the town of Madison and Rockingham County, for a maximum of 
$2,000. 

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship, donated in memory of J. G. Carroll, 
former associate professor of mathematics, is made to a deserving athlete who is not 
on a regular athletic scholarship, for a value of approximately $100. 

The James Lee Carrier Scholarship, donated by Jean Freeman Carver with her 
children James Lee Carver II and Elizabeth Jeanine Carver in memory of her 
husband James Lee Carver, is for deserving and promising students who 
demonstrate a need for financial assistance, with preference given to students from 
the Oxford Orphanage in Oxford, North Carolina, for a value of approximately 
$300. 

The College Scholarships, in the amount of $100 to $3,300 each, are available to 
freshmen and upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records and 
evidence of need. 

The 0. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by Louise T. Crowell of 
Hendersonville, North Carolina in memory of her husband O. B. Crowell, is 
awarded on the basis of character, need, and promise for a value of approximately 
$600. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mr. G. H. 
Singleton of Raleigh, North Carolina in memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton, is 
available to a freshman, sophomore, or junior whose home is within the West 
Chowan Baptist Association of North Carolina, with preference given to Bertie 
County students, on the basis of need and ability. Residents of the Roanoke 
Association may be considered for the scholarship, which is renewable on the basis 
of need and ability except for the senior year, for a value of approximately $200 

The James W. Gill Scholarship, donated by Ruth R. Gill in memory of her husband 
James W. Gill, provides a scholarship for a deserving student, with preference given 
to students from Montgomery and Prince George Counties, Maryland, for a value 
of approximately $600. 



40 



The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholarship is awarded to an incoming or enrolled 
student based on ability and need, with a slight preference given to students from 
Halifax County, North Carolina. 

The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship, made possible through a donation from 
Miriam M. Goebel, is based upon ability and financial need, with first preference 
given to a student with an interest in literature, second preference to a student with 
an interest in history, and third preference to a student enrolled in the pre-medical 
program, for a value of approximately $400. 

The Fuller Hamrick Scholarship, created under the will of the late Everett C. Snyder 
of Wake Forest, North Carolina in memory of Fuller Hamrick, is used to educate 
students from the Mills Home in Thomasville, North Carolina, for a value of 
approximately $550. 

The Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship, donated by Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, 
North Carolina in memory of her husband, is available to those who qualify on the 
basis of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference given to those 
who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, become teachers, or become 
lawyers, the preference being in the order named, for residents of the Reidsville, 
North Carolina area recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of 
Reidsville, and for a value of $500. 

The Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Hollifield in 
memory of their son Forrest H. Hollifield, is awarded to upperclassmen with 
evidence of character and need, with preference given to natives of Rowan and 
Rutherford Counties, North Carolina and to members of the Delta Nu Chapter of 
Sigma Chi Fraternity. 

The J. Lee Keiger Sr. Scholarship is an academic scholarship awarded annually to a 
North Carolina student, with preference given to students living in the Mid- 
Carolina Telephone Company service region, for a value of $750. 

The Senah C. and C.A. Kent Scholarships, are awarded to freshmen and 
upperclassmen on the basis of leadership, academic merit, and financial need, 
without regard to race, religion, sex, or geographical origin. 

The Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by the Delta Nu 
Chapter of Sigma Chi Fraternity, makes available one or two scholarships, with 
preference given to members of the Sigma Chi Fraternity, upon recommendation 
of the Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Board, for a value of approxi- 
mately $800. 

The Thane Edward McDonald and Marie Dayton McDonald Memorial Scholarship Fund, 
made possible by the late Thane Edward McDonald, professor of music, is available 
to a deserving and qualified music student for a value of approximately $125. 

The Norfleet Scholarships, donated by Mr. and Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of 
Wilmington, North Carolina in memory of his parents John A. and Mary Pope 
Norfleet, are available to deserving and promising students needing financial 
assistance for a value of $200. 

The North Carolina Scholarships are made available by the North Carolina General 
Assembly and are awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time students who 
are bona fide residents of North Carolina. 



41 

North Carolina Student Incentive Grants are available to undergraduate residents of 
North Carolina with exceptional financial need who require these grants in order to 
attend college, for a value of from $200 to $1,500 per year. The amount of 
assistance a student may receive depends upon need, taking into account financial 
resources and the cost of attending the college chosen. 

The Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship, donated by Kate J. Parham of Oxford, 
North Carolina in memory of her husband, is awarded on the basis of ability and 
need and may be renewed for succeeding years. 

The Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships, administered by the North Carolina Baptist 
Foundation under the terms of the will of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson 
County, North Carolina, make two or more scholarships available each year in 
memory of Mr. Pettus and are awarded on the basis of merit and need, with 
preference given to North Carolina Baptist students. 

The William Louis Potent Scholarships, awarded annually to the graduates of the 
Baptist junior colleges in North Carolina on the basis of need, are renewable for the 
senior year for a value of up to $500. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship, granted by the A. M. Pullen and 
Company to an outstanding upper division accounting major designated by the 
accounting faculty on the basis of merit, Financial need, and interest in public 
accounting, has a value of $600. 

The Kenneth Tyson Raynor Scholarship, donated by friends of the late Kenneth 
Tyson Raynor, professor of mathematics, is awarded annually by the mathematics 
faculty. The award is made on the basis of academic ability to an individual 
majoring in mathematics who has achieved junior standing. 

The Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revel! Memorial Scholarship Fund, created under the 
will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, is for a 
person preparing for the ministry or full-time religious work, for a value of $100. 

The Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships, donated in memory of the late Kate B. 
Reynolds, is for residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina who without financial 
aid would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. At least four 
scholarships are awarded, with a value up to $2,400. 

The ROTC Scholarships require applications for four-year scholarships from 
students in their junior and senior year of high school to the nearest ROTC 
regional headquarters and from freshmen, sophomores, and juniors enrolled in the 
ROTC program to the professor of military science. Each scholarship covers 
tuition, fees, books, and classroom materials for the regular school year, and a 
subsistence allowance of $100 per month for the period that the scholarship is in 
effect, remaining in effect throughout the contract period subject to satisfactory 
academic and ROTC performance. 

The Robert Forest Smith III Scholarship Fund, donated by the Rev. Mr. and Mrs. 
Robert Forest Smith Jr. in memory of their son Robert Forest Smith III, is awarded 
to an entering freshman who qualifies on the basis of need and on distinction in 
high school government, with preference given to those who plan to enter 
government service, and with strong preference given to students exemplifying 
positive Christian principles, for a value of $1,000. 



42 

The Sigmund Stemberger Scholarships, donated by the Sigmund Sternberger 
Foundation, are for needy North Carolinians, with preference given to undergra- 
duate students from Greensboro and Guilford County, for a value of $1,600. 

The J. W. Straughan Scholarship, donated by Mattie, Mable, and Alice Straughan in 
memory of their brother Dr. J. W. Straughan of Warsaw, North Carolina, with 
preference given to students from Duplin County, North Carolina who are 
interested in pursuing a medical career, especially in the field of family practice, are 
for those who need financial assistance to continue their education. 

The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholarship, donated by Dr. Charles 
L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory of their father and mother, is awarded 
on the basis of Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial need, with 
preference given to freshmen from North Carolina, renewable for a value of 
approximately $400. 

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are available to a limited number 
of undergraduate students with exceptional financial need who require these 
grants to attend college and who show academic or creative promise, for a value 
from $200 to $1,500 a year but no more than one-half of the total assistance given 
the student. The amount of financial assistance a student may receive depends 
upon need, taking into account financial resources and the cost of attending the 
college chosen. 

The Tyner-Pitman Scholarship Fund, donated by Cora Tyner Pitman, makes 
available at least one scholarship for needy North Carolina students. 

The Jesse A. Williams Scholarships, created under the will of the late Jesse A. 
Williams of Union County, North Carolina, with preference given to deserving 
students of Union County, have a value up to $1,200. 

The Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship, created under the will of Jennie Mayes 
Wilson in memory of her husband Charles Littell Wilson, is for a freshman, with a 
value from $200 to $600. 

The William Luther Wyatt III Scholarship Trust, donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. 
Wyatt Jr. of Raleigh, North Carolina in memory of their son William Luther Wyatt 
III, with preference given to a male student entering the junior year who has shown 
an interest and an ability in the field of biology, is based on need and ability, for a 
value of approximately $500. 

Exchange Scholarships 

The German Exchange Scholarship, established in 1959 with the Free University of 
Berlin, is available to a student with at least two years of college German or the 
equivalent who has junior standing by the end of the semester in which application 
is made, but who need not be a German major. It provides 750 German marks per 
month for ten months, remission of fees, 200 marks per semester for books, and 
250 marks per month for rent. (Interested students should communicate with the 
chairman of the Department of German.) 

The Spanish Exchange Scholarship, established in 1964 with the University of the 
Andes in Bogota, Colombia, is available to two students for one semester's study 
each or one student for two semesters with at least two years of college Spanish or 



43 



the equivalent. It provides remission of fees, the cost of books, and the cost of board 
and accommodations. (Interested students should communicate with the chairman 
of the Department of Romance Languages.) 

The French Exchange Scholarship, established in 1971 with the University of 
Orleans, France, is available to a graduating senior, who receives a graduate 
teaching assistantship at the University of Orleans for two semesters. (Interested 
students should communicate with the chairman of the Department of Romance 
Languages.) 

Loans 

The James F. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan is for residents of 
North Carolina enrolled full-time for a value up to $7,500 for undergraduate 
study. The amount of each loan is determined by the College Foundation, with an 
interest rate of one percent during the in-school and grace periods and seven 
percent during the repayment period. 

The Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund, established in 1945 with funds supplied by 
the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, is for needy 
students. 

The Council Fund, established in 1935 by C. T. Council of Durham, North 
Carolina, is for the aid of senior students. 

The James W. Denmark Loan Fund, originated in 1875 by James William Denmark 
of Dudley, North Carolina, is available to qualified students, with preference given 
to students from North Carolina, for an amount not exceeding $1,500 each year 
and $6,000 during the entire period of enrollment. 

The Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund, established under the will of Birdie Dunn of 
Wake County, North Carolina in memory of her mother, is for worthy students. 

The Duplin County Loan Fund, donated in 1942 by anonymous friends of the 
College, is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. 

The Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund, established by the Board of Trustees, is a 
memorial to the former Bursar. 

The Friendly Student Loan Fund, established in 1948 by Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, 
North Carolina in memory of her sister Mary Belle Stinson Michael, is for the 
benefit of worthv students who need financial aid. 

The George Foster Hankins Loan Fund, established under the will of the late Colonel 
George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, gives preference to 
applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. 

The Guaranteed Student Loan Program makes available loans up to $2,500 for 
undergraduate students. Aggregate undergraduate sums may not exceed $7,500, 
but may be extended to $15,000 for those who also borrow for graduate or 
professional study. The maximum loan per year for graduate students is $5,000. 
Loans are insured by the federal government or guaranteed by a state or private 
non-profit guarantee agency. The federal government pays the seven percent 
interest during in-school and grace periods. Application and information mav be 
obtained from state guarantee agencies or from the appropriate regional office of 
the United States Office of Education. 

The Harris Memorial Loan Fund, established bv the late J. P. Harris of Bethel, 



Quarterly 


Amount of 


Total Interest 


Total 


Payments 


Payment 


Paid 


Payment 


'28 


$ 90.00 


$ 269.78 


$2,769.78 


40 


125.00 


768.65 


5.768.65 


40 


187.50 


1.153.07 


8.653.07 



44 



North Carolina in memory of his first wife Lucy Shearon Harris and his second wife 
Lucy Jones Harris, is for students who have demonstrated ability to apply 
educational advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater Christian service in 
life and who require financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their 
education. 

The Edna Tyner Langston Fund, established in 1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of 
Danville, Virginia in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by 
the donor and the College. 

The National Direct Student Loan Program makes available loans up to $2,500 per 
year for students in need of financial assistance with an interest rate of three 
percent. Examples of typical repayment schedules: 

Aggregate Loan 

$2,500 
5,000 

$7,500 

Aggregate undergraduate sums may not exceed $2,500 for the first two years or 
$5,000 for four years, but may be extended to $10,000 for those who also borrow 
for graduate or professional study, with an interest rate of three percent. 

The North Carolina Insured Student Loan Program makes available loans up to 
$2,500 per year for legal residents enrolled full-time. Aggregate undergraduate 
sums may not exceed $7,500 but may be extended to $15,000 for those who also 
borrow for graduate or professional study. The maximum loan each year may not 
exceed $2,500 for undergraduates or $5,000 for graduates or professional 
students. Loans are insured by the North Carolina State Education Assistance 
Authority and are processed by the College Foundation. Under certain conditions 
the United States Office of Education pays the seven percent interest during the 
in-school and grace periods. 

The Watts Norton Loan Fund, established in 1949 by L. Watts Norton of Durham, 
North Carolina, is for worthy students enrolled in the Department of Religion who 
need financial assistance. 

The Poivers Fund, established in 1944 by Dr. Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North 
Carolina in memory of his parents Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, is for the 
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. 

The Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund, established in 1945 by Dr. J. G. Raby of 
Tarboro, North Carolina in memory of his parents, gives preference to applicants 
from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro. 

The James F. Slate Loan Fund, established in 1908 by J. F. Slate of Stokes County, 
North Carolina, is available for ministerial students who have been licensed to 
preach. 

Concessions 

Ministerial students receive a $600 concession per vear if thev (1) have a written 



45 



recommendation or license to preach from their own church body and (2) agree to 
repay the total amount, plus four percent interest, in the event that they do not 
serve five years in the pastoral ministry within twelve years of attendance in the 
College. 

Children and spouses of pastors of North Carolina Baptist churches receive a $600 
concession per year if they are the children or spouse of (1) ministers, (2) 
missionaries of the Southern Baptist Foreign Mission Board, (3) officials of the 
Baptist State Convention of North Carolina, or (4) professors in North Carolina 
Baptist colleges or universities. Pastors themselves are also eligible. 

Children of other ministers who are not eligible for the above concession receive a 
$150 concession per year if their parent makes a living chieflv bv the ministry and 
they have a demonstrated need. 

Rehabilitation students receive a concession up to $300 per year if they (1) have a 
letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehabilitation 
and (2) file for the concession. 

Other Financial Aid 

The College Work/Study Program On Campus makes available on-campus employ- 
ment to students who show evidence of financial need. Students work during the 
academic year for campus minimum wage or above, at an average of ten to fifteen 
hours per week, in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, Reynolda Hall, College Union, 
Reynolda Cardens, and other places on campus. 

The College Work/Study Program Off Campus (PACE) is for students who show 
evidence of financial need for work in any non-profit public or private institution 
for periods up to fifteen weeks during the summer, and forty hours per week, at an 
hourly wage. Eighty percent of earnings should be retained for college expenses. 
Summer employment is also available for students who show evidence of need and 
who are unable to secure adequate employment on their own. (Interested students 
should apply before March 15.) 

The Ministerial Aid Fund, established in 1897 by the estate of J. A. Melke, is 
available to pre-ministerial students on a loan or grant program on the basis of 
merit and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement. 

Church Choir Work Grants, given by the College and Wake Forest Baptist Church 
to encourage outstanding music students, are awarded on the basis of talent, 
reliability, and interest in the Church on the recommendation of the music 
committee of the Church and the Department of Music, for the value of $300. 
(Interested students should communicate with the chairman of the Department of 
Music.) 

Student! Student Spouse Employment is possible for part-time, on-campus and 
off-campus work, for a recommended maximum of twenty hours per week for 
full-time students. Summer employment may also be available. (Interested students 
should communicate with the Office of Placement and Career Development.) 

Veteran Benefits are administered by the Office of the Veterans Administration in 
the Wachovia Building at 251 North Main Street in Winston-Salem. Records of 
progress are kept by this institution on veteran and non-veteran students alike. 



46 



Progress records are furnished the students, veterans and non-veterans alike, at the 
end of each scheduled school term. 




47 



Special Programs 



For students of special ability or interest and for students who can take advantage 
of off-campus study opportunities, the College offers a variety of programs ranging 
from four-week courses to four-year curricula. These are in addition to combined 
courses of study in departments in the College and the pre-professional curricula 
described in this bulletin. 



Honors Study 

For highly qualified students, a series of interdisciplinary honors courses is 
described under Courses of Instruction. Under the Coordinator of the Honors 
Program, students participate in three or more honors seminars during the 
freshman, sophomore, and junior years. Those who complete four seminars with a 
superior record and who are not candidates for departmental honors may complete 
a final directed study course. With a superior record in that course and a grade 
point average of 3.0 in all work, they may be graduated with "Honors in the Arts 
and Sciences." 

For students especially talented in individual areas of study, most departments in 
the College offer special studies leading to graduation with honors in a particular 
department. The minimum requirement is a grade point average of 3.0 in all work 
and 3.3 (or higher in some areas) in the major. Other course, seminar, and research 
requirements vary according to the department concerned. 



Open Curriculum 

For students with high motivation and strong academic preparation, the Open 
Curriculum provides the opportunity to follow a course of study planned within the 
framework of a liberal arts education but not necessarily fulfilling all basic and 
divisional requirements for the degree. Under the Committee on Open Curriculum 
a limited number of students are selected before or during the freshman year by 
previous record of achievement, high aspirations, ability in one or more areas of 
study, strength of self-expression, and other special talents. The course of study for 
the degree is designed by the student and his or her adviser. 



Residential Language Centers 

For students prepared to speak French, Cerman, or Spanish on a regular basis 
with other students studying the same language, the Graylyn Estate near campus is 
the site of three residential centers. Under faculty coordinators from the 
Department of Romance Languages and the Department of German, students live 
for one or more semesters at Bernard Cottage (for French), Amos Cottage (for 
Spanish), or the Manor House (for German), attending regular classes on campus 
but speaking French, Spanish, or German in the residential center. 



48 



Study at Salem College 

For full-time students, Wake Forest and Salem College share a program of 
exchange credits for courses taken at one institution because not offered at the 
other. An application must be approved by the academic adviser and the Dean of 
the College. Except in courses of private instruction, there is no additional cost to 
the student. Crades and grade points earned at Salem College are evaluated as if 
they were earned at Wake Forest. 

Summer Study 

For full-time students, courses taken in the summer at another college or 
university require the advance approval of the chairman of the department 
concerned and the Registrar. Crades earned elsewhere are not used in computing 
the grade averages; those earned elsewhere on the semester hour plan are 
computed as transfer credit at 3.375 credits for three approved semester hours 
taken elsewhere. 

In addition to regular courses, a number of special summer programs for credit 
are described in the bulletin of the summer session. 

January Study 

For students who wish to follow individual or non-traditional courses of study on 
campus or field study in places like Honduras, Russia, and Switzerland, the Januarv 
term offers a number of four-credit courses, many on a Pass/Fail basis. Januarv 
term courses are described under Courses of Instruction. 

Opportunities for Study Abroad 

London 

A program of study is offered each semester at Worrell House, the University's 
residential center near Regent's Park in London. Courses typically encompass 
aspects of the art, theatre, literature, and history of London and Great Britain. (See, 
for example, Art 2320: English Art, Hogarth to the Present., and History 2260: History 
of London, in the course listings of those departments.) Each term a different 
member of the faculty serves as the director of the program, which accommodates 
sixteen students. Further information may be obtained in the Office of the Provost. 

Venice 

For students wishing to spend a semester in Italv, a program of study is available 
at Casa Artom, the University's residential center on the Grand Canal in Venice. 
Under various members of the faculty, approximately twenty students focus on the 
heritage and culture of Venice and Italy. (Courses offered usually include Art 
2693: Venetian Renaissance Art, Italian 2213: Spoken Italian, and other courses 
offered by the faculty member serving as director.) Students selected for the Venice 
program are normally required to have completed elementary training in Italian. 



49 

Limited scholarship aid is available to one or two students each semester to assist 
with expenses. Further information may be obtained in the Office of the Provost. 

France 

For students wishing to study in France, arrangements are made for a semester's 
instruction at the University of Dijon. Under a faculty residential adviser from the 
Department of Romance Languages, courses are taken at the University of Dijon by 
student groups of varying levels of preparation. (A major in French is not required, 
but French 221 or its equivalent is recommended.) 

Spain 

For students wishing to study in Spain, arrangements are made for a semester's 
instruction at the University of Salamanca. Under a faculty residential adviser from 
the Department of Romance Languages, courses are taken al the University of 
Salamanca by student groups of varying levels of preparation. (A major in Spanish 
is not required, but Spanish 221 or its equivalent is recommended.) 

India 

For students who can spend a semester in India, arrangements are made for 
instruction in an Indian college or university and travel in the country lor a period 
of about three months. (Written approval from the Dean of the College is necessary 
for fulfilling basic, divisional, or major requirements.) 

Independent Study 

For students who wish to spend one or more semesters in an appoved college or 
university abroad, arrangements must be made with the chairman ol the 
department of the major and the Dean of the College. An approved application for 
study abroad must also be filed with the Registrar. Up to thirty-six credits for a 
full-year program may be granted by the College upon satisfactory evaluation of 
the work taken, but is not guaranteed. Students not on a College program must 
apply for readmission to the University. Credit is computed as transfer credit at 
3.375 credits lor three approved semester hours taken abroad. 

In addition, the Independent Study Program of the Experiment in International 
Living is recognized by the College. To participate in this program a student must 
be regularly enrolled and plan to return to the College after study abroad, and 
arrangements must be made with the chairman of the department of the major and 
the Dean of the College. Up to fourteen credits for a one-semester program may be 
granted upon evidence of satisfactory completion of work taken, but is subject to 
evaluation by the Dean of the College. 



50 

Requirements for Degrees 

Degrees Offered 

The College offers undergraduate programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts ancj 
Bachelor of Science degrees. The Bachelor of Arts degree is conferred with a major 
in anthropology, art, biology, chemistry, classical studies, economics, English 
French, French-Spanish, German, Greek, history, Latin, music, philosophy 
physics, politics, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish, or speech communication 
and theatre arts. The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred with a major in 
accountancy, business, chemistry, mathematical economics, mathematics, mathema- 
tics-biology, mathematics-business, physical education, or physics. The Bachelor of 
Arts degree is available with a major in intermediate education or education with a 
state teacher's certificate in social studies. The Bachelor of Science degree is 
available with a major in education with a state teacher's certificate in science, and in 
combined curricula in dentistry, engineering, forestry and environmental studies, 
medical sciences, medical technology, and the physician assistant program. 

A student who receives the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from 
the College may not thereafter receive the other of the two degrees. 

General Requirements 

Students in the College have considerable flexihilitv in planning their course of 
study. Except for two semesters of required physical education, only three specific 
courses are required, one in English composition and two in a foreign language. To 
complete preparation for more specialized work in a major field or fields, students 
select three courses in each of four divisions of the undergraduate curriculum: (1) 
literature and the arts; (2) the natural sciences and mathematics; (3) history, 
religion, and philosophy; and (4) the social and behavioral sciences. Normally the 
basic and divisional requirements are completed in the freshman and sophomore 
years and requirements in the field or fields of the major are completed in the 
junior and senior years. 

All students must complete (1) the basic and divisional requirements (unless 
accepted for the Open Curriculum), (2) a course of study approved by the 
department or departments of the major, and (3) elective courses for a total of 144 
credits. No more than sixteen credits toward graduation may be earned in Military 
Science 111, 112, 151, 152, 211, 212, 251, 252; Music 111-123 (ensemble courses); 
and physical education 100-level courses other than the physical education 
requirement. 

All students must earn a C average on all courses attempted. A student who 
transfers from another college or university must earn a C average on all courses 
attempted in the College and a C average on all work attempted at all colleges and 
universities. Of the 144 credits required for graduation, at least seventy-two must 
be completed in the College, including the work of the senior year (except for 
combined degree curricula). 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the requirements of the bulletin 
in which he or she enters, provided that course work is completed within six years 



51 



„)f entrance. After six years, the student must fulfill the requirements for the class in 
vhich he or she graduates. 

Basic Requirements 

All students must complete three required basic courses (unless waived through 
procedures established by the departments concerned): 

English 110 (composition) or 112 (composition and literature) 
Foreign language 153 (intermediate level) 
Foreign language (literature) 

French 213, 214, 216, 217, or the equivalent 

Spanish 215, 216, or the equivalent 

Italian 215, 216, or the equivalent 

German 211 or 212 

Russian (any literature course) 

Greek 211 or 212 

Latin 211, 212, or 216 

Hebrew 211 

Hindi 211 
No credit is given for any language course below the one recommended by the 
department on the basis of the placement test unless the student is given permission 
ny the Language Placement Appeals Board. 

Divisional Requirements 

, All students must complete three courses in each of the four divisions of the 
.indergraduate curriculum (unless exempted by completion of Advanced Place- 
ment requirements): 

/. Literature and the Arts (three courses; no more than one course from each 
group) 

1. English literature (English 160 or 165) 

2. American literature (English 170 or 175) 

3. Foreign literature (other than the one used for the basic requirement) 

a. Classical languages 

Greek 211, 212^ 231, 241. or 242 
Latin 211, 212, 216, 221, 225, or 226 
Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265, or 272 

b. German 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 

c. Romance languages (French, Spanish, or Russian literature) 

d. Humanities 213, 214, 215, 216, or 217 

4. Fine Arts 

a. Art 103 

b. Music 101 

c. Theatre Arts 121 

//. The Natural Sciences and Mathematics (three courses, selected from only two 
groups) 
1. Biology 111. 150, or 151 



52 

2. Chemistry 111, 112 (unless advanced preparation indicates a highe 
course) 

3. Physics 111 and 112 (one or both courses); 121 and 122 (one or boil 
courses) 

4. Mathematics 111, 112, 115, 1 16, 157 (any one; if two, any pair other thai 
111-116 and 115-175) 

///. History, Religion, and Philosophy (three courses; no more than (me course Iron 
each group) 

1. History 101 or 102 

2. Religion (any course other than 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 265 266 270 273 
282, 286, 287, 292, and 346) 

3. Philosophy 151, 171, or 172 

IV. The Social and Behavioral Sciences (three courses; no more than one from am 
one department) 

1. Anthropology 162 

2. Economics 111, 151, or 152 

3. Politics 113, 114, or 115 

4. Psychology 151 

5. Sociology 151 

Requirement in Physical Education 

All students must complete Physical Education 1 1 1 and one additional course 
selected from the 100-series of physical education courses. The requirement must 
be met before enrollment in additional physical education electi\e courses. 

Proficiency in the Use of English 

Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the faculty as a 
requirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the 
grade for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student whose writing 
is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous credits in composition. The writing of] 
transfer students is checked during the orientation period each term, and students 
whose writing is deficient are given a. composition condition. For removal of a 
composition condition the student is required to take English 1 1 during the first 
semester for which he or she registers following the assignment of the cc. Removal 
of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

Completion of Lower Division Requirements 

Basic, divisional, and physical education requirements should be completed when 
possible by the end of the sophomore year. For students who postpone required 
courses until the junior year to complete early major courses, a minimum of three 
required courses must be taken each semester until the requirements ha\e been 
completed. Except for students accepted for the Open Curriculum, no course 
requirements may be waived or replaced bv substitutes except through regular 
procedures established by the faculty or through a specific vote of the faculty in 
regular session. 



53 



Admission to the Upper Division 

Before applying for admission to the upper division and beginning work on the 
major subject, a student should have seventy-two credits and 144 grade points in 
the lower division. In no case is a student admitted to the upper division with fewer 
than sixty credits and 120 grade points. 



Fields of Study in the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of the sophomore year each student is required to 
indicate to the Registrar and to the department or departments concerned the 
selection of a major subject for concentration during the junior and senior years. 
Before this selection is formally approved by the Registrar, the student must 
present a written statement from the authorized representative of the department 
or departments indicating that the student has been accepted as a candidate for the 
major in that department. An adviser is available to assist the student in planning a 
course of study for the junior and senior years. A department which rejects a 
student as a major must file with the Dean of the College a written statement 
indicating the reason(s) for the rejection. 

The College makes a reasonable effort to provide ample space in the various 
major fields to accommodate the interests of students. It must be understood, 
however, that the College cannot undertake to guarantee the availability of space in 
a given major field or a given course, since the preferences of students change and 
there are limits to both faculty and facilities. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not change from one major 
to another without the approval of the departments concerned. The student's 
course of study for the junior and senior years includes the minimum requirements 
for the departmental major, with other courses selected by the student and 
approved bv the adviser. 

At least half of the major must be completed in the College. Students preparing 
for the ministry are advised to elect three courses in religion beyond the course 
included in the divisional requirements. 

The following fields of study are recognized for the major: accountancy, 
anthropology, art, biology, business, chemistry, classical studies, economics, 
education, English, French, French-Spanish, Cerman, Greek, history, Latin, 
mathematical economics, mathematics, mathematics-biologv, mathematics- 
business, music, philosophv, physical education, physics, politics, psychology, 
religion, sociology, Spanish, and speech communication and theatre arts. 

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 

A maximum of forty-eight credits in a single field of study is allowed within the 
144 credits required for graduation. This excludes required related courses from 
other departments. 

For dual major departments, fifty-six credits toward graduation are allowed in 
any department authorized to offer two fields of study. Elementarv foreign 



54 



language in the major field of study and Accountancy 111-112 (for those majorii 
in accountancy) are excluded. 

These limits may be exceeded in unusual circumstances only by action of th 
Dean of the College. 

Double Majors and Joint Majors 

A student may major in two departments with the written permission of th 
chairman of each of the departments and on condition that the student meets a 
requirements for the major in both departments. For administrative purposes, th 
student must designate one of the two fields as the primary major, which appeal 
first on the student's record. 

A joint major consisting of fifty-six credits in two fields of study is available i 
classical studies, in mathematical economics, in mathematics-biology, in mathema 
tics-business, and in French-Spanish. 

Senior Testing 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program designed to provid 1 
objective evidence of educational development and employing measures o 
academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate Record Examine 
tion and/or other tests deemed appropriate by the Committee on Academic Affair:- 
The tests are administered during the spring semester, and relevant results ar 
made available to the student for his or her information. The primary purpose o 
the program is to provide the College with information for assessing the tota 
educational process. The program does not supplant the regular administration o 
the Graduate Record Examination for those students applying for admission t< 
graduate school. 

Combined Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student to receive the two degrees o 
Bachelor of Arts and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent insteac 
of the usual seven years. The first three years of the combined course are in th< 
College and the last three are in the School of Eaw. 

A student pursuing this plan must ( 1 ) complete the basic and divisional courst 
requirements and become qualified for admission to the upper division; (2) initiate 
an application for admission to the School of Law and secure through the lav 
school adviser, who is a member of the law faculty, permission to pursue the 
combined course plan (admission to the School of Law is based on the applicant' 1 
entire undergraduate record, Law School Admission Test scores, and other criteria 
and permission to pursue the combined degree program does not constitute 
admission to the School of Law); (3) perform the junior year of study in the College 
under the supervision of the law school adviser; and (4) complete at least 1 10 credits 
in the College with a minimum average of C and the first full vear of law in tht 
School of Law with an average sufficient to remain in the School of Law. 

The last year of required college academic work must be taken in the College. A 



55 



student who transfers from another college or university at the end of the first or 
second year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work 
undertaken in the College. 

A student who completes the program successfully is eligihle to receive the 

Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the first full year in the School of Law; the 

Juris Doctor degree is awarded the student who, having received the Bachelor of 

Arts degree, also fulfills requirements for the Juris Doctor degree. The quantitative 

I and qualitative academic requirements set forth herein are minimum requirements 

i; for the successful completion ot the combined degree program: satisfying the 

requirements of the three-year program in the College does not necessarily entitle 

i an applicant to admission to the School of Law. 



Combined Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students may receive a Bachelor of Science degree with a 

major in medical sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the degree by 

completing three years of work in the College with a minimum average grade of C 
land by satisfactorily completing the first full year <>1 medicine (at least thirty 
i semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
; with a record entitling promotion to the second year class. (Under current 

scheduling, successful candidates receive the baccalaureate degree in August rather 
i than May.) At least one year (thirty-six credits) of the required academic work must 
i be completed in the College. 

,! Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical sciences 
i must complete before entering the School of Medicine for the fourth year of work 
i the basic course requirements; the divisional course requirements in Divisions I, 

III, and IV; the physical education requirement; Biology 111, 150, 151 (two 

courses); Biology 312, 320, 321, 326, 351, 360, 370 (two courses): Chemistry 1 1 1 

and 112; Chemistry 221 and 222; Physics 1 1 1 and 1 12; mathematics (one course): 

and electives for a total of 108 credits. 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does not necessarily entitle 
■ an applicant to admission to the School of Medicine. (All other factors being equal, 
1 applicants who have done all their work in the College are given preference.) 

Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 

/ Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in medical technology by 
completion of the academic requirements outlined below and by satisfactory 
completion of the full program in medical technology offered by the Division of 
Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a 
grade of C in all courses taken in the program in medical technology. At least one 
year (thirty-six credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the 
College. Students seeking admission to the program must file application in the fall 
of their junior year with the division of Allied Health Programs of the School of 
Medicine. A B average is usually required in biology and chemistry for admission to 



56 



the program. Students must complete the basic course requirements; the division, 
course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV; the physical education requii 
ment; Biology 111, 150, 151 (three courses); Biology 326; Chemistry 1 1 1 and 1 1 
Chemistry 221 and 222; mathematics (one course); and electives for a total of I< 
credits. (Interested students should consult a biology departmental faculty membJ 
during the freshman year for further information.) 

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in the physician assistai 
program by completion of three years ( 108 credits) in the College with a minimu 
average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of the full twenty-four mont 
course in the physician assistant program offered by the Division of Allied Heali 
Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one year (thirty-s 
credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the Colleg 
Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements, tl 
divisional course requirements, and the physical education requirement; at lea 
four courses in biology (including one course in microbiology); and at least fot 
courses in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and economics are recod 
mended). A course in statistics and three or four courses in chemistry are als 
recommended. Applicants to the program must possess a minimum of six montlj 
clinical experience in patient care services. (Interested students should consult 
biology departmental faculty member during the freshman year for furth< 
information.) 

Degrees in Microbiology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in microbiology b 
completion of three years (112 credits) in the College with a minimum averag 
grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of a thirty-two-hour major i 
microbiology in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one vear (thirty-si 
credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the College 
Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements, th 
divisional course requirements, and the physical education requirement; Microbio 
ogy 301, 302, 308, 311, and 312, and Biology 370 (in some cases Biology 326 may b 
substituted for Microbiology 301); two additional courses from Microbiology 30', 
310, 313, and 314; and Biology 321. Required related courses are two courses ii 
phvsics and at least two courses in organic chemistrv. Additional chemistrv an< 
mathematics courses may be suggested by the major adviser for student 
progressing toward advanced work in microbiology. 

Degrees in Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree with 
major in dentistrv by completing three vears of work in the College with a minimun 
average grade of C, and by satisfactorilv completing the first two vears of work ii 
one of certain approved dental schools designated by the University, with a reconj 



57 

entitling advancement to the third year class. 

For this degree the requirements in the College are the same as those for the 
degree with a major in medical sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 

The College cooperates with North Carolina State University in offering a broad 
course of study in the arts and sciences combined with specialized training in 
engineering. A program for outstanding students covers five years of study, 
including three initial years in the College and two full years of technical training in 
'one of the fields of engineering. (Depending upon the field chosen, it may be 
'advisable for a student to attend the summer session in the engineering school after 
transfer.) Upon successful completion of the five years of study, the student 
receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from the University and the degree of 
-Bachelor of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields from North 
'Carolina State University. 

' The curriculum for the first three years must include the basic and divisional 
'requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree. Suggested courses for the 
'freshman year are English 1 10 and 160 (or a foreign literature); foreign language 
bourses 211, 215, or 216; Mathematics 111-112; Phvsics 111-112 or (preferably) 
121-122; and Physical Education 111-112. Suggested courses for the sophomore 
year are English 170 (or a foreign literature); Philosophy 151; Mathematics 251; 
"Physics 141, 161, and 162; and Chemistrv 1 1 1 (or 1 18) and 112. Suggested courses 
for the junior year are a history course, a religion course, Mathematics 311, and 
Economics 151-152. 

This rigorous curriculum demands special aptitude in science and mathematics. 
,Electives are chosen in consultation with the chairman of the Department of 
Physics. 

Degrees in Forestry and Environmental Studies 

The College cooperates with the Duke University School of Forestry and 
Environmental Studies to offer students interested in these areas the possibility of 
earning both bachelor's and master's degrees within five years. For details about the 
program students should consult a biology departmental faculty member. 




58 

Courses of Instruction 

Plans of study, course descriptions, and the identification of instructors apply to th\ 
academic year 1978-79, unless otherwise noted, and reflect official faculty action throng) 
March 5,' 1979. 

The University reserves the right to change programs of study, academic requirements 
assignment of lecturers, or the announced calendar without prior notice. 

Odd-numbered courses are normally taught in the fall, even-numbered in tht 
spring. Exceptions are noted after course descriptions. Number of credits is showi 
by numerals immediately after the course title — for example, (3) or (3,3). Tht 
symbols P — and C — followed by course numbers or titles are used to show: 
prerequisites and corequisites in the department. 

Courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; courses 200-29! 
are primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399 are for advanced 
undergraduates and graduate students. (Other graduate courses are described ii 1 
the bulletin of the Graduate School; other summer courses are described in the 
bulletin of the summer session.) 

Anthropology 

Stanton K. Tefft, Chairman 

Professor E. Pendleton Banks 

Associate Professors David K. Evans, Stanton K. Tefft, J. Ned Woodall 

Assistant Professor David S. Weaver 

A major in anthropology requires a minimum of thirty-six credits and musl 
include Anthropology 162, 340, 341, 351. 380, and either 356 or 359. Majors arc, 
strongly urged to take 340 prior to other 300-level courses. 

Students are encouraged but not required to enroll in a course offering intensive 
field research training. However, only four credits from Anthropology 381-382 
and four credits from Anthropology 383-384 may be used to meet majoi 
requirements. Additional courses are counted within the limits specified for a 
single field of study. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Anthropology", highly 
qualified majors are invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors 
program. They must complete a senior research project, document their research, 
and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For additional 
information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

162. General Anthropology. (3 or 4) Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing on 
the biological and sociocultural evolution of man from Pleistocene to the present 
and an analysis of contemporary cultural diversity. 

207. Mountain Folklore in North Carolina. (4) The role folklore plavs in all human 
cultures in general and in the culture of the mountain people of Western North 
Carolina in particular. Field trips to mountain counties conducted. Usually offered iti 
J an nan'. 



59 



260. Archeological Laboratory Practicum. (2) Instruction in artifact cleaning, 
.preserving, cataloging, and analysis; preparation of museum exhibits; familiariza- 
tion with darkroom procedures; drafting and report preparation. P-Permission of 
I the instructor. 

' 261. Museum Practicum. (2) Directed in-depth experience in cultural anthropolo- 
gy. P-Anthropology 162. 

262. Physical Anthropology Practicum. (2) Practical experience in current 
( problems in physical anthropology. P-Anthropology 162. 

301. Archeology of the Carolina Piedmont. (4) Readings and field research 
1 directed toward collecting and interpreting data on the prehistoric and early 
' historic cultures of Piedmont North Carolina. Usually offered iti January. P- 

Permission of the instructor. 

R 

, 303. None of Your Business. (3) This course looks at the role of secrecy in society in 
both historical and cross-cultural perspectives. The form and function of both tribal 

, and modern secret organizations (secret services, revolutionary groups, and so 
forth) are studied. The adaptive and maladaptive consequences of secrecy are 
explored. Usually offered itt January. P-Anthropology 162. 

305. Conflict and Change on Roatan Island (Honduras). (4) Readings and field 
research focusing upon the barriers and processes of sociocultural and technologic- 
al change in a heterogeneous island community. Usually offered in January. 
P-Anthropology 162 and permission of the instructor. 

307. Archeology of Meso- America. (4) A travel course to major archeological ruins 
in Central and Southern Mexico, the National Museum in Mexico City, and possibly 

. certain Guatemalan sites. Usually offered in January. 

308. Yugoslavia: Crossroads of Cultures. (4) Field study of the people and cultures 
of Yugoslavia. Visits to four major cities located in three different regions provide 
opportunities to study museum collections and cultural monuments ranging from 
Paleolithic to Roman to Turkish times. Reading, lectures, and informal discussion 
with Yugoslav scholars supplement the field work. Usually offered in January. 
P-Permission of the instructor. 

310. Museum Design and Operation. (3 or 4) The principles of museum design 
and operation through lectures, readings, workshops with visiting experts in the 
field, and field trips to neighboring museums (possibly to Washington, D. C). 
Students have an opportunity to put some of the principles in practice by planning 
and designing exhibits in the Museum of Man. Usually offered in January. 
P-Permission of the instructor. 

340. Images of Man: Perspectives on Anthropological Thought. (3 or 4) A study 
and evaluation of the major anthropological theories of man and society, including 
cultural evolutionism, historical particularism, functionalism, structuralism, cultu- 
ral ecology, and cultural materialism. The relevance and significance of these 
theories to modern anthropologv are discussed. P-Anthropology 162 and sopho- 
more or junior standing or permission of the instructor. 



60 



341. Cultural Anthropology. (3 or 4) A cross-cultural analysis of human institutioi 
concentrating on non-industrial societies. P- Anthropology 162. 

342. People and Cultures of Latin America. (3 or 4) Ethnographic focus on tli 
elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-Anthropolog 
162 or permission of the instructor. 

343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. (3 or 4) Analytic survey of problen 
facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in culture-chang 
programs. P- Anthropology 162 or permission of the instructor. 

344. Medical Anthropology . (3 or 4) The impact of Western medical practices an- 
theory on non-Western cultures and anthropological contributions to the solving d 
world health problems. P- Anthropology 162. 

351. Physical Anthropology. (3 or 4) Introduction to biological (physical 
anthropology; human biology, evolution, and variability. P-Anthropology 162.: 

352- Laboratory Methods in Physical Anthropology. ( 1 ) Basic methods utilized b 
physical anthropologists to gather data, such as blood grouping, measuremeni 
dermatoglyphics, and dental castings. Lab-two hours. P-Permission of the in 
structor. 

353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3 or 4) The ethnology and prehistory o 
Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-Anthropology 162. 

354. Primitive Religion. (3 or 4) The worldview and values of non-literate culture' 
as expressed in myths, rituals, and symbols. P- Anthropology 162 or Sociology 151. 

355. Language and Culture. (3 or 4) An introduction to the relations betweei 
language and culture, including methods for field research. P-Anthropology 162 

356. Old World Prehistory. (3 or 4) Introduction to prehistoric archeology; fiek 
and laboratory techniques, with a survey of world prehistory. P-Anthropology 162 

357. Personality in Culture. (3 or 4) A seminar designed to study tht 
psychodynamics of social personality and national character. P-Anthropology 16. 
or Sociology 151. 

358. The American Indian. (3 or 4) Ethnology and prehistory of the Americai 
Indian. P-Anthropology 162. 

359. Prehistory of North America. (3 or 4) The development of culture in North 
America as outlined by archeological research, with an emphasis on paleoecolog\ 
and sociocultural processes. P-Anthropology 162. 

360. Archeology of the Southeastern United States. (3 or 4) A studv of human 
adaptation in the Southeast from Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the role ol 
ecological factors in determining the formal aspects of culture. P-Anthropologv 
162. 

362. Human Ecology. (3 or 4) The relations between man and the inorganic and 
organic environments as mediated by culture. P-Anthropologv 162 or permission 
of the instructor. 

364. Human Osteology. (3 or 4) A survey of human skeletal anatomy and analysis. 



61 



emphasizing archeological and anthropological applications. P-Pei mission of the 
instructor. 

365. Field Research in Physical Anthropology. (2, 3, or 4) Training in techniques 
I for the study of problems of physical anthropology, carried out in the field. Usually 
offered in January or in the summer. P-Permission of the instructor. 

! 366. Primates and Fossil Man. (3 or 4) Investigation of primate and human 
• evolution, both in anatomy and in behavior. P-Anthropology 162 or permission of 
the instructor. 

371. European Peasant Communities. (3 or 4) Lectures, reading, and discussion on 
selected communities and their sociocultural context, including folklore, folk art, 
and processes of culture change. P-Anthropology 162 or permission of the 
i. instructor. 

■ 379. Research Methods in Anthropology. (3 or 4) Introduction to the principal 
.research techniques used in anthropology. P-Anthropology 162. 

1 380. Anthropological Statistics. (3 or 4) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in 
1 anthropological research. (A student who receives credit for this course may not 

also receive credit for Biology 24H, Business 201, Mathematics 157. or Sociology 

380.) 

381, 382. Archeological Research. (4, 4) The recovery of anthropological data 
3 through the use of archeology, taught in the excavation and interpretation of a 
; prehistoric site. P-Anthropology 162. 

383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (4, 4) Training in techniques 
; for the studv of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P-Anthropology 162. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3 or 4) Intensive investigation of current 
. scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of 
contemporary interest. P- Permission of instructor. 

387. Advanced Statistical Analysis in Anthropology. (3 or 4) Principles of 
multivariate statistical analysis and applications to anthropological problems. 
, P-Anthropology 380. 

398-399. Individual Study. (1,2,3, or 4) A reading, research, or internship course 
, designed to meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out 
under the supervision of a departmental faculty member. 

Art 

Robert Knott, Chairman 

Visiting Professor Terisio Pignatti (Venice) 

Associate Professor Robert Knott 

Assistant Professor Brian Legakis 

Lecturers David Bindman (London), Marvin S. Coats 

Instructors Raymond Berry, Gary A. Cook, 

Mauro Mercanti, Andrew W. Polk III 

The department offers courses in the history of art and in the practice of 



62 



drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. The program is designed t< 
introduce students to the humanistic study of the visual arts. The courses art 
intended to increase the student's understanding of the meaning and purpose ol 
the arts and their historical developments, their role in society, and theii 
relationship to other humanistic disciplines. The work in the classroom and studi< 
is designed to intensify the student's visual perception and to develop a facility in -J 
variety of technical processes. A visiting artist program and varied exhibitions in tht 
gallery of the Fine Arts Center supplement the regular academic program of the 
department. 

The major in art requires forty credits. A student must concentrate in either art 
history or studio art, but takes courses in both areas. 

Any student interested in majoring in art should consult the chairman of the 
department as soon as possible after entering the University. 

Art History* 

103. Introduction to the Visual Arts. (4) An introduction to the arts of various, 
cultures and times, with discussions of technique, slvle, methodology, and terms. 
May be used to satisfy a requirement in Division I. 

221. Idea and Form in Indian Art. (4) An examination of Indian ideas on the 
sacred and profane as revealed in architectural and sculptural forms in Hindu. 
Buddhist, and Muslim art in India. 

224. Oriental Art. (4) A survey of the architecture, painting, and sculpture of China, 
and Japan from the prehistoric period to 1900. 

225. Primitive Art. (4) A survey of the traditional arts of Africa south of the Sahara. 
Polynesia, New Guinea, Australia, pre-Columbian Central and South America, and 
North America. 

227. Art of the Ancient Near East. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and 
sculpture of Egypt, Mesopotamia, and Anatolia, with an introduction to prehistoric 
European art. 

228. Egyptian Art. (4) The art and architecture of ancient Egypt from the 
predynastic period through Roman Egypt. Usually offered in January. 

230. African Art. The traditional arts of Africa south of the Sahara. 

231. American Art. A survey of American painting from 1600 to 1900. 
233. American Architecture. (4) A survey of American architecture from 1600 to 
1900, with emphasis on the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 

241. Ancient Art. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the 
prehistoric through the late Roman periods. 

242. Minoan and Mycenaean Art. (4) A survey of the architecture, painting, and 
sculpture of the Minoan and Mvcenaean civilizations. 



''Open to qualified freshmen and sophomore* 



63 



; 244. Greek Art. (3) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the 
prehistoric through the Hellenistic periods. 

245. Roman Art. (3) A survey of Etruscan and Roman architecture, painting, and 
sculpture. 

246. Greek and Roman Architecture. (4) A survey of classical architecture, from 
, ; the Archaic Greek through the late Roman period. 

247. Myth and Legend in Classical Art. (4) A study of the major myths and legends 
in Greek and Roman painting and sculpture. 

248. The Ancient City. (4) An architectural approach to the emergence of 
civilization and urbanism in the ancient world. 

249. Myth and Legend in Classical Art and Literature. (4) An investigation of the 
myths and legends in ancient Greece and Italy, using examples of the art and 
literature of the period. Art or classics credit determined at registration. Not open 
to students who have taken Art 247 or Classics 251. 

250. Twentieth Century American Art and Literature. (4) An exploration of the 
' ideas, values, and feelings found in the art and literature of twentieth century 

figures such as Kandinsky, Stevens, Picasso, and Kafka. 

' 252. Medieval Art. (4) A survey of painting and sculpture in Europe from 400 to 
1 1400. 

256. History of Books and Printing (2-4) An examination of the development of 
the book from the invention of printing to the present. 

257. Printing on the Hand Press. (4) A study of the history of printing and books 
combined with the practical experience of learning the art and craft of printing. 
The objectives of the course are to provide a basis for the appreciation of fine 
printing and to allow the student an opportunity to learn the techniques of hand 

I printing. Offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

267. European Art of the Early Renaissance. (4) A survey of painting and 
sculpture in Italy and Northern Europe from 1300 to 1500, including artists such as 

3 Giotto, Jan van Eyck, Roger van der Weyden, Botticelli, and Leonardo da Vinci. 

268. European Renaissance Art of the Sixteenth Century. (4) A survey of painting 
and sculpture in Italy and Northern Europe from 1500 to 1600. P-Art 267 is 
recommended. 

i 2712. Studies in French Art (2) Lectures and field trips in French painting, 
sculpture, and architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth 
centuries. Offered in Dijon. 

272. Baroque Art. (4) A survev of European painting and sculpture from 1600 to 
1700. 

281. Modern Art to 1900. (4) A survey of European painting and sculpture from 
1700 to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century. 

282. Modern Art after 1900. (4) A survey of European and American painting and 
sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281 is recommended. 



64 



283. Impressionism. (4) A detailed study of the French Impressionist painters, witli 
some consideration of Impressionism in other art forms. 

284. Contemporary American Art. (4) An intensive study of American painting 
and sculpture from 1950 to the present. 

286. Studies in Twentieth Century Art: Myth in Modern Art. (.i) An analysis ol 
traditional Western and non-Western myths as expressed and interpreted bvi 
twentieth century artists. 

*291. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance.! 

*292. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 

294. Architecture Survey after 1700. (4) A survey of European and American: 
architecture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twentieth century. 

295. Studio Seminar. (2, 4) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting [acuity oti| 
a topic of their choice and related studio activities. P-Permission of the instructor. 

296. Art History Seminar. (4) Offered by members of the faculty on a topic of then 
choice. A paper is required. P-Permission of the instructor. 

2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Present. (4) A survey of English painting. 
sculpture, and architecture in the Georgian, Victorian, and modern periods. Slide 
lectures, student reports, museum visits, and lectures. Taught by a special lecturer. 

2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (4) A survey of the art of the Venetian 
Renaissance, with slide lectures and museum visits. 

Studio Art** 

111. Introduction to Drawing and Design. (4) Introduction to the basic elements of 
two-dimensional and three-dimensional design, to include drawing, painting, and ' 
sculpture. Six class hours per week. 

112. Introduction to Painting. (4) An introduction to painting fundamentals in a 
variety of contemporary styles in the oil or acrylic media. P-Art 111. 

115. Introduction to Sculpture. (4) An introduction to basic sculptural styles and 
media, with emphasis on contemporary concepts. P-Art 111. 

117. Introduction to Printmaking. (4) Concentrated introduction to one or more of 
the following areas of printmaking: lithography, intaglio, and silkscreen. P-Art 111. 

211. Intermediate Drawing. (4) Continuation of Art 111. with concentrated 
emphasis on drawing fundamentals and idea development in realistic and abstract 
styles, emphasizing composition, value, line, and form. Six (lass hours per week. 
P-Art 111. 

212. Intermediate Painting. (4) Continuation of Art 112, with concentrated 
emphasis on idea development. P-Art 112. May be repeated. 



^Offered on a jour-, eleven-, or fifteen-week basis. 
^Prerequisites may be waived with permission of the instructor. 



65 

215. Intermediate Sculpture. (4) Continuation of Art 115, with emphasis on idea 
development. P-Art 115. May be repeated. 

217. Intermediate Printmaking. (4) Continuation of Art 1 17, with emphasis on idea 
development. P-Art 117. May be repeated. 

218. Figure Drawing. (4) Introduction to figure drawing. 

219. Advanced Sculpture. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. 
May be repeated. P-Art 215. 

222. Advanced Painting. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. 
May be repeated. P-Art 212. 

223. Advanced Drawing. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. 
May be repeated. P-Art 211. 

229. Advanced Printmaking. (4) A course of individual study with faculty 
guidance. P-Art 217. May be repeated. 

Asian Studies 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale, Director 

The Asian Studies program, established in 1960 with financial assistance from 
the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation, is interdisciplinary in its nature and 
involves the cooperation and resouces of several departments in the humanities and 
social sciences. Its objectives are to broaden the traditional curriculum with the 
infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of the culture of Asia. 

Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Studies. (4, 4) Asian thought and civilization. Some 
dominant themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilizations. 

Art 221. Idea and Form in Indian Art. (4) An examination of Indian ideas on the 
sacred and profane as revealed in architectural and sculptural forms in Hindu, 
Buddhist, and Muslim art in India. 

Chinese 111, 112. Elementary Chinese. (4, 4) Emphasis on the development of 
listening and speaking skills in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing system 
and to basic sentence patterns. Lab-one hour. 

Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (4, 4) Attention mainly to basic Hindi 
grammar, vocabulary building, simple composition, and conversation. Lab-one 
hour. 

Hindi 153. Intermediate Hindi. (4) Advanced practice in Hindi composition and 
conversation and introduction to literary Hindi. Lab-one hour. P-Hindi 111, 112, 
or equivalent. 

Hindi 211. Hindi Literature. (4) Reading and translation of selected texts in prose 
and poetry and journalistic Hindi. Lab-one hour. P-Hindi 153. 

History 341. Southeast Asia from 1511 to the Present (4) A survey of the history 
and culture of Southeast Asia under Western colonial systems, with special 
reference to economic, social, and cultural developments, the rise of nationalism, 
and the emergence of new nation-states. 



66 

History 342. The Middle East from Suleiman the Magnificent to the Present. (4) 

Major subjects covered are the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs and 
Persians under Ottoman hegemony, the rise of Arab nationalism, and the 
emergence of the modern Arab states and their roles in the post-World War II era. 

History 343. Imperial China. (4) Development of traditional institutions in Chinese 
society to 1644; attention to social, cultural, and political factors, emphasizing 
continuity and resistance to change. 

History 344. Modern China. (4) The Manchu Dynasty and its response to the 
Western challenge, the 1911 Revolution, the warlord era and the rise of the 
Communists, Chinese Communist society, and the Cultural Revolution. 

History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (4, 4) An introduction to 
the history and civilization of South Asia, with emphasis on historical developments 
in the social, economic, and cultural life of the area. 

History 347. India in Western Literatures. (4) A one-semester historical survey of 
images of India in Western literatures, with special reference to religious and 
philosophical ideas, art, polity, society, and culture. 

History 349, 350. East Asia. (4, 4) An introduction to the social, cultural, and 
political development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall, to 1600; spring, since 1600. 

Politics 234. Government and Politics of East Asia. (4) An analysis of the political 
institutions and processes in China and Japan, with emphasis on the problems of 
modernization. 

Politics 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (4) A study of the 

governments of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon; emphasis on polticial 
organizations, party structures, and subnational governmental systems. 

Religion 360. Hinduism. (4) A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu 
tradition. 

Religion 361. Buddhism. (4) A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental 
features, and its impact on the cultures of Asia. 

Biology 

Gerald W. Esch, Chairman 

Professors Charles M. Allen, Gerald W. Esch, Walter S. Flory, Raymond L. Wyatt 

Associate Professors Ralph D. Amen, Veryl E. Becker, John F. Dimmick, 

Ronald V. Dimock Jr., Raymond E. Kuhn, James C. McDonald, 

A. Thomas Olive, Robert L. Sullivan, Mary Beth Thomas, 

Peter D. Weigl 

Assistant Professors Herman E. Eure, Hugh C. Lane 

Visiting Assistant Professor Sandra J. Newell 

Adjunct Professor Stephen H. Richardson 

Adjunct Associate Professor J. Whitfield Gibbons 

Research Associates Frank M. Hatcher, Terry C. Hazen 

At the end of the sophomore year a student electing to major in biology meets 



67 



with a major adviser to plan the course of study for the junior and senior years. The 
requirements for completion of the major are those in effect at the time of the 
conference, since the curriculum and departmental requirements may change 
slightly during the student's period of residence. All majors are required to take 
' Biology 111. 150, 151, and 152. Co-major requirements are four full courses in the 

- physical sciences. 

For students declaring majors in the spring, the requirement for a major is a 

- minimum of forty credits in biology. The forty credits must include at least six 
5 biologv courses carrying five credits. A minimum grade average of C on all courses 

attempted in biology in the College is required for graduation with a major in 

biology. (Students declaring a major later than the spring should consult with a 

biology major adviser for t he specific major requirements at that time.) 

Prospective majors are strongly urged to take Chemistry 111-112 and Biology 

111-150 in the freshman year. They are advised to take Biology 151 and Biology 
I . . . .... 

152 in the sophomore year, as well as organic chemistry. Deviations from this 

pattern may necessitate summer work to fit the basic courses into an orderly 

sequence. 

I Advanced work in many areas of biology may require additional courses in 
mathematics, the physical sciences, and other areas of biology. The adviser calls 

| these to the attention of the student, depending on individual needs. All 300-level 

] biology courses presume a background equivalent to introductory and intermediate 
biology (that is, through Biologv 152). 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 

■ the honors program in biology. To be graduated with the distinction "Honors in 
Biologv," they must complete a research project under the direction of a staff 
member and pass a comprehensive oral examination. 

1 The departments of mathematics and biology offer a joint major leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-biology. This interdisciplinary prog- 

I ram, which can include no more than fifty-six credits in mathematics and biology, 
affords the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the 
development and analysis of biological systems. The major consists of the following 
course requirements: Mathematics 112, 155. 157. or 357: Biologv 150. 151, 152: 
and seven additional courses (at least three in each department) chosen with the 

) approval of the program advisers. Some courses in the physical sciences are 
recommended. 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the honors 
program in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Mathematics-Biology," they must complete a senior research paper and pass a 
comprehensive oral examination on the project. For additional information 
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

111. Biological Principles. (5) Fundamental principles and concepts in biology. 
Lab-three hours. 

150. Organismic Biology. (5) Morphology and phvlogenv of plants and animals. 
Lab-three hours. P-Biology 1 1 1 or by permission. 



68 



151. Cell Biology. (5) Molecular and cellular aspects of biology. Lab-three hours. 
P-Biology 111 and Chemistry 111-112 or by permission. 

152. Population Biology. (4) Population and evolutionary aspects of biology. 
P-Biology 1 1 1 or by permission. 

301, 302. Internship. (4, 4) Off-campus work/study in the public or private sector. 
A written research paper or report based on the experience is required. The 
student must have a supervisor on the job and a biology faculty member to sponsor 
the project. Only four credits per term permitted. Pass/Fail. Not to be counted 
toward major. Offered in January. 

312. Genetics. (5) A study of principles of inheritance and their application to 
plants and animals, including man. Laboratory work in the methods of breeding 
some genetically important organisms and of compiling and presenting data. 
Lab-three hours. 

314. Evolution. (4) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of 
evolution. 

320. Chordates. (5) A study of chordate animals, with emphasis on comparative 
anatomy and phytogeny. Dissection of representative forms in the laboratory. 
Lab-four hours. 

321. Parasitology. (5) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites 
from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life histories, and host/parasite 
relationships. Lab-three hours. 

323. Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal 
behavior. May count as biology or psychology but not both; choice to be determined 
at registration. 

324. Botany for Everyday Use. (4) A course to develop a knowledge and 
appreciation of common plants and plant products and plant handling. Not be 
taken for credit toward major. Offered i>i January. 

325. Plant Anatomy. (5) A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular plants, 
with emphasis on phylogeny. Lab-four hours. 

326. Microbiology. (5) A study of the more important groups of microorganisms, 
with emphasis on bacteria and their activities. Lab-four hours. 

327. Nonvascular Plants. (5) An examination of representative nonvascular plants, 
with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Lab-four hours. 

328. Vascular Plants. (5) A comparative survey of the vascular plants, with 
emphasis on structure, reproduction, classification, and phylogeny. Lab-four 
hours. 

331. Invertebrates. (5) Systematic study of invertebrates, with emphasis on 
functional morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab-three hours. 

333. Vertebrates. (5) Systematic study of vertebrates, with emphasis on evolution, 
physiology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field, and 
experimental studies. Lab-four hours. 



69 



334. Entomology. (5) A study of insects, with emphasis on structure, development, 
taxonomy, and phylogeny. Lab-four hours. 

338. Plant Taxonomy. (5) A study of the classification of seed plants, with emphasis 
on the comparative study of orders and families. Lab-four hours. 

340. Ecology. (5) Interrelationships among living systems and their environments; 
structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types; contemporary problems in 
ecology. Lab-four hours. 

341. Marine Biology. (5) An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological 
parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab-three hours. 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (5) A course designed to cover the general principles and 
concepts of limnology and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats. 
A major portion of the field study is centered at the Charles M. Allen Biological 
Station. Lab-three hours. 

344. Population and Evolutionary Biology. (5) Readings and discussions of topics 
in evolutionary ecology, including population dynamics, life history strategies, 
competition, niche theory, resource partitioning and community structure, species 
diversity, and ecological successions. Lab-three hours. 

347. Ecologic History of the Great Plains. (4) A consideration of the ecology of the 
Great Plains as it affected the Indian and Anglo cultures of the nineteenth century. 
Not to be counted toward major. Offered in January. 

348. Quantitative Biology. (4) An introduction to statistical methods used by 
biologists, including descriptive statistics, hypothesis-testing, analysis of variance, 
and regression and correlation. Credit not given for both this course and Business 
201, Mathematics 157, Sociology 380, or Anthropology 380. 

351. Animal Physiology. (5) Nerve, muscle, and regulation physiology offered in 
even-numbered years; digestion, absorption, and transport in odd-numbered 
years. Lab-three hours. 

352. Nutritional Physiology. (4) Deals with nutritional needs of college-age 
students and the areas where diets are usually deficient. Not to be counted toward 
major. Offered in January. 

354. Endocrinology. (4) A course in vertebrate physiological endocrinology, with 
particular reference to phylogenesis and embryology, including a section on 
invertebrate endocrinology. 

355. Developmental Physiology. (5) A functional study of the growth, develop- 
ment, and reproduction of selected organisms, with emphasis on the regulatorv 
mechanisms of morphogenesis. Lab-three hours. 

357. Cryptobiology. (5) An examination of common hypobiotic rest exhibited by- 
living systems, including a consideration of quiescence, dormancy, diapause, 
hibernation, estivation, sleep, coma, and death. Designed to focus attention on 
hypobiotic states which border on senescence and death, to more clearly distinguish 
living from dead conditions. Various biological materials in a state of rest examined. 
Lab-three hours. 



360. Development. (5) A study of development, including aspects of vertebrate, 
invertebrate, and other developmental systems, emphasizing the regulation of 
differentiation. Lab-four hours. 

362. Immunology. (4) A study of the components and protective mechanisms of the 
immune svstem. 

370. Biochemistry. (5) A lecture and laboratory course in biochemistry, including 
principles of biochemistry, chemical composition of living svstems, intermediarv 
metabolism, enzyme kinetics, biochemical techniques, and biochemical energetics. 
Lab-three hours. 

372. Histology. (5) A studv of the structure and function of cells, tissues, and 
organs, with laboratory for examination of prepared histological slides. Lab-three 
hours. P-Biologv 151. 

374. Microtechnique. (4) An introduction to the biological application of light and 
electron microscopy. Not to be taken for credit toward major. Lecture/lab-six hours. 
P-Biologv 151 and permission of the instructor. 

376. Icthyology. (5) A comparative studv of structure/function, classification, and 
phvlogenv of fish. Lab-three hours. 

382. Human Heredity. (4) A studv of the principles of heredity as applied to man. 
Emphasis on inheritance of both usual and aberrant human phenotypes. Either 
Biologv 312 or Biology 382 may be taker, for credit toward major, but not both. 
Offered in January. 

391, 392. Special Problems in Biology. (2,2) Independent library and laboratory 
investigation carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. Pass/Fail 
or for grade at discretion of the instructor. P-Permission of the instructor. 

393, 394. Special Problems in Biology. (2, 2) Courses designed for students who 
wish to continue special problems bevond Biologv 391 and 392. Pass/Fail optional. 
Not to be counted toward major. P-Permission of instructor. 

395. Philosophy of Biology. (4) A seminar course dealing with the philosophical 
structure of the biological sciences, including an examination of major conceptual 
schemes and theoretical ideas unique to biologv. 

397. Seminar in Biology. (2-4) Consideration of major biological topics through 
intensive reading and discussions. 

398. Scientific Communications. (3) An introduction to bibliographic and graphic 
methods, inluding microscopv, photography, scientific illustration and writing, and 
preparation of manusctipts. Open to juniors or by permission of the instructor. 



71 



Business and Accountancy 

Delmer P. Hylton, Chairman 

Professors Delmer P. Hylton, Jeanne Owen 

Associate Professors Leon P, Cook Jr., Stephen Ewing, Thomas C. Taylor, 

Arun P. Dewasthali 

Assistant Professor A. Sayeste Daser 

Lecturer Glenn L. Clark Jr. 

Instructors John B. Coullard, Olive S. Thomas 

The major in business or in accountancy must take one course in mathematics 
and two semesters of principles of economics and before admission as a major must 
have a minimum grade point average of 2.0. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 
on all work attempted in the Department of Business and Accountancy is required 
for graduation with a major in business or accountancy. 

Business 

The Bachelor of Science degree in business is offered for the student who 
anticipates a career in the business world. The curriculum is designed to equip the 
student with basic tools and knowledge which should enable him or her to perform 
adequately in the first position and to advance to more responsible positions in 
management. 

For the major in business, a minimum of thirty-six credits earned in the 
department is required. Included in the major must be Accountancy 111 and 112; 
Business 201, 202, 21 1, 221, 231, 261; and one course from the following: Business 
212, 222, 232, or 241. A minimum of twenty-eight credits in the major must be 
earned in the College. 

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on 
all work in business are invited to apply for admission to the honors program in 
business. A project, paper, or readings and/or an oral examination are required. 
Those who successfully complete the requirements specified by the department are 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Business." For additional information 
interested students should consult a member of the departmental faculty. 

The departments of mathematics and business and accountancy offer a joint 
major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-business. This 
interdisciplinary program prepares students for careers in business with a strong 
background in mathematics. The major consists of the following course require- 
ments: Mathematics 111, 112, 155, 157, and 256 or 355; Accounting 111, 112; 
Business 211, 221, 231; either Business 201 or Mathematics 357; either Business 
202 or Mathematics 253; and two additional courses chosen from Accounting 252, 
278, Business 281, Mathematics 121, .,348, 353, 381, or specially designed January 
courses. 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the honors 
program in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Mathematics-Business," they must complete a senior research paper and pass a 



72 



comprehensive oral examination on the project. For additional information 
interested students should consult a member of the departmental faculty. 

170. Survey of Data Processing. (4) A management-oriented presentation of 
vocabulary, concepts, and trends in information systems. Effective management of 
EDP systems and current research in the field are examined. P- Accountancy 1 12. 

201. Quantitative Methods I. (4) Techniques of analysis of numerical data, 
including descriptive statistics, linear correlation and regression, statistical estima- 
tion, and hypothesis-testing. P-Mathematics 157. 

202. Quantitative Methods II. (4) Decision theorv emphasizing the combined use of 
information from historical data, subjective judgments, and sampling results in 
business decision-making. Nonparametric statistics and linear programming 
models included. P-Business 201. 

211. Organization and Management. (4) The study of the basic management 
function, principles, concepts, and practices in the operation of a modern business 
organization. P-Junior standing. 

212. Advanced Management. (4) A study of the techniques of decision-making 
using case analvses, problem-solving, and report-writing procedures based on 
extensive readings. P-Business 211. 

221. Principles of Marketing. (4) Survey of marketing structures, concepts, and 
motivation of current marketing environment. Study of managerial decisions 
necessary in the distribution of industrial and consumer goods. P-Economics 152. 

222. Advanced Marketing. (4) A study of marketing management's generation and 
use of explanatory and predictive data concerning consumer market behavior. 
P-Business 201 and 221. 

223. International Marketing. (4) An analysis of the nature, organization, and 
methods of marketing at the international level, including the functions and 
problems of international trade centers and involving a visit to a trade center. 
Usually offered in January. P-Business 221 and permission of the instructor. 

231. Financial Management. (4) Analysis of financial decision-making at the level 
of the individual business enterprise. P-Accountancy 112. 

232. Advanced Financial Management. (4) Management decision-making applied 
to the financial function, including credit, investment, and related problems. 
P-Business 201 and 231. 

235. Personal Finance. (4) A study of methods for achieving goals related to 
individual financial problems. Not to be counted toward major. P-Permission of the 
instructor. 

241. Labor Policy. (4) A study of selected topics in labor management relations 
from the view of labor, management, and the public. 

261. Legal Environment of Business. (4) A study of the legal environment within 
which business decisions must be made. 

281. Reading and Research. (2, 3, or 4) An advanced course devoted to individual 
reading and research in business. P-Permission of the instructor. 



73 



Accountancy 

The Bachelor of Science degree in accountancy is offered to those students who 
expect to pursue a career in the accounting profession. The curriculum is designed 
to equip the student for staff and managerial positions in public accounting and 
industrial accounting and similar positions in non-profit institutions. A student who 
completes the degree in accountancy is eligible to sit for the CPA examination in 
North Carolina. 

The major in accountancy requires a minimum of fifty-two credits earned in the 
department. Required courses are Accountancy 111, 112, 151, 152, 252, 261. 271, 
and 273, and Business 201, 231, and 261. A minimum of forty-one credits in the 
major must be earned in the College. 

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on 
all work in accountancy are invited to apply for admission to the honors program in 
accountancy. A project, paper, or leadings and/or an oral exam are required. 
Those who successfully complete the requirements specified by the department are 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Accountancy." For additional informa- 
tion interested students should consult a member of the departmental faculty. 

111. Accounting Principles I. (5) The basic accounting process and underlying 
principles pertaining to the preparation and interpretation of published financial 
statements. 

112. Accounting Principles II. (4) A continuation of Accountancy 111 and an 
emphasis on managerial accounting. P- Accountancy 111. 

151. Intermediate Accounting. (4) A detailed analysis of theory and related 
problems for typical accounts on published financial statements. P-Accountancy 
112. 

152. Intermediate Accounting. (4) A continuation of Accountancy 151. P- 
Accountancy 151. 

201. Business Law. (4) A study of the Uniform Commercial Code. Open only to 
senior majors. P-Business 261. 

252. Cost Accounting. (4) An in-depth study of management accounting, including 
budgeting, product-costing, cost allocation, standard costs, transfer-pricing, dif- 
ferential analysis, and cost-behavior analysis. P-Accountancy 112. 

253. Accounting Information Systems. (4) A study of functions performed by an 
adequate information system and methods and procedures necessary to supply 
useful data, oriented toward computerized data processing. P-Accountancy 252. 

254. Accounting in the Non-for-Profit Sector. (3 or 4) An examination of 
accounting theory and practice in governmental and eleemosynary organizations, 
including an examination of national income accounting. P-Accountancy 151. 

261. Advanced Accounting Problems. (4) A study of the more complex problems 
found in business operations, business combinations, reorganizations, and dissolu- 
tion. P-Accountancy 152. 

271. Income Tax Accounting. (5) Accounting for purposes of complying with the 



74 



Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of personal and business tax returns. 
P-Accountancv 152. 

273. Auditing. (4) Designed to familiarize the student with the CPA profession, 
with particular emphasis on the attest-f unction. P-Accountancy 152 and 252. 

275. CPA Review. (4) An intensive study of CPA-type problems found on the 
accounting practice and accounting theory sections of the CPA exam. P- 
Accountancv 252 and 261. 

278. Reading and Research. (2. 3, or 4) Directed study in specialized areas of 
accountancy. P-Permission of the instructor. 

Chemistry 

H. Wallace Baird, Chairman 
Professors H. Wallace Baird, Phillip J. Hamrick jr., Harry B. Miller, 

John W. Nowell 

Associate Professors Paul M. Gross Jr., Roger A. Hegstrom, Ronald E. Noftle 

Assistant Professors Willie L. Hinze, W. Douglas Hounshell, Charles F. Jackels, 

Susan C. Jackels, Michael J. Thomas 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 or 
118, 221-222, 341, 342. 361; mathematics through Mathematics 111: and Physics 
111-112 or its equivalent. Mathematics 1 12 should be taken before Chemistry 341. 

The Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 or 
118, 221-222. 334, 341-342, 361, 371, 391, or 392; mathematics through 
Mathematics 112; and Physics 121-122 or 111-112. Other courses which are 
strongly recommended for the B.S. degree candidate are Mathematics 113, 121, 
and 251 and Physics lb 1-162. 

Majors are required to complete on a letter grade basis the related physics and 
mathematics courses, both those which are required and those which are strongly 
recommended. Unless otherwise stated, all chemistry courses are open to chemistry 
majors only on a letter grade basis. 

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required of students who 
elect to major in the department. Admission to any class is contingent upon 
satisfactory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses 
must be approved by the department. Candidates for either the B.A. or B.S. degree 
with a major in chemistry must have a C average in their required chemistry courses 
numbered 200 or above. 

The department is on the list of departments certified by the American Chemical 
Society. 

Qualified majors are considered for honors in chemistry. To be graduated with 
the designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student must complete satisfactorily 
Chemistry 391-392 or an independent study project approved by the department 
and an examination covering primarily the independent study project. For 
additional information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Prospective majors are urged to take Chemistry 111-112 in the freshman year. 
For B.S. majors the following schedule of chemistry and closely related courses is 
recommended: 



75 



Freshman Sophomore junior Senior 

Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361 

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 113-121 Chemistry 334 Chemistry 371 

Physics 121-122 Physics 161-162 Chemistry 391 or 392 

Mathematics 25 1 

111, 112. College Chemistry. (5, 5) Fundamental chemical principles. Laboratory 
covers basic quantitative analysis. Lab-three hours. 

118. Principles of Chemistry. (5) Fundamental chemical principles, with emphasis 
on structural concepts. Laboratory work on basic quantitative analysis. Lab-four 
hours. P-Chemistry 1 1 1 or permission of the instructor. 

221-222. Organic Chemistry. (5, 5) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. 
Lab-four hours. P-Chemistry 112 or 118. 

323. Organic Analysis. (4 or 5) The systematic identification of organic 
compounds. Lab-four hours. P-Chemistry 222. 

324. Chemical Synthesis. (2 or 4) A library, conference, and laboratory course. 
Lab-four or eight hours. P-Chemistry 222. 

334. Chemical Analysis. (4 or 5) Theoretical and practical applications of modern 
methods of chemical analysis. Lab-four hours. C-Chemistry 341. 

341, 342. Physical Chemistry. (5, 5) Fundamentals of physical chemistry. Lab-four 
hours. P-Chemistry 112 or 118. Mathematics 111. Physics 111-112 or 121-122. 

361. Inorganic Chemistry. (5) Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry. 
Lab-four hours. P-Chemistry 341. 

362. Inorganic Chemistry. (4) Continuation ol principles of inorganic chemistry 
with practical applications to inorganic systems. P-Chemistry 3(51. 

371. Introductory Quantum Chemistry. (4) Introduction to the quantum theory 
and its application to chemical systems. P-Chemistry 342 or permission of the 
instructor. 

381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (0, 0) Discussions of contemporary research. 
Attendance required of B.S. chemistry majors in the junior and senior years. 

391, 392. Individual Study. (2, 2) Library, conference, and independent study. 
Lab-six hours. 

Classical Languages 

Robert W. Ulery Jr., Chairman 

Professor Carl V. Harris 

Associate Professors John L. Andronica, Robert W. Ulery Jr. 

Visiting Assistant Professor Laura M. Stone 

Instructor Alice H. Zigelis 

The Department of Classical Languages offers three majors: Greek, Latin, and 
classical studies. 

A major in Greek requires forty credits in the department. Thirty-two of these 
credits must be in the Greek language. Classics 270 is also a requirement. 



76 



For those who begin Latin with Latin 111 or 113, a major requires thirty-six 
credits in the department beyond the elementary level (111-112 or 113). 
Twenty-eight of these credits must be in the Latin language. For those who begin in 
the College with Latin 153, a major requires thirty-six credits in the department. 
Twentv-eight of these credits must be in the Latin language. For those who begin 
with a 200-level course in the College, a major requires thirty-two credits in the 
department. Twenty-four of these credits must be in the Latin language. 

A major in classical studies requires Fifty-six credits. A minimum of thirty-six 
credits of course work, must be taken in the department. A maximum of fortv-eight 
credits in the department may be exceeded only if a student undertakes course 
work in both Latin and Creek. The student must take a minimum of two courses at 
the 200-level in either Greek or Latin and the following: Art 241 (Ancient Art), 
Classics 265 (Greek Literature), Classics 272 (Latin Literature), Classics 270 (Greek 
Civilization), and Classics 271 (Roman Civilization). 

A maximum of sixteen credits may be taken in the following: Art 227 (Art of the 
Ancient Near Last), 252 (Medieval Art), 242 (Minoan and Mycenaean Art), 244 (Greek 
Art), 245 (Roman Art), 246 (Greek and Roman Architecture); History 215, 216 (The 
Ancient World); Philosophy 201 (Ancient and Medieval Philosophy), 230 (Plato), 231 
(Aristotle); Religion 317 (The Ancient Near East), 363 (Hellenistic Religions); Hebrew 
111-112, 153, 211. Other courses may be allowed with the permission of the 
department. 

The requirements for certiFication to teach Latin in high school are the same as 
the requirements for a major in Latin. A major in classical studies serves as an 
appropriate part of the program of studies required for certiFication to teach Latin 
in high school. A student wishing to secure this certiFication should confer with the 
chairman of the department. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to applv for admission to 
the honors program in Latin, Creek, or classical studies. To be graduated with the 
designation "Honors in Latin," "Honors in Creek," or "Honors in Classical 
Studies," they must complete an honors research project and pass a comprehensive 
oral examination. For honors in Latin or Creek, at least two of the courses counted 
toward the major must be seminar courses; for honors in classical studies, at least 
one seminar course in Latin or Creek is required. For additional information 
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Greek 

101. Intensive Introduction to Classical Greek. (4) Greek grammar; an introduc- 
tion to the reading of Greek, designed especiallv for those who have no knowledge 
of Greek and who are not contemplating further formal study of the Greek 
language. 

Ill, 112. Elementary Greek. (5, 5) Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose 
writers and poets. 

153. Intermediate Greek. (4) Grammar and Xenophon's Anabasis. Thorough drill 
in svntax. 



77 



211. Plato. (4) Selections from the dialogues of Plato. 

212. Homer. (4) Selections from the Iliad and the Odyssey. 

221, 222. Selected Readings. (3, 3) Intensive reading courses designed to meet 
individual needs and interests. 

231. The Greek New Testament. (4) Selections from the Greek New Testament. 

241. Greek Tragedy. (3) Euripides' Medea. 1 his course includes a study of the 
origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies in 
translation. Seminar. 

242. Greek Comedy. (3) Aristophanes' Clouds. This course includes a study of the 
origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected comedies in 
translation. Seminar. 

291-292. Honors in Greek. (2, 2) Directed research for honors paper. 

Latin 

111, 112. Elementary Latin. (4, 4) Introduction to Latin grammar. 

113. Elementary Latin. (5) Introduction to Latin grammar, (lovers material of 
Latin 1 1 1 and 1 12 in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 1 1 1 or 
112. 

125. Medieval Latin. (4) An introduction to the literary language of Western 
Europe, A.D. 300-1300; reading and discussion of the literature in the original and 
in English. 

153. Intermediate Latin. (5) Grammar review and selected readings. 

211. Vergil. (4) Intensive readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on literary 
values. 

212. Roman Historians. (4) A reading of the works of Sallust and Livy, with 
attention to historical milieu and the norms of ancient historiography. 

216. Roman Lyric Poetry. (4) An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry 
through readings from a wide variety of the poems of Catullus and Horace. 

221. Tacitus. (4) A reading and critical analysis of the works of Tacitus. 

225. Roman Epistolography. (4) Selected readings from the correspondence of 
Cicero and Pliny the Younger and the literary epistles of Horace and Ovid. 

226. Roman Comedy. (4) Reading of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence, 
with a study of literary values and dramatic techniques. 

241. Satire I. (3) Selected readings from Lucilius, Horace, and Juvenal. Attention 
given to the origin and development of the genre. Seminar. 

242. Satire II. (3) Readings from Petronius and the Ludus de Morte Claudii. Seminar. 

243. Latin Readings. (3) A course designed to meet individual needs and interests. 

250. Prose Composition. (2) 

261. Lucretius. (3) Readings from the De Rerum Natura, with attention to literary- 
values and philosophical import. Seminar. 



78 



262. Cicero. (3) Readings from Cicero's philosophical essays, with a survey of Greek 

philosophical antecedents. 

265. The Elegiac Poets. (3) Readings of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, with study 
of the elegiac tradition. Seminar. 

291-292. Honors in Latin. (2, 2) Directed research for honors paper. 

Classics 

220. Greek and Latin in Current Use. (3) A systematic stndv of Greek and Latin 
loan words, roots, prefixes, and suffixes as elements of English and specialized 
vocabularies (e.g., scientific and legal). 

249. Myth and Legend in Classical Art and Literature. (4) An investigation of the 
myths and legends of ancient Greece and Italy, using examples from the art and 
literature of the period. Art or classics credit determined at registration. Not open 
to students who have taken Art 247 or Classics 251. 

251. Classical Mythology. (4) A studv of the most important myths of the Greeks 
and Romans. Many of the myths are studied in their literary context. A knowledge 
of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

252. Women in Antiquity. (3-4) The course explores the place of women in Greek 
and Roman society, men's views of them, their views of themselves, and their 
contributions to society, through primary source readings from the ancient authors. 
A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

253. Greek Epic Poetry. (4) Oral epic poetry, with primary emphasis on the Iliad 
and the Odyssey of Homer and the later development of the genre. A knowledge of 
the Greek language is not required. 

254. Roman Epic Poetry. (4) A study of the Latin treatment and development of 
the literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Vergil, Ovid, and Lucan. A 
knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

263. Tragic Drama. (4) A study of the origins and development of Greek tragedy 
and its influence on Roman writers, with readings from Aeschylus, Sophocles, and 
Euripides. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required, 

264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (4) Representative works of Aristophanes, 
Menander, Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and development of 
comedy. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

265. A Survey of Greek Literature. (4) A study of selections from Greek literature 
in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

270. Greek Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of 
Greek civilization which have particular significance for the modern world. A 
knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

271. Roman Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading upon the general 
subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. A knowledge of the Latin 
language is not required. 



79 



272. A Survey of Latin Literature. (4) A studv of selections from Latin literature in 
English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

275. Ancient and Modern Rome. (4) Students trace the growth of Rome and 
Roman civilization, primarily through excursions to important archeological sites, 
visits to museums, lectures, and parallel readings. Usually offered in January. 

276. Ancient and Modern Greece. (4) A guided tout of the museums and 
archeological sites of ancient Greece in their Byzantine and modern contexts, 
supplemented by lectures on Greek and Cretan/Minoan civilization. Usually offered 

in January. 

288. Individual Study. (2-4) 

291-292. Honors in Classical Studies. (2. 2) Directed research lot honors paper. 

Economics 

J. Van Wagstaff, Chairman 

Professor J, Van Wagstaff 

Associate Professors Donald E. Frey, John C. Moorhouse 

Visiting Assistant Professor S. Hugh High 

Instructors Thomas M. Beveridge, Claire H. Hammond, J. Daniel Hammond 

The ohjectiyes of the economics program are to help prepare students for 
effective participation in the decison-making processes of society, to develop 
analytical skills in solving economic problems, to promote a better understanding of 
alternative economic systems, and to provide a balanced curriculum to prepare 
students for graduate study or positions in industry and government. 

The major in economics requires a minimum of thirty-six credits in economics, 
including Economics 151, 152, 201, and 202.* The department recommends that 
majors take Mathematics 111. either to fulfill the Division II requirement or as an 
electi\e. 

The remaining courses for a major in economics and courses in related fields are 
selected by the student and the adviser. A minimum grade average of C on all 
courses attempted in economics is requited for graduation. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 
the honors program in economics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
in Economics," they must complete a satisfactory economics research project, pass a 
comprehensiye oral examination on the project, and complete Economics 281 or 
287 and Economics 288. For additional information members of the departmental 
faculty should be consulted. 

The departments of mathematics and economics offer a joint major leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree in mathematical economics. Ibis interdisciplinary 
program, consisting of no more than fifty-six credits, affords the student an 
opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of economic 



^Economics 111 satisfies the requirement for Economics 151 and 152 by permission of the department. 



80 



theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the following 
cotirse requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 251; Economics 151, 152, 
201, 202, 203; a joint seminar in mathematical economics; and three additional 
courses chosen with approval of the program advisers. Students electing the joint 
major must receive permission from hoth the Department of Economics and the 
Department of Mathematics. 

Highly qualified majors may he invited to apply lor admission to the honors 
program in the joint major. To he graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Mathematical Economics," they must complete a senior research paper and pass a 
comprehensive oral examination on the subject. For additional information 
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

111. Introduction to Economic Analysis. (5) A one-semester survey of the 
discipline. Elementary supply and demand analysis is considered, in addition to 
more general topics involving the formation of national economic policy. Credit is 
not granted for this course and Economics 151 or 152. 

151. Principles of Economics. (4) A study of individual economic units in a market 
economy, with some attention to monopoly, labor unions, and poverty. 

152. Principles of Economics. (4) Attention is focused on the functioning of the 
economy as a whole, with particular reference to employment, inflation, economic 
growth, and policy. P-Economics 151. 

170. Public Choice. (4) Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to 

explore such topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition 
formation, the optimal provision of public goods, and the scope of government. 
Usually offered in January. P-Economics 151-152. 

172. International Finance. (4) A study of financial market behavior and exchange 
rate fluctuations in the financial capitals of Europe. Usually offered in January. 
P-Economics 111 or 151-152. 

188. Individual Study. (4) A student-initiated project involving reading and 
research. Usually offered in January. P-Economics 1 1 1 or 151-152 and permission of 
the department. 

201. Microeconomic Theory. (4) Develops the theory of consumer behavior and 
the theory of the firm, with emphasis on price and output determination under 
various market conditions. P-Economics 151, 152. 

202. Macroeconomic Theory. (4) A studv of Kevnesian and post-Kevnesian 
theories about the determination of the level of national income, employment, and 
economic growth. P-Economics 151, 152. 

203. Introduction to Econometrics. (5) Economic analysis through quantitative 

methods, with emphasis on model construction and empirical research. 

204. Economic Indicators. (2) The theory, construction, and interpretation of 
significant quantitative indicators of economic behavior, such as the unemployment 
rate and the various price indices. P-Economics 151, 152. 

205. Seminar in Mathematical Economics. (3) Calculus and matrix methods used 



81 



to develop basic tools of economic analysis. P-Mathematics 111-112 and Economics 
151-152. 

221. Public Finance. (4) An examination of the economic behavior of government. 
Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt-management. 
P-Economics 151, 152. 

222. Monetary Theory and Policy. (3) A rigorous development of the theory of 
supply and demand for money, plus the interrelationship among prices, interest 
rates, and aggregate output. P-Economics 151, 152. 

242. Labor Economics. (4) Economic analysis of wages and hours, employment, 
wage and job discrimination, investment in education, and unions. P-Economics 
151, 152/ 

244. Industrial Organization. (3, 4) An analysis of market structure, with particular 
reference to organization practices, price formation, efficiency, and public 
regulation. P-Economics 151, 152. 

1 25 1- International Economics. (4) A study of international trade theory, balance of 
payments, foreign exchange, trade restrictions, and commercial policies. P- 
Economics 151, 152. 

252. Economic Growth and Development. (3, 4) A studv of the problems of 
economic growth, with particular attention to the less developed countries of the 
world. P-Economics 151, 152. 

255. Comparative Economic Systems. (3, 4) An objective examination of the theory 
and practices oi various economic systems, including capitalism, socialism, and 
communism. P-Economics 151, 152. 

256. Urban Economics. (4) Application of economic theory to suburbanization, 
land values, urban decav, zoning, location decisions of firms and households, and 
metropolitan fiscal problems. P-Economics 151, 152. 

261. American Economic Development. (4) The application of economic theon to 
historical problems and issues in the American economy. P-Economics 151, 152. 

262. History of Economic Thought. (4) An historical survey of the main 
developments in economic thought from the Biblical period to the twentieth 
century. P-Economics 151, 152. 

281, 282. Contemporary Economic Problems. (2, 2) An economic analysis of 
current issues, with emphasis on contributions of economic theory to policy 
formation. Courses are taught sequentiallv during one semester. The student may 
take either one or both courses. P-Permission of the instructor. 

287. Senior Readings. (3, 4) A student/faculty seminar in which selected 
publications are analvzed and discussed. P-Permission of the instructor. 

288. Economic Research. (4) 



82 



Education 

Josoph O. Milner, Chairman 

Professors Thomas M. Elmore, John E. Parker Jr., Herman J. Preseren 

Associate Professors John H. Litcher, J. Don Reeves 

Assistant Professors Patricia M. Cunningham, Joseph O. Milner, 

Linda Nielsen, Leonard P. Roberge 

Visiting Lecturers Joseph Dodson, Richard I. Tirrell 

Instructor Virginia Z. Keller 

Teacher education students ordinarily major in the academic areas in which the 
plan to teach. Those students who wish to earn intermediate, science, or sochi 
studies certification major in education. Primary certification can also be earned I)' 
those intermediate majors who wish to extend their range ol teaching certification 
The University recognizes that the educational profession is important to societv 
and that the welfare of mankind is largely determined In die quality of it! 
educational leadership. One of the major objectives of the University has been an* 
continues to be the preparation of teachers and oilier professional schoo 
personnel. The University is committed to quality in teacher education, as evince* 
by selective admission to the program, a wide range of approved courses o 
professional instruction, and closely supervised practicum suitable to the profesj 
sional needs of students. 

In addition to the professional program, the department provides elective 
courses open to all students. Such courses supplement the work of othei 
departments and provide generally for the liberal education of students. 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department of Public lustructiot 
issues the Professional (Mass A teacher's certificate to graduates who hav< 
completed an approved program, including the specified courses in their teaching 
field(s) and the prescribed courses in education, who have demonstrated specific 
competencies, and who receive recommendations from the designated official(s) ol 
their teaching area(s) and from the chairman ol the department or a deputy. 

Special students (those not having completed prior to graduation an approved 
certification program from this or another institution) are required to secure from 
the department an analysis of their deficiencies and a plan for completing the Class 
A certificate. 

Certification requirements for other states should be secured from tin 
department for assistance in planning a program to meet the certification 
requirements of those states. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education program normally 
occurs during the sophomore year. Admission involves filing an official application 
with the department, being screened by faculty committees, and being offlciallv 
approved by the department. 

Course Requirements. The approved program of teacher education requires 
candidates to complete successfully a series of professional education courses. 
Psychology 151 and Speech Communication 151 are recommended electives. The 
exact sequence of professional and academic courses varies with a student's 
particular program and is determined in conference with the candidate. In most 



83 



cases, the majority of the professional work in the teacher education program is 

taken during one semester of the senior year. Candidates for die intermediate 

certificate may begin course work required for certification as early as the 

sophomore year. A cooperative agreement with Salem College provides education 

majors an opportunity to be certified in learning disabilities or in primary grades. 

While enrolled in the block semester, students are not allowed to take courses that 

would interfere with assigned student teaching during the regular public school day 

(generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.), or to take more than one course occurring 

outside the regular school day. 

i Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for student teaching include (1) 

; senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate-level special student; (2) 

(I completion of course(s) in the foundations of education and either Education 202 

ii or 203; (3) an average of at least C on all courses taken in the College; (4) a grade 

) average of at least C on all courses taken in the area ol certification or, in case of two 

i or more fields of certification, in each of the areas; (5) approval for admission to the 

teacher education program; (0) approval by the director of undergraduate teacher 

i education or the director ol intermediate education. 

Students are assigned to student teaching opportunities by public school officials 
on the basis of available positions and the professional needs of the student and the 
- public school system. (The University does not assume the responsibility lot 
transportation to schools dining student teaching.) 



Teaching Area Requirements 

English — Thirty-six credits, including lout credits from courses numbered 160- 1 75; 

at least sixteen credits from courses numbered 300-399; 323; 390. 

French — Thirty-six credits, including French 153, 216 or 217, 219, 221, 224, or their 

equivalents; at least eight credits in French literature beyond 217. 

Spanish — Thirty-six credits, including Spanish 153, 215 or 216, 217. 221. 223, 224, 

or their equivalents; eight credits from 225, 226, 227; at least lout additional credits 

in literature. 

French and Spanish — Fifty-six credits, including French 153x, 216, 217, 221, 222, 

and 224, plus Spanish 153x; either 215 or 216; 219; 221: either 223 or 224; and 

eight credits from 225, 226, 227, or their equivalents. 

German — Thirty-two credits, including German 153. 211, 212: eight credits from 

German 217, 218, 219, 220; at least twelve credits in German literature beyond 212. 

Latin — The requirements ate the same as those for the major in Latin. 

Intermediate Education — Forty-two credits, including appropriate basic and divisional 

course requirements; eight credits in language arts; eight credits in social studies; 

eight credits in science; eight credits in mathematics; font credits in music; lout 

credits in humanities; two credits in physical education. Remaining certification 

requirements are obtained through intermediate education courses and an 

academic concentration in one of the teaching areas of the intermediate grades. 

Mathematics — Forty credits, including Mathematics 111. 112, 113. 121. 221, 231, 

332; at least eight credits from other 300-level courses. 



84 



Music— Forty-eight credits, including Music 171-174, 181-184, 185, 186, 187, 188 

Education 280, 282, 284, 291. 

Physical Education and Health — Forty-three credits, including Physical Educatioi 

220, 221, 222, 224, 230, 240, 250, 353, 357, 360, 303; Biology 111 and 150 
Science — Ten credits each in biology, chemistry, and physics; eight credits ii 
mathematics; additional work in the area of concentration: biology (twenty credits) 
chemistry (twenty credits), or physics (seventeen credits). For certification in tin 
individual fields of science, the following are required: biology (thirty credits' 
chemistry (thirty credits), or physics (twenty-seven credits). 

Social Studies — Forty-eight credits, including twenty-four credits in history, with ai 
least six to eight credits in United States history and six to eight credits in worl< 
(European) history; twenty credits from politics, sociology, anthropology, oi 
economics, with no more than eight credits in any one area; and tour credits ii 
geography. For certification in the individual fields of the social studies. Ok 
following are required: economics (twenty-four credits), politics (twenty-foui 
credits), history (twenty-four credits, with at least six to eight credits in United 
States history and six to eight credits in world [European] history), and sociolog) 
(twenty-four credits). 

Speech Communication — Forty-four credits, including Speech Communication 121 
1 5 1 or 1 52, 1 53, 1 55 or 370, 101, 23 1 , 252 or S355, 20 1 , and 24 1 « >r 245 or 283-284 
and two 300-level speech communication electives. 

Theatre Arts — Forty to forty-two credits, including Speech Communication 121, 151 
223, 231, 220, 227, 283-284, 332 or S324, and 327 or 328; English 321) or 323 oi 
369; Physical Education 162. 

Speech and Theatre — fifty credits, including Speech Communication 121 or 241 oi 
245, 151 or 152, 153, 155 or 370, 101 or 227, 231, 223. 220. 252 or S355, 201. 
283-284. 321-322. 

Education courses required for a secondary or special subject certificate arc 
Education 201 or both 303 and 304, 202 or 203, 21 1, 214. 251, and 201. Education 
courses required for an intermediate certificate are Education 20 1 . 202 or 203. 211 

221, 222, 223, 251, 271 or 272, 293. 295. 290, 313. and 3S3. 

201. Foundations of Education. (4) Philosophical, historical, and sociological 
foundations of education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems 

202 or 203. School Practicum. (2) Assigned experiences in elementary and 
secondary schools. Weekly seminar. Pass/Fail only. 

211. Educational Psychology. (4) The theories, processes, and conditions oi 
effective teaching/learning. P-Education 201 or permission of the instructor. 

214. The School and Teaching. (4) Organization of the school system; bases oi 
education; the curriculum; major problems of education and teaching; the role ol 
the teacher; psychological aspects of teaching. P-Education 201 and permission ol 
the instructor. 

221. Children's Literature and Reading. (5) A survey of the types of literature 
appropriate for the intermediate grades and an investigation of the basic problem^ 
in reading. 



222. The Arts in the Intermediate Grades. (4) The development of skills in music 
ind fine arts appropriate to the intermediate grades. 

!23. Health and Physical Education for the Intermediate Grades. (1) I Ik 
development of physical education skills appropriate for the intermediate grade 
eacher and an understanding ol the personal and communit) health needs 
appropriate for the grade level. 

551. Student Teaching. (6) Observation and experience in s< hool-related activities. 
Supervised student teaching. Pass/Fail only. P-Education 201 and permission ol the 
nstructor. 

[171. Introduction to Geography. (4) A stud) ol the physical environment and its 
(Relationship to man, including an examination <>l climate, vegetation, soils, water 
Resources, and land forms found in various regions throughout the world. 

272. Geography Study Tour. (4) A guided lour ol selected areas to stud) physical, 
Economic, and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background 
References for reading are suggested prior to the torn. 

'280. Orchestration. (4) A study ol the orchestral and wind hand instruments, how 
:om posers have used them throughout history, and the development ol practical 
icoring and manuscript skills. Offered in alternate years. P-Musi< 17 1 184. 

282. Conducting. (4) A study ol choral and instrumental conducting techniques, 
including practical experience with ensembles. Offered in alternate years. P-Musk 

174/184.' 

i 

284. Music Literature Seminar. ('.'■> or 1) A surve) ol repertoire, including .in 
examination of teaching materials in the student's special area ol interest. P-Music 
|174/184 and permission of the instructor. 

291. Methods and Materials. (4) Methods, materials, and techniques used in 
leaching the various subjects. P-Education 201 and permission of the instructor. 

^Teaching of English. Fall. 

teaching of Foreign Language. Spring. 

Teaching oj Mathematics. Spring. 

Teaching of Music. Fall. 

Teaching of Physical Education and Health. Spring. 

Teaching of Science. Fall. 

Teaching of Social Studies. Fall. 

Teaching oj Speech Communication. Spring. 
(Teaching oj 'Theatre Arts. Fall. 

293. Intermediate School Curriculum: Theory and Practice. (3) ( General principles 

of curriculum construction and teaching methods. Introduction to the use of 
audiovisual materials and equipment. 

295. Methods and Materials for Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies. (4) A 

iurvey of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching the language arts 
ind social studies in the intermediate grades. P-Permission ol the instructor. 

296. Methods and Materials for Teaching Science and Mathematics. (4) A survey 



86 



of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching science and matheril 
tics in the intermediate grades. P-Pei mission of the instructor. 

301. Audiovisual Education. (4) Introduction to the field ol audiovisual educatii 
development and application of skills in the use ol instructional materia 
equipment, and programs. 

302. Production of Instructional Materials. (4) Methods of producing instruc tiotl 
materials and other technological techniques. P-Education 301. 

303. History of Western Education. (4) Educational theory and practice frcl 
ancient times through the modern period, including American education. 

304. Theories of Education. (4) Contemporary proposals lor educational the< 
and practice studied in the context ol social issues. 

306. Studies in the History and Philosophy of Education. (4) A study ol seleci 1 
historical eras, influential thinkers, or crucial problems in education. Top] 
announced annually. 

313. Human Growth and Development. (4) A stuch of the intellectual, emotion! 
and physical components ol growth from birth to adolescenc e, with special concej 
for the educational implications (4 this process. 

323. Educational Statistics. (4) Descriptive, inferential, and nonparametl 

statistical procedures involved in educational research. Not open to students vvfl 
have taken Psychology 211 and 212 P-Pei mission of the instructor. 

341. Principles of Counseling and Guidance. (4) Counseling history, philosopli 
theory, procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental counselil 

approaches in guidance and personnel work in education, business, and communl 
service agencies. 

383. Reading in the Content Areas. (2) The course provides an introduction 

teaching the basic reading skills at the intermediate and secondary leu 
vocabulary, comprehension, reading rate, selection of texts, and critical ai 
interpretive reading. Particularly stressed are diagnoses ol reading problems ai 
techniques for correcting these problems in specific subject content areas. 

391. Teaching the Gifted. (4) An investigation ol theory and practice pertinent 
teachers of the gifted. 

393. Individual Study (2, 4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available 
the Department of Education. Permitted upon departmental approval of petiti< 
presented by a qualified student. 




87 



English 

Robert N. Shorter, Chairman 

Professors John A. Carter Jr., Thomas F. Gossett, Alonzo W. Kenion, 

Elizabeth Phillips, Lee Harris Potter, Robert N. Shorter, 

Edwin Graves Wilson 

Associate Professors Doyle R. Fosso, W. Dillon Johnston, 

Robert W. Lovett, Beulah L. Raynor 

Assistant Professors Nancy J. Cotton, Andrew V. Ettin, R. Edward Lobb, 

William M. Moss, Blanche C. Speer 

Visiting Assistant Professors Laura P. Rice-Sayre, Henry M. Sayre 

Lecturers Dolly A. McPherson, Bynum G. Shaw 

Visiting Lecturer Jay Meek 

istructors Patricia Adams Johnson, Susan G. Shillinglaw, William A. Wilson 



The major in English requires a minimum of forty credits, at least thirty-two oi 
hich must be in advanced language and literature courses numbered 300 to 399. 
'hese courses must include Shakespeare, two additional courses in British 
'terature before 1800, one course in American literature, and, early in the major, 
ne seminar. Majors and their advisers plan individual programs to meet these 
jequirements and include work in the major literary types. 
! The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in 
ritish and American literature numbered 160, 165, 170. and 175, all of which are 
ffered each semester. Additional courses in journalism and writing are offered by 
le department as related subjects but do not count toward an English major; they 
lay be taken as electives regardless of the field of study in which a student majors. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply in the second 
tmester of their junior year for admission to the honors program in English. To 
raduate with "Honors in English," students must have a minimum grade point 
verage of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all course work and must satisfy the 
equirements for English 388 during their senior year. Interested students may 
>nsult departmental faculty members for further information. 

LInless otherwise indicated, any course in English may carry either three or lour 
"edits. The amount of reading and writing is adjusted to the credit assigned for the 
jurse. 



Lower Division Courses 

1. Composition Review. (0) Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles 
f composition; frequent exercises. 

05. English Fundamentals. (2) Training in the fundamentals of written English. 
atisfactory completion required for entry into English 110. Admission by 
lacement only; does not satisfy the basic composition requirement. 



*110. English Composition. (4) Training in expository writing; frequent essa 
based upon readings. 

*112. English Composition and Literature. (3 or 4) Training in expository writii 
based on the reading of literature. P- Permission of the department. 

160. Survey of Major British Writers. (3 or 4) Eight to ten writers representii 
different periods and genres; primarily lecture. 

165. Studies in Major British Writers. (3 or 4) Three to five writers representii 
different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limitt 
enrollment. 

170. Survey of Major American Writers. (3 or 4) Nine to ele\en write 
representing different periods and genres; primarily lecture. 

175. Studies in Major American Writers. (3 or 4) Nine to ele\en write 
representing different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short paper 
Limited enrollment. 

180. Traditions of Humanity: The Liberal Arts. (L>) A study of major concepts < 
liberal education in the Western world. 

255. Recent American Poetry. (.1 or 4) Selections from the poetr) of Robert Pen 
Warren, Randall Jarrell, A. R. Amnions, James Dickey, Adrienne Rich, and Deni- 
Levertov. 

299. Individual Study. (3 or 4) A course of independent study with faculr 
guidance. B\ prearrangement. 

January Courses 

Ihese courses, representatiye of the January curriculum, are not necessaril 
repeated every year but were offered in 1975). 

240. Marx, Darwin, and Freud: Intellectual Background of Modern Literature. 

An intensive study of major works by Karl Marx, Charles Darwin, and Sigmun 
Freud as background for examining selected works of modern literature. 

250. William Faulkner. (4) An intensive study of six major novels and selected shot 
stories of William Faulkner. 

280. London, Dublin, and the West and South of Ireland: Backgrounds of Iris 
Literature. (4) A travel course focusing on the backgrounds of modern Iris 
literature in Irish myth, history, politics, religion, archeology, architecture, art. an* 
music. 

295. Twentieth Century Fiction: Distaff. (4) A chronological and cultural study a 
fiction written by selected European and American women. 



^Either 110 or 1 12 is a prerequisite for all other courses i)i English unless the basic requirement is waiva 
Either course fulfills the basic course requirement. 



89 



;96. The Camera's Impact on the Arts. (4) An introduction to the role that 
jhotography has played in changing the way we approach reality and our 
■jepresentation of it. 

166. The Art of T. S. Eliot. (4) A detailed study of Eliot's The Waste Land and Four 
Quartets and shorter treatment of early and transitional works. 

Journalism and Writing Courses 

!70. Introduction to Journalism. (3 or 4) Survey of the fundamental principles of 
lews-gathering and news-writing; stndv of news and news values, with some 
ittention to representative newspapers. 

!72. Editing. (3 or 4) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, 
ypography, and make-up; includes both newspaper and magazine editing. 
^-English 270. 

!76. Advanced Journalism. (3 or 4) Intensive practice in writing various types of 
lewspaper stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning 
:areers in journalism. P-English 270. 

278. History of Journalism. (3 or 4) A stud) of the development of American 
journalism and its English origins; detailed investigations of representative world 
lewspapers. 

1 284. The Essay. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, with 
:oncentration on writing various types of essays. P-Permission of t he instructor. 

285. Poetry Workshop. (2) A laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of 
Doetic techniques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent 
ndividual conferences. 

286. Short Story Workshop. (2) A study of the fundamental principles of short 
fiction writing; practice in writing; extensive study of short story form. P- 
Permission of the instructor. 

383, 384. Theory and Practice of Verse Writing. (4. 4) Emphasis on reading and 
discussing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. 

Advanced Language and Literature Courses 

'304. History of the English Language. (3 or 4) A survey of the development of 
English syntax, morphology, and phonology from Old English to the present, with 
attention to vocabulary growth. 

310. Studies in Medieval Literature. (3 or 4) Selected leadings from areas such as 
religious drama, non-dramatic religious literature, romance literature, literary 
theory, and philosophy. 

315. Chaucer. (3 or 4) Emphasis on The Canterbury Talcs and Troilus and Criseyde, 
with some attention to minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious, and 
philosophical background. 

320. English Drama to 1642. (3 or 4) English drama from its beginning to 1642, 



90 

exclusive of Shakespeare. Representative cycle pla\s. moralities, Elizabethan aj 
Jacobean tragedies, comedies, and tragicomedies. 

323. Shakespeare. (3 or 4) Twelve representative plays illustrating Shakespearj 
development as a poet and dramatist. 

325. Studies in English Literature, 1500-1660. (3 or 4) Selected topics, prose, ail 
poetry from the sixteenth or seventeenth centuries, exclusive of drama and Mild 
Emphasis on Elizabethan lyrics and Spenser or on Donne and the MetaphysiJ I 
poets. 

327. Milton. (3 or 4) The poetry and selected prose ol John Milton, with empha 
on Paradise Lost. 

330. English Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3 or 4) Representative poel 

and prose, exclusive of the novel. 1700-1800, drawn from Addison. Steele, Deft! 
Swift, Pope, Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Consideration of cultui 
backgrounds and significant literary trends. 

332. Satire. (3 or 4) The nature of the satiric form and the satiric spirit as revealed) 
through reading and critical analysis ol significant examples, mostly English ai 
American. 

335. Eighteenth Century Fiction. (3 or 4) Primarily the fiction of Defo < 
Richardson. Fielding, Smollett. Sterne, and Austen. 

350. Romantic Poets. (3 or 4) A review of the beginnings of Romanticism in Englis 
literature, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shellc 
collateral reading in the prose of the period. 

353. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. (3 or 4) Representative major worl 
bv Dickens, Eliot, Thackeray, Hatch, the Brontes, and others. 

354. Victorian Poetry. (3 or 4) A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, an 
Arnold or another Victorian poet. 

360. Studies in Victorian Literature. (3 or 4) Selected topics, such as developmei 

of genres, major texts, and cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fictiori 
autobiography, and other prose. 

362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3 or 4) Reading and critical analysis of the poetr 
of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; stuck of the plays of Yeats and hi 
contemporaries in the Irish Renaissance, especially Synge and Each Gregory. 

364. Studies in Literary Criticism. (3 or 4) Consideration ol certain figures an< 
schools of thought significant in the history of literan criticism. 

365. Twentieth Century British Fiction. (3 or 4) A studv of Conrad. Lawrence 
Joyce. Forster, Woolf, and later English writers, with attention to their social am 
intellectual backgrounds. 

367. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3 or 4) Selected American and British poets fron 
1900 to 1905. 

368. Studies in Irish Literature. (3 or 4) Critical readings of the works of majoi 
Irish writers within the context of the political, social, and literary history ol 
Ireland. 



49. Modern Drama. (3 or 4) Modern drama from its late nineteenth century 
ituralist beginnings to contemporary theatre. 

72. American Romanticism. (3 or 4) Writers oi the mid-nineteenth century, 
eluding Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. 

74. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature to 1865. (3 or 4) 
Elected topics such as Puritanism, the Enlightenment. Transcendentalism, and 
I'omanticism. 

76. American Poetry from 1855 to 1900. (3 or 4) Readings from at least two oi the 
following poets: Whitman, Dickinson, Melville. 

78. Literature of the South. (3 or 4) The aesthetic . philosophical, and soc iological 
'■intensions of the best literature oi the South, from the colonial to the 
Wtemporary period. Writers to include the regional humorists, Faulkner. 
hansom, and Tennessee Williams. 

BO. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3 or 4) Such writers as Twain, James, 
Ijowells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. 

,81. Studies in Black Literature. (3 or 4) Reading and critical analysis ol selected 
ction, poetry, drama, and other writing In representative black Americans. 

82. Modern American Fiction, 1915 to the Present. (3 or 4) To include such 

riters as Lewis, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Steinbeck. Wolfe, Wright. 
Catherine Anne Porter, Mailer, bellow. Malamud, Flannel \ O'Connor, Baldwin, 
sjhd Styron. 

86. Directed Reading. (3 or 4) A tutorial in an area oi study not otherwise 
Provided by the department; granted upon departmental approval ol petition 
resented by a qualified student. 

1 88. Honors in English. (3 or 4) A conference course centering upon a special 
eading requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to 
jraduate with "Honors in English." 

89. The Use of the Library in Literary Research. (2) Attention to materials, 
lethods, and bibliography tor the study ol literature. 

90. The Structure of English. (3 or 4) An introduction to the principles and 
?chni(]ues of modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English. 



German 

Wilmer D. Sanders, Chairman 

Professors Ralph S. Fraser, James C. OTlaherty 

Associate Professors Wilmer D. Sanders, Larry E. West, Timothy F. Sellner 

A major in German requires thirty-seven credits beyond German 111-112 and 
nust include German 2 IS and should include 281 and 285. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply lor admission to 
he honors program in German. To be graduated with the designation "'Honors in 
German, " they must complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive 



92 



examination. For addition. il information members oi the departmental facul 
should be consulted, 

Attention is called to the exchange program with the Free University of Berlii 

111, 112. Elementary German. (4, 4) This course covers the principles ofgramm; 
and pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. Fab-one hour. 
150. Man spricht Deutsch auch in Oesterreich. (4) Three weeks of intensi- 
language and cultural study in Vienna, Austria. Travel to Salzburg and Muni( 
Offered in January. P-One semester of German. 

152. Intermediate German. (4) The principles of grammar are reviewed; readir 
of selected prose and poetry. Fab-one hour. P- Three years of high school Germar: 

153. Intermediate German. (5) The principles of grammar are reviewed; readin 
of selected prose and poetry!. Fab-one hour. P-German lib 112. 

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. (4, 4) The object of ibis course is I 
acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel reading an 
reports. P-German 132 or 153, 

216. Basic Conversation: Level One. (4) Intensive practice of speech patterns, dail 
sessions, language laboratory practice. Offered in January. P-German I 1 1 or 1 12 wit 
grade of C or better. 

217. Conversation and Phonetics. (4) A course in spoken German emphasizm' 
facility ol expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. P-Germai 
152, 153, or equivalent, 

218. Composition and Grammar Review. (4) A review of the fundamentals o 
German grammar with intensive practice in translation and composition. Require< 
for majors. P-German 152 or 153 or equivalent, 

219. Advanced Composition. (4) A study of advanced grammar and composition 
English texts translated into German in addition to free composition in German 
P-German 218 or equivalent. 

220. German Civilization. (4) A survey of contemporary German culture, includim 

a studv ol its historical development in broad outline. Fhc- course is conducted ii 
German. P-German 217 or permission ol the instructor. 

222. Nietzsche in Translation. (4) Intensive studv of selections from Nietzsche': 
works, with emphasis on his development as a writer and thinker. Offered in January 
P-Sophomore, junior, or senior standing. 

231. Weimar Germany. (3) Historical and literary examination of Weimai 
Germany, 1919-1933. Authors include Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Juenger 
Hesse, Brecht, Kalba. Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or histon 
credit determined at registration. 

249. Old High German and Middle High German Literature. (4) The stucb ol 
major writers and works from these two areas: emphasizes major writings ol the 
chivalric period. P-German 211. 212. or equivalent. 

250. Renaissance, Reformation, and Baroque German Literature. (4) A study o! 



93 



major writers and works from the post-chivalric period to approximately 1700. 
P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

253. Eighteenth Century German Literature. (4) A study of major writers and 
works of the Enlightenment and Sturm und Drang. P-German 211, 212, or 
equivalent. 

263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century I. (4) Poetry, prose, dramas, 
and critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-German 211, 212, or 
equivalent. 

264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century II. (4) Readings from the 
beginnings of poetic realism to the advent of Naturalism. P-German 211, 212, or 
equivalent. 

270. Individual Study. (3) Studies in literature not ordinarily read in other courses. 
P-German 211, 212, and permission of the instructor. 

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. (4) Intensive study of certain works by 
Thomas Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus considerable outside reading. P-German 
211, 212, or equivalent. 

285. Seminar in Goethe. (4) Faust, Part I studied in class. Parallel readings in other 
works by Goethe assigned. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent. 

287-288. Honors in German. (3, 3) A conference course in German literature. A 
major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental 
honors. 



History 

Richard L. Zuber, Chairman 

Professors Richard C. Barnett, Cyclone Covey, 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale, J. Edwin Hendricks, Thomas E. Mullen, 

Percival Perry, David L. Smiley, Henry Smith Stroupe, Lowell R. Tillett, 

W. Buck Yearns, Richard L. Zuber 

Associate Professors James P. Barefield, Merrill G. Berthrong, David W. Hadley, 

James G. McDowell, Michael L. Sinclair, J. Howell Smith 

Assistant Professor Alan J. Williams 

Lecturer Negley Boyd Harte (London) 

Instructor Christopher D. Cribaro 

The major in history consists of a minimum of thirty-six credits and must include 
History 310, from six to eight credits in European history, three or four credits in 
non-Western history, and from six to eight credits in American history. One of the 
American history courses must be 151, 152, or 153. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 
the honors program in history- To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
History," they must complete satisfactorily History 287 and 288. For additional 
information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students contemplating graduate study should take historiography and should 



94 



acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language (preferably Frencli 
German, or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for the Ph.D. degree. 

101. The Rise of the West. (4) A survey ot ancient, medieval, and early moderi 
history to 17(H). 

102. Europe and the World in the Modern Era. (4) A survey of modern Europe 
from 1700 to the present. 

131. European Historical Biography. (2) Study ol biographies of several men am 
women who have influenced the history and civilization <>f Europe. 

151, 152. The United States. (4, 4) Political, social, economic, and intellectua 
aspects: 151, before 1865; 152, after 1865. Students who take History 15.1 may not 
take either of these courses lor credit. 

153. The United States. (4) A topical surve) combining 151 and 152. Not open to 
students who take either 151 or 152. 

160. Freud. (4) An investigation of Freud's basic ideas in the context of his time. 
Books to be read include The Interpretation a/ Dreams, Civilization and lis Discontents, 
and Jones's biography in the Trilling abridgement. 

162. From the Forest of Wake to the Red Hills of Forsyth: The History of Wake 
Forest University. (4) A survey ol the history of Wake Forest from its beginning. 
To include reading assignments, lectures, and talks from those who remember life 
on the old campus, a look at the history project now in progress, and a brief visit t<> 
the Town oi Wake Forest. Offered in January. 

163. Russian History and Culture from the Source. (4) A stuck tout of historic sites 1 
and cultural centers of the Soviet Union. Offered in January. 

164. The American People and China. (4) A topical stuck of the images and 

attitudes of Americans toward China. All students read John k. Fairbanks The 
i')iilr(I Stales (Did Chum and A. I . Steel's The American People mid China, alter which 
they select individual topics on which to present oral reports. Additional readings 
stress conflicting interpretations of major issues in Sino-Amet ic an relations. 

165. Contemporary Conflict. (4) A stuck of the background of lour conflicts to be 
studied as selected by the class members. 

166. Era of Individualism, 1954-1966. (1) An intensive stuck of the period 
1954-1966, during which privileged, prosperous Americans shared in seeking civil 
and personal rights lor the freshly rediscovered deprived minorities. A nostalgic 
examination of the time of optimism between McCarthyism and the rise of the 
Nixonian "Silent Majority," when there was hope that a societv could provide both 
equal opportunity to all its citizens and special rewards lor the citizens who excelled 
individually. Much responsible student participation is expected, with the possibility 
of an examination. No limit, but size influences type of insti uc tion. Pass Fail. I dually 
offered in January. 

211. Colloquium. (1-4). 

215, 216. The Ancient World. (4, 1 or 4) Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall and 



95 



Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to medieval; psycho- 
logical/philosophical emphasis. 

221. The Middle Ages. (4) A survey of European history, 400-1300. stressing social 
and cultural developments. 

222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (4) Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social, 
cultural, and intellectual developments stressed. Students may take either segment 
of the course separately. 

223. The Renaissance. (2) (See 222 for description.) 

224. The Reformation. (2) (See 222 for description.) 

2260. History of London. (4) Topographical, social, economic . and political history 
of London from the earliest times. Lectures, student papers and reports, museum 
visits and lectures, and on-site inspections. Offered in London. 

2262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (2) Burgundian society, culture, and 
government in the reigns of Philip the Bold, John (he Fearless. Philip the Good, 
and Charles the Rash, 1384-1477. Offered in Dijon. 

1231. Weimar Germany. (3) Historical and literary examination of Weimar 
Germany, 1919-1933. Authors include Thomas and Heinrich Mann. |uenger. 
Hesse, Brecht, KaiLa, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or histon 
'credit determined at registration. 

232. European Historical Novels. (2) Study of the accuracy and value, from the 
standpoint of the historian, of a selection of historical novels. 

238. Twentieth Century Europe. (4) Advent of modernism. World Wars I and II. 
totalitarianism, the Cold War, and Europe in the post-European era. 

240. Afro-American History. (4) The role of Afro-Americans in the development 
of the Lhiited States, with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration, 
Americanization, and influence. 

264. Economic History of the United States. (3) The economic development of the 

United States from colonial beginnings to the present. 

265. American Diplomatic History. (4) An introduction to the history of American 
diplomacy since 1770, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental 
policies. 

270. Oral History. (4) Intensive study of select events of recent Piedmont North 
Carolina history, preparation of sets of questions for interviews, interviews with 
participants in those events, and the evaluation of these interviews as historical 
evidence. 

271. Colonial Latin America, 1492-1825. (4) Cultural configurational approach. 

287, 288. Honors in History. (4. 4) First semester, seminar on problems of 
historical synthesis and interpretation; second semester, writing of a major paper 
and examination on a special Field. 

310. Seminar. (4) Offered by members of the facult) on topics of their choice. A 
paper is required. 



96 



311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (4, 4) Intellects 
trends in Western European civilization. Fall, seventeenth and eighteenth centuj 
ies; spring, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (4) Til 

structure of society, the nature of law, church/state relations, and intellectu; 
developments. P-History 22 1 or permission of the instructor. 

319, 320. Germany. (4, 4) Fall, origins of the German nation and the rise of Prussi 
in a context of particularism; spring, from World Wat 1 to divided German) 

321, 322. France. (4. 4) Fall, from prehistoric Gaul to 1788, with particula 
emphasis on the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries; spring, 1788 i 
the present. 

323, 324. England. (4, 4) A political and social survey, with some attention i 
Continental movements. Fall, to 1603; spring, 1603 to present. 

325. Tudor and Early Stuart England. (4) A constitutional and social stiulv o 
England from 1485 to 1641. 

329, 330. Modern England. (4. 4) Political, social, economic, and cultural history q 
England since 1714. Fall, to 1815; spring, since 1815. 

331, 332. Russia. (4. 4) Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and socia> 
developments. Fall, the Russian Empire; spring, the Soviet Union. 

333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (4) The diplomacy of the great powers, witl 
some attention given to the role of publicity in international affairs. Topics includi 
the unification of Italy and of Germany, the Bismarckian svstem, and the coming o 
World Wat I. 

339. Women in European History. (3 or 4) The evolution of women's social roles 
attitudes toward women, and feminist activities in the context of the social 
economic, political, and intellectual history of modern Europe. 

341. Southeast Asia from 1511 to the Present. (4) A survey of the history an< 
culture of Southeast Asia under Western colonial systems, with special reference t< 
economic, social, and cultural developments, the rise of nationalism, and the 
emergence of new nation-states. 

342. The Middle East from Suleiman the Magnificent to the Present. (4) Majoi 
subjects covered are the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs anc 
Persians under Ottoman hegemony, the rise of Aral) nationalism, and the 
emergence of the modern Arab states and their roles in the post-World War II era. 

343. Imperial China. (4) Development of traditional institutions in Chinese societv 
to 1644; attention to social, cultural, and political factors, emphasizing continuity 
and resistance to change. 

344. Modern China. (4) The Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western! 
challenge, the 1911 Revolution, the warlord eta and the rise of the Communists 
Chinese Communist society, and the Cultural Revolution. 

345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the 



97 



listory and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical developments in the 
J ;ocial, economic, and cultural life of the area. 

547. India in Western Literatures. (4) A one-semester historical survey of images of 
ndia in Western literatures, with special reference to religious and philosophical 
deas, art, polity, society, and culture. 

149, 350. East Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the social, cultural, and political 
development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall, to 1600; spring, since 1600. 

551, 352. American Society and Thought. (4,4) A non-political topical survey of 
\merican culture and lifestyles. Topics include religion, science, education, 
architecture, and immigration. 

153. Colonial English America, 1582-1774. (4) Determinative episodes, figures, 
illegiances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered. 

>54. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1815. (4) The American 
devolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new 
mtion. 

155. The Westward Movement. (4) The role of the frontier in United States history, 
763-1890. 

'i56. Jacksonian America, 1815-1850. (4) The United States in the age of Jackson, 
Jlay, Calhoun, and Webster. A biographical approach. 

>57. The Civil War and Reconstruction. (4) The political and military events of the 
/ar and the economic, social, and political readjustments which followed. 

58. The United States from Reconstruction to World War I. (4) National progress 
nd problems during an era of rapid industrialization. 

59. The United States from Versailles to Pearl Harbor. (4) The transition of 

i 

vmerica from World War I to 1941, with special emphasis on the Roaring Twenties 
nd the New Deal. 

■60. The United States^ since Pearl Harbor. (4) Trends and changes in the nation 
rom World War II through the Kennedv era to the present. 

62. American Constitutional History. (4) Origins of the Constitution, the 
controversies involving the nature of the Union, and constitutional readjustments 
} meet the new American industrialism. 

( 63, 364. The South. (4,4) Geography, population elements, basic institutions, and 
fleeted events. 

65. Women in American History. (4) A survey of the roles and activities of women 
l America, with emphasis upon selected individuals. 

66. Studies in Historic Preservation. (4) An anaivsis of history museums and 
,^encies and of the techniques of preserving and interpreting history through 
.rtifacts, restorations, and reconstructions. P-Permission of the instructor. 

67. 368. North Carolina. (4,4) Selected phases of the development of North 
i arolina from the colonial beginnings to the present. Fall, to 1789; spring, since 

789. 



372. Africa since 1800. (4) A survey concentrating primarily on the major theme- 
and problems in African history from 1800 to the present. 

391, 392. Historiography. (4, 3) The principal historians and their writings fron 
ancient times to the present. Fall, European historiography; spring, America]' 
historiography. 

398. Individual Study. (4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available irj 
the department; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by , 
qualified student. 

399. Directed Reading. (1-4) 

Humanities 

N. Rick Heatley, Coordinator 

165. Black African Literature. (4) A general introductory course. Study of the 
origins and development of black African literature. Analysis of representative 
works of poetry, fiction, and essays. Readings and classes in English; originals ii 
French also available lor majors. Discussions, occasional lectures, reports, an* 
papers. Offered in January. 

213. Studies in European Literature. (4) A study of aproximately twelve works it 
translation, taken from European literature. Satisfies a Division I requirement. i 

214. Contemporary Fiction. (4) A study of contemporary European and Latin 

American fiction in translation. Satisfies a Division I requirement. 

215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (4) A study of approximately twelve works ii 
translation taken from Germanic and Slavic literatures. Satisfies a Division 
requirement. 

216. Romance Literature. (4) A study of approximately twelve works in translatioi 
taken from Romance literatures. Offered in alternate years. Satisfies a Division l] 
requirement. 

217. European Drama. (4) A studv of selected works in translation, from th< 

seventeenth to the twentieth centuries, by major Continental dramatists. Satisfies ; 
Division I requirement. 

225. Nineteenth Century Romanticism: Philosophy and Art. (4) A study of tin 

Romantic motif as expressed in the philosophy and art of Europe and the United! 
States in the nineteenth century. 

227. Issues in Nineteenth Century America. (4) An interdisciplinary study o 

nineteenth century American culture, including art. literature, music, an< 
philosophy, as it reflects and gives insight into some issues crucial to the developing 
nation. 

250. Discovering the Visual and Verbal Modes of the Twentieth Century. (4) At 

exploration (4 the ideas, values, and feelings found in the art and literature o 
representative twentieth century figures: Kandinskv. Stevens, Picasso, KafT<a 
Leger, Beckett, Klee, Ionesco, Pollock, Faulkner, Chagall, Barth, and others. 



99 



550. What the Arts Have Been Saying since 1800. (4) An experiment in developing 
[interpretive judgment and insight regarding music, painting, and literature as 
articulations of the frontier consciousness of the period. 

552. The Classical and Surreal Tradition. (4) A venture to define and differentiate 
:lassical and surreal modes of perception throughout history, their paradoxical 
relationship to each other and to complementary styles, considered in philosophy, 
inusic, literature, and painting. 

558. An Editor Looks at the Rights of American Citizens, 1965-1976. (4) (anient 
developments in the field of constitutional rights as seen by a newspaper editor. 

573- France in the Thirties: Literature and Social Consciousness. (4) A stud) in 
English of Malraux, Giraudoux, Celine, Bernanos, and St. Exupery. 

574. French Literature in the Mid-Twentieth Century. (4) A study of the literature 
)f the forties and fifties and its evolution from "commitment" to "disengagement." 

Authors include Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Robbe-Grillet, Genet, and Duras. 

575. The French Theatre between 1920 and 1960: Theory and Practice. (4) Study 
)f works by Giraudoux, Cocteau, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Ionesco, and 
Genet. 

578. Evolution of Autobiography as a Literary Form. (4) A study of autobiography 

is a form of fiction. Reading of Rousseau's Confessions and selected autobiographies 
of twentieth century French authors. Taught in English. 

579. The Literary Works of Jean-Paul Sartre. (4) A critical study of Sartre's 
evolution as reflected in his novels and plays from Nausea to The Prisoners of Altona. 

'$80. Albert Camus. (3) A critical study of Camus' evolution as a writer. 

Interdisciplinary Honors 

Paul M. Gross Jr., Coordinator 

A series of seminar courses of an interdisciplinary nature are open to qualified 
tudents in the College. Students interested in admission to these seminars, 
upervised by the Committee on Honors, should consult the coordinator or a 
nember of the committee. 

1 Students who choose to participate in as main as tour interdisciplinary seminars 
ind who have a superior record may elect Honors 281. directed study culminating 
n an honors paper and an oral examination. Those whose work has been superior 
n this course and who have achieved an overall grade point average of at least 3.0 
n all college work may be graduated with the distinction "Honors in the Arts and 
riciences." Students who choose to be candidates for departmental honors may not 
I lso be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

Able students are normally encouraged to choose a departmental honors 
)rogram rather than "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." As a result, most students 
dect to participate in only one or tw r o interdisciplinary seminars in which they are 
>articularlv interested. The faculty participants for these seminars represent 
averse academic disciplines. 



100 



131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience I. (4, 4) An inquiry into the nature 
and interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, represented by 
the work of three such minds as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Newton. Gandhi, 
Confucius, Dostoevsky, Descartes, Goya, Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar 
discussion based on primary and secondary sources, including musical works and 
paintings. Written reports and a term paper required. Offered in alternate years, 

133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience II. (4, 4) A parallel course to Honors 
131. 132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Buber 
Galileo, Kevnes, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach. 
Offered in alternate years. 

*233. Darwinism and the Modern World. (4) A study of the Darwinian theory ol 
evolution and the impact of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on 
fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the othei arts, and 
philosophy. 

*235. The Ideal Society. (4) Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal 
community, state, or society; principles of political and social organization; 
changing goals and values. 

*237. The Scientific Outlook. (4) An exploration of the origins and development ol 

the scientific method and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and 
social sciences and the humanities. 

*238. Romanticism. (4) Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and an 
and as a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late eighteenth 
and nineteenth centuries. Emphasis on primary materials in philosophy, literature, 
music, and painting. 

*239. Man and the Irrational. (4) The phenomenon of the irrational, with emphasis 
on its twentieth century manifestations but with attention also to its presence in 
other centuries and cultures. Philosophy, religion, literature, psychology, politics. 
and the arts are explored. 

*241. The Tragic View. (4) The theory of tragedy in ancient and modern times; the 
expression of the tragic in literature, ait, music, theatre, and film. 

*242. The Comic View. (4) 4 lie theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the 
expression of the comic spirit in literature, ait, music . theatre, and film. 

*244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. (4) An investigation of various 
conceptions of the universe and their implications for man. Study not necessarih j 
limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors.! 
but may also include theories such as the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

*246. Man and the Environment. (4) An interdisciplinary examination of man and 
society in relation to the environment. 

*247. The Mythic View. (4) The nature of myth through creation and hero myths: 
the uses to which myths have been put in different historical periods; various 



*One or more offered each year at the discretion of the Committee on Honors. 



, 



101 



modern explanations of myth (literary, religious, anthropological, psychoanalytic, 
t social, and historical). 

281. Directed Study. (4) Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the 
1 Committee on Honors; preparation of a major research or interpretive paper based 
1 on these readings, under the direction of a faculty member; an oral examination on 
' the topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. 

Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a written request to the 
i Committee on Honors by the e\u\ of the junior year. Not open to candidates for 
i: departmental honors. 

| Mathematics 

I Ivey C. Gentry, Chairman 

Professors John V. Baxley, Ivey C. Gentry, Fredric T. Howard, 
John W. Sawyer, Ben M. Seelbinder, Marcellus E. Waddill 
Associate Professors Richard D. Carmichael, James Kuzmanovich, 
J. Gaylord May, W. Graham May 
Assistant Professors Elmer K. Hayashi, Ellen E. Kirkman 
Instructors Ray H. Price, Margaret B. Seelbinder 
\<i 
) A major in mathematics requires forty credits. A student must include courses 

111, 112, 113, 121, 221, one of the courses 311, 317, 352, 357, and at least two 
additional 300-level courses. A prospective teacher in the education block may take 
231 in lieu of the course from 311, 317, 352, or 357. Lower division students are 
urged to consult a member of the departmental faculty before enrolling in courses 
other than those satisfying Division II requirements. 

A regularly scheduled activity in mathematics is an informal seminar of students 

■and faculty on topics not discussed in regular courses (for example, finite 

1 differences, game theory, Monte Carlo method, divergent series). 

I The department, along with the departments of economics, business and 
accountancy, and biology, offers several joint majors. The departments of 

ij mathematics and economics offer a joint major leading to a Bachelor of Science 
degree in mathematical economics. This interdisciplinary program affords the 
student an opportunity to applv mathematical methods to the development of 
economic theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the 
following course requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 251; Economics 
151, 152, 201, 202, 203; a joint seminar in mathematical economics; and three 
additional courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Recom- 

' mended courses are Mathematics 253, 348, 353, 357, 358, and Economics 251, 242, 
287, 288. Students electing the joint major must receive permission from both the 
Department of Economics and the Department of Mathematics. 

The departments of mathematics and biology offer a joint major leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-biology. This interdisciplinary program 
affords the student an opportunity to applv mathematical methods to the 
development and analysis of biological systems. The major consists of the following 
course requirements: Mathematics 112, 155, 157, or 357; Biology 150, 151, 152; 
and seven additional courses (at least three in each department) chosen with the 



102 



approval of the program advisers. Recommended courses in mathematics are 121. 
253, 256, 348, 353, 355, 357. Students electing the joint major must receive 
permission from both the Department of Biologv and the Department of 
Mathematics. 

The departments of mathematics and business and accountancy offer a joint 
major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-business. This 
interdisciplinary program prepares students for careers in business, with a strong 
background in mathematics. The major consists of the following course require- 
ments: Mathematics 111,1 12, 155, 157, 256, or 355: Accounting 111. 112; Business 
211, 221, 231; either Business 201 or Mathematics 357; either Business 202 or 
Mathematics 253; and two additional courses chosen from Accounting 252, 278; 
Business 281; Mathematics 121, 248, 353. 381; or specially designed Januan 
courses. Economics 151-152 is strongly recommended. Students electing the joint 
major must receive permission from both the Department of Business and 
Accountancy and the Department of Mathematics. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 
the honors program in mathematics or in the joint majors. To be graduated with 
the designation "Honors in Mathematics," "Honors in Mathematics-Biology," 
"Honors in Mathematics-Business," or "Honors in Mathematical Economics," the) 
must complete satisfactorily a senior research paper and pass a comprehensive oral 
or written examination. For additional information members of the departmental 
faculty should be consulted. 

105. Pre-Calculus Mathematics. (4) Selected topics deal with die structure of 
number svstems and the elementarv functions. Not to be counted toward the majoi 
in mathematics. 

111,1 12, 1 13. Calculus with Analytic Geometry, I, II, III. (5, 5 or 4, 4) Differential 
and integral calculus and basic concepts of analytic geometry; multivariable 
calculus. No student allowed credit for both 1 16 and 1 1 1. Lab-two hours for 111. 
112. 

115. Finite Mathematics. (5 or 4) Probability and statistics, matrices, linear 
programming, Markov chains, and theory of games. Lab-two hours. 

116. Essential Calculus. (5 or 4) A one-semester course in differential and integral 
calculus with application to business and the social sciences. No student allowed] 
credit for both 1 10 and 1 1 1. A student who might take additional calculus should 
not take Mathematics 116. Lab-two hours. 

121. Linear Algebra. (4) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and 
matrices, linear groups, and determinants. 

155. Introduction to FORTRAN Programming. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A 
studv of FORTRAN language. Students use computer terminals as well as card 
input. 

156. Statistical Concepts. (4) An introductory course for the student of statistics 
who has a limited mathematical background. Includes descriptive techniques, 
frequency distributions, statistical inference, regression, and correlation. Emphasis 






103 



is placed on how statistics can be used in society. No student allowed credit for both 

156 and 157. Offered in January. 

157. Elementary Probability and Statistics. (5 or 4) Probability and distribution 

functions, means and variances, and sampling distributions. Lab-two hours. No 

student allowed credit for both 156 and 157. 

221. Modern Algebra I. (4) An introduction to modern abstract algebra through 

the study of groups, rings, integral domain, and fields. P-Mathematics 121. 

231. Euclidean Geometry. (4) Postulates, definitions, theorems, and models of 

Euclidean geometry. 

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. (4 or 3) Linear equations with constant 
, coefficients, linear equations with variable coefficients, and existence and unique- 
ness theorems for first order equations. P-Mathematics 112. 

253. Operations Research. (4) Mathematical models and optimization techniques. 
Studies in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling, and network analvsis. 
: P-Mathematics 111, 115, or equivalent. 

256. COBOL Programming. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A study of the elements of 
! COBOL language. P-Mathematics 155. 

305S, 306S. Elementary Analysis for Teachers I, II. (4, 4) Concepts from 
differential and integral calculus for Advanced Placement teachers. All topics in the 
Calculus AB and BC courses are covered. Offered in the summer. 

311, 312. Advanced Calculus I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Limits and continuity in metric 
1 spaces, differentiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences and series, 

uniform convergence, power series and Fourier series, partial differentiation and 
j functions of n real variables, implicit and inverse function theorem. P-Mathematics 
> 113. 

317. Complex Analysis I. (4) Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its 
consequences, power series, and residue calculus. P-Mathematics 113. 

322. Modern Algebra II. (4 or 3) A continuation of modern abstract algebra 
through the study of additional properties of group and fields and a thorough 

li treatment of vector spaces. P-Mathematics 221. 

323, 324. Matrix Theory I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Basic concepts and theorems concerning 
matrices and real number functions defined on preferred sets of matrices. 
P-Mathematics 121. 

332. Non-Euclidean Geometry. (4 or 3) Postulates, definitions, theorems, and 
models of Lobachevskian and Riemannian geometry. 

' 345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Properties of integers, 
1 congruences, arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic squares, 
applications to elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, arithmetic theory of 
- continued fractions. 

348. Combinatorial Analysis. (4 or 3) Enumeration techniques, including generat- 
ing functions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, and 
Polva's theorem. 



104 



351. Applied Analysis. (4) Topics which have proven useful in the physical 
sciences, including vector analysis and complex analysis. 

352. Partial Differential Equations. (4) The separation of variables techniques for 
the solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations, 
with the related study of the Fourier transform and the expansion of functions in 
Fourier, Legendre, and Bessel series. 

353. Mathematical Models. (4) Development and application of probabilistic and 
deterministic models. Emphasis given to constructing models which represent 
systems in the social, behavioral, and management sciences. P-Mathematics 253. 

355. Numerical Analysis. (4) A computer-oriented study of analytical methods in 
mathematics. Lecture and laboratory. P-Mathematics 112 and 155. 

357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Probability distributions, 
mathematical expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of 
hypotheses, regression, correlation, and analysis of variance. P-Mathematics 113. 

361. Selected Topics. (2, 3 or 4) Topics in mathematics which are not considered in 
regular courses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies. 

381. Individual Study. (2, 3 or 4) A choice of study in an area of individual interest 
directed by a faculty adviser. 

Military Science 

Lieutenant Colonel Anderson H. Walters, Professor 

Captain Edward L. Grant, Major Floyd L. Griffin, 

Major William D. Waller, Captain David E. Walters, 

Captain John D. Wray, Assistant Professors 

Master Sergeant Ezequiel B. Evaro 

110. First Year Basic. (ROTC and the Military Establishment). (1) Introduction to 
the ROTC program and the military establishment; practical exercises in various 
skill modules, including orienteering, mountaineering, and marksmanship. Usually 
offered in January. 

111. First Year Basic. (Military History). (2) 

112. First Year Basic. (Mountaineering). (2) 

113. First Year Basic. (Tactical Considerations of Modern Battle [TCOMB]). (2) 

ROTC and national defense; basic military skills. Enrichment subject required.* 
(Skill module areas of concentration are indicated in parentheses.) 

151. Second Year Basic. (Leadership). (2) 



*Tlus subject, either elective or required, furthers the professional qualifications of the student as a 
prospective officer in the U.S. Army. This does not require additional hours above and beyond the normal 
semester course requirements. In cases where a student is pursuing a discipline which is narrowly restricted 
with few electives, the Professor of Militaiy Science can resolve any conflict in favor of the student's degree 
requirements. 



105 



152. Second Year Basic. (Marksmanship). (2) 

153. Second Year Basic. (Orienteering). (2) 

Leadership styles, theoretical orientation in a contemporary environment, and 
intermediate military skills. Enrichment subject required.* (Skill module areas of 
concentration are indicated in parentheses.) 

201. Outdoor Exploration. (2) Introduction to various outdoor recreational 
survival skills. The content varies but includes such outdoor experiences as selecting 
and setting up a camp site, rock climbing, rappelling, back packing, canoeing, 
orienteering, downhill and cross country skiing, spelunking, cross country 
bicycling, and drown proofing. (Offered jointly with the Department of Physical 
Education.) 

211, 212. First Year Advanced. (2, 2) Small unit tactics, communications and 
military orienteering, military formations, and advanced military skills. Lab-l 1 /^ 
hours per week. P-Credit for Basic. Enrichment subject required.* 

251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (2, 2) Planning and supervision of leadership 
laboratory program, active duty orientation, military administration, law, and 
logistics. Enrichment subject required.* Lab-1'/1> hours per week. P-Military 
Science. 

Music 

Annette LeSiege, Chairman 

Assistant Professors Christopher Giles, Annette LeSiege, John V. Mochnick 

Director of Bands R. Davidson Burgess 

Instructors Gilda Glazer, Lucille S. Harris, David B. Levy, 

Donna Mayer-Martin, Teresa Radomski 

The major in music consists of a basic curriculum of thirty-eight credits: Music 
Theory 171-174 (twelve credits), Music History 181-184 (twelve credits), ten credits 
of applied music, and four semesters of ensemble. 

The music major supplements this basic curriculum with ten additional credits of 
elective courses in music. In addition to the course work, students graduating with a 
major in music are required to present a senior recital. 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the honors 
program in music. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Music," a 
candidate must complete one of the following requirements: (1) a senior research 
paper, (2) an original composition, or (3) an analytical lecture related to music 
performed by the candidate in a public recital. 

Any student interested in majoring in music should consult the chairman of the 
department as soon as possible after entering the University. 



*This subject, cither elective or required, furthers the professional qualifications of the student as a 
prospective officer in the U.S. Army. This does not require additional hours above and beyond the normal 
semester course requirements. In cases where a student is pursuing a discipline which is narrowly restricted 
with few electives, the Professor of Military Science can resolve any conflict in favor of the student's degree 
requirements. 



106 



Music Theory 

101. Introduction to the Language of Music. (3, 4) Basic theoretical concepts and 
musical terminology. Survey of musical styles, composers, and selected works from 
the Middle Ages through the twentieth century. For students not majoring in 
music. 

102. Language of Music. (3. 4) Study of major works from the Middle Ages 
through the twentieth century. For students not majoring in music. P- 101 or 
permission of the instructor. 

105. Music Theory for Non-Majors. (4) A study and application of music 
fundamentals and music theory for the non-music major. A combination of 
theoretical skills for analysis and stylistic composition (kev signatures, scales, 
intervals, triads, seventh chords) and musical skills (sight singing, ear training, 
keyboard harmony). P-101 or permission of the instructor. 

*171. Music Theory I. (3) Fundamentals. Theoretical and compositional techni- 
ques of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. Sight-singing, analysis, and composition- 
al practice in music to 1600. Introduction to sixteenth century counterpoint. 

* 1 72. Music Theory II. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of the music 
of the Baroque. Continuation of 171. with emphasis on common practice period 
harmony. Chorale style and fugue. P-Music 171/181. 

* 1 73. Music Theory III. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of the music 
of the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Continuation of 1 72, with emphasis 
on the expanding harmonic system and form. P-Musi( 172/182. 

*174. Music Theory IV. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of music in 
the twentieth century. Continuation of 173. with emphasis on twentieth century 
compositional practices and philosophies. Beginning of development of personal 
compositional style. P-Music 173/183. 

270. Sixteenth Century Counterpoint. (2) Analysis of sixteenth century contrapun- 
tal music, in particular that of Palestrina. Examination of Renaissance writings on 
counterpoint. Composition of canon and motet. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 
174/184. 

271. Eighteenth Century Counterpoint. (2) Analysis of eighteenth century 
contrapuntal stvles. with concentration on the Well-Tempered Clavier and Art oj the 
Fugue of J. S. Bach. Composition of invention, canon, and fugue. Offered in alternate 
years. P-Music 174/184. 

272. Analysis Seminar. (2) A study of analytical writings of theorists and composers 
and the development of practical skills as the\ can he used in research and 
performance preparation. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174/184. 

273. Composition. (1 or 2) Individual instruction in the craft of musical 
composition. May he repeated for credit. P-Permission of the instructor. 



*Music 171-174 must be taken simultaneoush with Musit 181-184. 



i. 


Beethoven 


/• 


Schubert 


k. 


Wagner 


1. 


Stravinsky 


m 


Berg 


n. 


Brahms 


P- 


Handel 


r. 


Bartok 



107 



275. History of Theory. (2) A study of theoretical writing on musical acoustics, 
instruments, and notation from classical Greece to the present. Offered in alternate 
years. P-Music 174/184. 

276. Current Practices. (2) A survey of twentieth century compositional techniques, 
notation, and performance problems involving the study of music and theoretical 
writings associated with major trends from 1900 to the present. Offered in alternate 
years. P-Music 174/184. 

Music History 

103. Great Composers. (4) A study of composers considered outstanding either 
because of their works or because of their influence on the history ol music. A 
different composer is offered each semester. P-Music 101 or permission of the 
instructor. 

a. Machaut 

h. Dufay 

c. Ockeghem 

d. Josquin 

e. Monteverdi 
f Bach 
g. Haydn 
h. Mozart 

124. Chamber Music. (2) Study of the history and repertoire of chamber music 
from the late Baroque to the twentieth century. Classroom work combined with 
actual rehearsal and performance of chamber repertoire. May be repeated for 
credit. P-Audition and permission of the instructor. 

*181. Music History I. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Middle Ages and 
Renaissance to 1000. Included are readings in the cultural history and related arts 
of the eras. 

*182. Music History II. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Baroque to 1750. 
Included are readings in the cultural history and related arts of the era. P-Music 
171/181. 

*183. Music History III. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Classical and 
Romantic eras to 1900. Included are readings in the cultural history and related 
arts of the eras. P-Music 172/182. 

*184. Music History IV. (3) Survey of the history of music in the twentieth century. 
Included ate readings in the cultural history and related arts of the era. P-Music 

173/183. 

211. Seminar in Church Music. (4) A survey of the great oratorios, cantatas, 
anthems, hymns, and organ compositions of the church, with emphasis on their 
liturgical setting. P-Music 174/184. 

212. Music in the Church. Function of the church musician and the relationship of 
his or her work to the church program. P-Music 174/184. 



*Mnsic 181-184 must be token simultaneously with Musk 171-174. 



108 

215. Philosophy of Music. (2) A survey of philosophical writings about music. 
Musical aesthetics; social, religious, and political concerns. P-Music 174/184. 

219. Seminar in Medieval Music. (4) A study of medieval music, its philosophy, 
theory (including notational practices), and performance practices. Areas receiving ii 
special emphasis are Gregorian chant repertoire, the Notre Dame School, Ars 
Antiqua, and Ars Nova. P-Music 171/181 or permission of the instructor. 

220. Seminar in Renaissance Music. (4) A study of music from 1400 to 1600, its 
theory (including notational practices), and performance practices. The study I 
begins with the Burgundian School, with special areas of emphasis the Netherlands I 
composers and the late Renaissance madrigal. P-Music 171/181 or permission of the I 
instructor. 

221. Seminar in Baroque Music. (4) Musical activity from about 1600 to Bach and 
Handel. Special emphasis on the development of national styles and their 
resolutions toward the end of the era. P-Music 172/182 or permission of the 
instructor. 

222. Seminar in Eighteenth Century Music. (4) Musical developments from the 
sons of Bach through the Viennese Classicism of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. : 
P-Music 173/183 or permission of the instructor. 

223. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Music. (4) Music from the latter part of 
Beethoven's career through Wagner and Brahms. Special emphasis on the 
post-Beethoven schism and its ramifications. P-Music 173/183 or permission of the 
instructor. 

224. Seminar in Twentieth Century Music. (4) A study of the major musical styles, ] 
techniques, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present, i 
P-Music 174/184 or permission of the instructor. 



Music Education 

185. Choral Methods. (2) A summary course designed to acquaint the student with 
representative choral literature from all periods. Both sacred and secular works 
studied from a stylistic and historical perspective; attention given to liturgical 
function, performance practices, and music bibliography. Offered in alternate years. 
P-Permission of the instructor. 

186. String Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all instruments 
of the string family. Offered in alternate years. 

187. Woodwind Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all 
principle instruments of the woodwind family. Offered in alternate years. 

188. Brass and Percussion Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of plaving and teaching 
brass and percussion instruments. Offered in alternate years. 

280. Orchestration. (4) A study of the orchestral and wind band instruments, how 
composers have used them throughout history, and the development of practical 
scoring and manuscript skills. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174/184. 

282. Conducting. (4) A study of choral and instrumental conducting techniques, 






109 



including practical experience with ensembles. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 
174/184. 

284. Music Literature Seminar. (3 or 4) A survey of repertoire, including an 
.examination of teaching materials in the student's special area of interest. P-Music 
3 174/184 and permission of the instructor. 

291. Teaching of Music. (4) The teaching and supervision of choral and 
- instrumental music in the public schools, all grades. P-Music 174/184. 

Honors and Individual Study 

298. Individual Study. (2 or 4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available 
I in the department. By prearrangement. 

299. Honors in Music. (4) Individual study for honors candidates who have 
: fulfilled the specific requirements. 

Ensemble 

i 

Departmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is earned on the basis of 

; one credit per semester of participation. 

111. Opera Workshop. Study, staging, and performance of standard and 
[Contemporary operatic works. P-Permission of the instructor. 

112. Collegium Musicum. An ensemble stressing the performance practices and 
the performance of music of the medieval. Renaissance, and Baroque eras. Open to 
vocalists and instrumentalists. 

113. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical and 
contemporary repertoire. P-Audition. 

115. Choral Union. A large oratorio chorus which concentrates on the perform- 
ance of major choral works. P- Audition. 

115a. Concert Choir. A select touring choir of forty-five voices which performs a 
variety of choral literature from all periods. P-Audition. 

117. Marching Deacons Band. Performs for most football games. Meets twice 
weekly. No audition required. Fall. 

118. Concert Band. Study and performance of music for wind band. P-Permission 
of the instructor. Spring. 

119. Symphonic Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of music for wind 
ensemble. Regular performances on and off campus, including an annual tour. 
P-Audition. 

121. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for a 
twenty-member ensemble. P-Audition. 

123. Piano Ensemble. Study of the elements of accompanying and ensemble 
playing through class discussion and studio experience. P-Permission of the 
instructor. 



110 



p. piano 

(/. percussion 

r. guitai 

v. voice 



Applied Music 

Applied music courses are open to all students with the permission of the 
instructor. Credit is earned on the hasis of lesson duration and weekly preparation. 
One credit per semester implies a hall-hour of instruction weekly and a minimum 
of one hour of daily practice. Two credits per semester imply an hour of instruction 
weekly and a minimum of two hours of daily practice. With the permission of the 
music faculty and with a proportional increase in practice, a student may earn three \ 
or four credits per semester. Students in applied music who do not have basi< 
knowledge of notation and rhythm are advised to enroll in Music 10 1 either prior to 
or in conjunction with applied study. An applied music fee and practice fee arc 
charged for all individual instruction. 

161, 261. Individual Instruction. (1 or 2) May be repeated lor credit. Technical 
studies and repertoire of progressive difficulty selected to meet the needs and 
abilities of the student. 

a. violin f. oboe k. French horn 

b. viola g. clarinet I. trombone 

c. cello h. bassoon m. baritone 

d. bass i. saxophone n. tuba 

e. flute j. trumpet o. organ 

165p. Class Piano. (1) Scales, chords, inversions, and appropriate repertoire, with 
emphasis on sight-reading, harmonization, and simple transposition. Designed for 
the beginning piano student. 

165v. Class Voice I. ( 1 ) Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing; 
concepts of breath control, tone, and resonance. 

166v. Class Voice II. (1) Continuation of fundamental vocal techniques. P-Music 

165v or permission of the instructor. 

167v. Theatrical Singing I: Class Voice (1) Basic techniques of singing, breath 
control, phonation, and resonance, with emphasis on theatrical projection. Study 
and performance of musical theatre repertoire. (One hour per week.) 

168v. Theatrical Singing Hi Class Voice (1) Continuation of theatrical singing 
techniques with increased study and performance ol musical theatre repertoire. 
P-Music 167y or permission of the instructor. (One hour per week.) 

190. Diction for Singers. (2) Study of articulation in singing, with emphasis on 
modification of English; pronunciation of Italian, German, and French. Develop- 
ment of articulatory and aural skills with use of the international phonetic alphabet. 
Individual performance and coaching in class. (Two hours per week.) 

/ 





.^*^i# 



*.>■& 




Ill 



Philosophy 

Gregory D. Pritchard, Chairman 

Professors Robert M. Helm, Marcus B. Hester, Gregory D. Pritchard 

Associate Professor Charles M. Lewis 

Assistant Professor Ralph C. Kennedy III 

Visiting Assistant Professor David Whiteside 

Instructor Jon Larson 

A major in philosophy requires thirty-six credits. The courses must include 261 
and either 161 or 271, two courses from the history sequence (201, 21 1. 222). and 
one course from each of the following: 230, 23 1 , 24 1 , or 242; 279, 285, or 287; and 
294 or 295. 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students in philosophy, was 
established in 1934 through an endowment provided by Bernard W. Spilman. The 
income from the endowment is used for the seminar library, which now contains 
about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for tbe library and other departmental 
activities is provided by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, which was established in 
1960 by friends of the department. The furniture in the library and seminar room 
was donated in honor of Claude V. Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough b\ 
their families. 

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible the establishment of 
a lectureship and a seminar. The late Guy T. Carswell has endowed tbe Guy T. and 
Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift from James Montgomery Hester 
the Hester Philosophy Seminar. In addition, a lectureship bearing his name has 
been instituted in honor of Claude V. Roebuck. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 
the honors program in philosophy. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
in Philosophy," a student must submit an acceptable prospectus for an honors thesis 
by November for graduation in the spring semester or by May for graduation in the 
fall semester, present a satisfactory paper based on the prospectus, and show an 
acceptable level of performance in a discussion of the paper with the honors adviser 
and at least one other member of the departmental faculty. 

133. Space and Time in Fact and Fiction. (4) Are space and time fundamentally 
different? Are they properties of the physical world or of minds only? Are they 
finite or infinite in extension and duration? Other questions cover problems and 
paradoxes in the concept of space and in the concept of time travel. 

151. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (4) An examination of the basic concepts of 
several representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of 
knowledge, man. Cod. mind, and matter. 

161. Logic. (4) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of 
fallacies, and logical analysis. 

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. (4. 4) A critical survey of 
religious and philosophical ideas in the Western world from antiquity to modern 
times. Either Philosophy 171 or 172 satisfies the philosophy or religion require- 






112 

ment; both 171 and 172 satisfy both the philosophy and religion requirements 
choice determined at registration. 

201. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (4) A study of philosophical problems such 
as the nature of faith, reason, universals, and God in the thought of Plato, Aristotle, 
Augustine, Abelard, Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. P-Philosophv 151, 171, or 
172. 

211. Modern Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to 
Nietzsche. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

222. Contemporary Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from Russell 
to Sartre. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

230. Plato. (4) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues, covering Plato's most 
important contributions to ethics, political philosophy, theory of knowledge, 
metaphysics, and theology. P-Philosoph 151, 171, or 172. 

231. Aristotle. (4) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics, 
and theory of knowledge. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

241. Kant. (4) A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important 
contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and religion. P- 
Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

242. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre. (4) An examination of selected sources 
embodying the basic concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre, especially as the\ 
relate to each other in terms of influence, development, and opposition. 
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

261. Ethics. (4) A critical study of selected problems and representative works in 
ethical theory. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

271. Symbolic Logic. (4) Basic concepts and techniques of modern deductive logic, 
beginning with the logic/truth functions and quantification theory. Attention given 
to advanced topics such as descriptions, classes, and number, and to issues in the 
philosophy of logic. 

275. Concepts of the Self: (4) A systematic examination of selected texts, classical 
and contemporary, dealing with the origin, nature, powers, and fate of the self. 
Authors studied include Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, Locke, Hume, Kant, and 
Wittgenstein. Not open to students who have credit for Philosophy 137. 
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

279. Philosophy of Science. (4) A systematic exploration of the conceptual 
foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

282. Philosophy of Law. (4) A philosophical inquiry into the nature of law and its 
relation to morality. Classroom discussions of readings from the works of classical 
and modern authors focus on issues of contemporary concern involving questions 
of legal principle, personal liberty, human rights, responsibility, justice, and 
punishment. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

285. Philosophy of Art. (4) A critical examination of several philosophies of art, 



113 



with emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. 
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

287. Philosophy of Religion. (4) A systematic analysis of the logical structure of 
'religious language and belief, including an examination of religious experience, 
mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the nature and existence of God. 
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

290. Readings in Philosophy. (4) A discussion of several important works in 
philosophy or closely related areas. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

292. Wittgenstein. (4) A senior seminar in which the work of Ludwig Wittgenstein 
on several central philosophical problems is studied and compared with that of 
Trege, James, and Russell. Topics include the picture theory of meaning, truth, 
scepticism, private languages, thinking, feeling, the mystical, and the ethical. 
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

-294. Seminar in Epistemological Problems. (4) A senior course requiring a major 
research paper. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

( 295. Seminar in Metaphysical Problems. (4) A senior course requiring a major 
'research paper. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

297, 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. (4, 4) Senior courses 
treating selected topics in philosophy. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172. 

* 

i Physical Education 

William L. Hottinger, Chairman 

Associate Professors William L. Hottinger, Paul M. Ribisl 

Assistant Professors W. Thomas Boone, Dorothy Casey, Leo Ellison, 

Walter Rejeski 

Visiting Assistant Professor Sarah D. Hutslar 

Lecturer J. William Dellastatious 

Instructors Donald Bergey, Deborah S. David, Gail L. Sailer, 

Gale Chamblee 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to organize, administer, 
and supervise (1) a required physical education program consisting of conditioning 
activities, varied team and individual sports, and special corrective and remedial 
instruction to all students with physical problems according to the individual's need; 
(2) an intramural sports program which allows all students to participate and specialize 
I in sports which can be of lifelong benefit; (3) a supervised recreation program 
consisting of varied recreational and leisure time activities; and (4) a professional 
education program which offers the necessary preparation for those interested in the 
fields of health, physical education, recreation, and athletic coaching. 

Physical Education Requirement 

All entering students are required to complete two semesters of physical 
education: Physical Education 111, Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness, and 
one additional course selected from the 100-series of physical education courses. 






114 



The requirement must be met before enrollment in additional elective courses. It is 
recommended that the requirement be completed by the end of the student's first 
year; it must be completed by the end of the second year. 

Courses in Basic Instruction and Elective Physical Education 

111. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness 

112. Sports Proficiency 

113. Adaptive Physical Education 

114. Weight Control 

115. Physical Conditioning 

116. Weight Training 

120. Beginning Dance Technique 

121. Intermediate Dance Technique (P-Physical Education 120 or permission of tin 
instructor) 

122. Advanced Dance Technique (P -Physical Education 121 or permission of the instructor) 

123. Dance Composition (P-Physical Education 121) 

124. Social Dance 

125. Folk/Square Dance 

130. Beginning Tumbling/Free Exercise 

131. Intermediate Tumbling/Free Exercise 

132. Beginning Gymnastic Apparatus 

133. Intermediate Gymnastic Apparatus 

134. Aero-Sports 

140. Beginning Swimming 

141. Intermediate/Advanced Swimming 

142. Beginning Scuba Diving 

143. Water Ballet/Synchronized Swimming 

144. Springboard Diving 

145. Advanced Lifesaving and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (P-Strong swimming 
ability) 

146. Water Safety Instructor's Course (P-Current advanced lifesaving certification) 

150. Beginning Tennis 

151. Intermediate 'Tennis 

152. Advanced Tennis (P-Physical Education 151 or permission of the instructor) 

153. Beginning! Intermediate Racquetball 

154. Beginning/Intermediate Badminton 

155. Beginning Squash Racquets 

160. Beginning Golf 

161. Intermediate Golf 

162. Arc hen 

163. Bowling 

164. Beginning/Intermediate Handball 

165. Recreational Games 

170. Volleyball 

171. Soccer 



15 



175. Wrestling 

176. Fencing 

179. Beginning Horseback Riding 

180. Intermediate! Advanced Horseback Riding 

181. Snow Skiing 

182. Beginning Ice Figure Skating 
190. Sports Option 

Courses for the Major 

Students desiring to elect a major in physical education and health to satisfy the 
state requirements for a teaching certificate must he of junior standing. Biology 1 1 1 
and 150 are required, along with the following courses in physical education and 
health: 220, 221, 222, 224, 230, 240, 250, 352, 353, 357. 300, and 303. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 
the honors program in physical education. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Physical Education," they must participate satisfactorily in Physical 
Education 382 and pass a comprehensive written examination. Upon satisfactory 
completion of these requirements they are recommended for graduation with 
"Honors in Physical Education." For additional information members of die 
departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Any student interested in majoring in physical education should consult the 
chairman of the department as soon as possible after entering the University. 

201. Outdoor Exploration. (2) Introduction to various outdoor recreational and 
survival skills. (Offered jointly with Military Science.) 

212. The Psychology of Sport. (3) A study of the psychological and sociological 
bases underlying sports, games, dance, and gymnastics and the impact these forces 
now have on society and culture. 

220. Methods and Materials in Aquatics. (2) Presentation of knowledge, skill, and 
methods of teaching acquatics. 

221. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics and Dance. (4) Presentation of 
knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching gymnastics and dance. 

222. Methods and Materials in Teaching and Coaching Team Sports. (4) 

Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching, coaching, and officiating 
team sports. 

224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. (4) Theory and 
practice in organization and teaching selected individual and dual sports in a 
comprehensive physical education program. 

230. First Aid and Athletic Training. (2) A study of first aid techniques and the 
care and treatment of athletic injuries. 

240. Physical Education for Pre-School and Elementary School. (3) A study of the 
developmental stages of fundamental motor skills and a presentation of methods of 
teaching physical education activities to the pre-school and elementary school child. 



116 






250. Principles, Organization, and Administration of Health, Physical Education 
and Athletics. (4) A study of principles, organization, and administration of health 
physical education, and athletics. 

310. Applied Field Study. (2) A course involving application of theory and methods 
of solving problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate 
career goals. P-Physical Education 251 or permission of the instructor. 

352. Anatomy and Physiology. (5) A course to provide students of physical 
education with a functional knowledge of the anatomical structure and physiologic - 
al function of the human body. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. (4) The course presents the many effects of musculai 
activity on the processes of the body which constitute the scientific basis of physical 
education. 

357. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. (5) A study of the principles oi 
human motion based on anatomical, physiological, and mechanical principles andi 
the application of these principles along with other special considerations in 
developing a program for the atypical student. 

360. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. (3) A course 1 
in measurement techniques and beginning statistical procedures to determine pupil 
status in established standards of health and physical education which reflect the 
prevailing educational philosophy. 

363. Personal and Community Health and Safety Education. (3) A course 
presenting personal, family, and community health problems; a studv of safety in 
the schools. 

382. Individual Study in Health and Physical Education. (1-4) Library confer- 
ences and laboratory research performed on an individual basis. 

Physics 

George P. Williams Jr., Chairman 

Professors Robert W. Brehme, Ysbrand Haven, Howard W. Shields, 

George P. Williams Jr. 

Associate Professor William C. Kerr 

Visiting Assistant Professor Ward A. Riley 

The program of courses for each student majoring in physics is developed 
through consultation with the student's major adviser and may lead to either a 
Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree. The B.A. degree requires a 
minimum of basic physics courses and allows a wide selection of electives related to 
the student's interests in other disciplines. The B.S. degree is designed to prepare 
students for careers in physics, perhaps beginning with graduate study. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in physics requires thirty-seven credits in physics 
and must include courses 141, 161, 162, 345, and two from 230, 352, and 351. The 
Bachelor of Science degree in physics requires forty-five credits in physics and must 
include courses 311, 312, 343, 344, 345, and 346. For either degree, two courses in 
chemistry or the equivalent and Mathematics 251 are required. 



117 



A typical schedule for the first two years: 

F res 1 1 man S op h o more 

Basic and divisional requirements Basic and divisional requirements 

Physics 111, 112 or 121, 122 (five courses) 

: Mathematics 111, 112 Physics 141. 162 

Foreign Language Mathematics 251 

If this sequence is followed, the physics major may be completed in such a way as 

allow considerable flexibility in exercising various options, such as the five-year 
i.A./M.S. program. This saves not only time and tuition, but may be profitable in 

s ither ways. 

If Physics 111-112 or 121-122 is not taken in the freshman year, one of the 
equences may be taken in the sophomore year; the degree requirements in physics 
may still be completed by the end of the senior year. No student may be a candidate 
tor a degree with a major in physics with a grade less than C in general physics 
ivithout special permission of the department. 

1 Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 
Jie honors program in physics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 

mysics," they must complete satisfactorily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive 
vritten examination. For additional information on these programs or on the 
•ngineering program the chairman or a member of the departmental faculty 
hould be consulted. 

[101. Conceptual Physics. (5) A non-mathematical introduction to the essential 
mnciples of classical and modern physics based on a conceptual treatment of the 
nore exciting contemporary aspects of the subject. Credit not allowed for both 101 
ind 111. Lab-two hours. 

104. Introductory Physics for Teachers. (3) No lab. Does not satisfv Division II 
equirements. 

05. Descriptive Astronomy. (4) An introductory study of the universe, from the 
olar system to the galaxies. 

06. Physics and the Sounds of Music. (3 or 4) A study of the production, 
propagation, and perception of musical sounds. Satisfies no divisional require- 
nents. No prerequisites; no lab. 

108. Energy and the Environment. (2) A descriptive, non-mathematical introduc- 
tion to the concept of energy and its role in the environment. Does not satisfy 
Oivision II requirements. 

ill, 112. Introductory Physics. (5, 5) Essentials of mechanics, wave motion, heat, 
' ound, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics for freshmen and 
ophomores. Lab-two hours. 

1121, 122. General Physics. (5, 5) A course designed for those who expect to major 
n physics or chemistry. A calculus treatment of the topics covered in 111, 112. A 
tudent may not receive credit for both this course and Physics 111, 112. Lab-two 
tours. C-Mathematics 111. 



118 



141. Elementary Modern Physics. (4) The development of twentieth centui 
physics and an introduction to quantum ideas. P-Physics 112 or 121; C-Mathemati< 
112. 

161. Applied Mechanics. (5) The fundamental principles of mechanics. Lab-thre 
hours. Offered in the spring of even-numbered years. P- Physics 111 or 121 an 
Mathematics 111 or equivalent. 

162. Introductory Electricity. (5) The fundamental principles of electricn 
magnetism, and electromagnetic radiation. Lab-three hours. P-Physics 1L 
C-Mathematics 112. 

230. Electronics. (4) Introduction to the theory and application of transistors an 
electronic circuits. Lab-three hours. Offered in the fall of odd-numbered years. P-Physit 
162 or equivalent. 

301, 302. Physics Seminar, (0, 0) Discussion of contemporary research, usuallv wit 
visiting scientists. Attendance required of junior and senior physics majors. 

311. Mechanics. (4) A junior/senior level treatment of analytic classical mechanic 
P-Mathematics 251. 

312. Electromagnetic Theory. A junior/senior level treatment of classical electn 
magnetic theory. P-Physics 162 and Mathematics 251. 

331, 332. Acoustics I, II. (4, 4) A study of the fundamental principles an 
applications of the generation, transmission, and reception of sound and it 
interaction with various media. 

343, 344. Modern Physics. (4, 4) Application of the elementary principles i 
quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics. 

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1,1) The laboratory associated with Physi 
343, 344. Lab-three hours. 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (4, 4) Introduction to classical 

and statistical thermodynamics and distribution functions. Offered in the spring u\ 
odd-numbered years. 

352. Physical Optics and Spectra. (5) A study of physical optics and the quantum 

treatment of spectra. Lab-three hours. Offered in the fall of even-numbered yearn 

381. Research. (4) Library, conference, and laboratory work performed on ai 
individual basis. 

Politics 

James A. Steintrager, Chairman 

Professors C. H. Richards Jr., James A. Steintrager 

Professor of History and Asian Studies Balkrishna Govind Gokhale 

Associate Professors David B. Broyles, Jack D. Fleer, Carl C. Moses, 

Jon M. Reinhardt, Donald O. Schoonmaker. Richard D. Sears 

Instructor Robert L. Utley 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is to understand th 
way in which policy for a society is formulated and executed and to understand thi 



119 



mral standards by which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often 

escribed alternatively as the study of power, of government, of the state, or of 

unian relations in their political context. For teaching purposes, the study of 

iolitics has been divided by the department into the following fields: ( 1) American 

lolitics, (2) comparative politics, (3) political philosophy, and (4) international 

iolitics. Introductory courses in the fust three of these fields provide broad and 

exible approaches to studying political life. 

pi The major in politics consists of thirty-six credits, of which no more than four 

I reclits may be earned in January courses. The courses must include the following: 

: i) a first course selected from Politics 113, 114, or 1 15; (b) any one introductory or 

dvanced course in each of the lour fields of the discipline, restricted to 

^on-seminar courses; (c) one seminar in politics (usually a student takes no more 

lan one seminar in each field and no more than three seminars overall). A 

linimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in politics is required for 

raduation. Majors should consult with their advisers concerning additional 

?gulations. 

Highly qualified majors ate invited by the department to apply for admission to 
le honors program in politics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
iolitics," they must successfully complete Politics 2S4 and one seminar course. For 
dditional information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 
^ A student who selects politics to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one 
if the following courses: Politics 1 13, 1 14, or 1 15. NO introductory level course is 
equired for students taking a politics course as an elective unless such a 
prerequisite is specified in the course description. 

Introductory Courses 

1 
A student may take any one of the following as the first course in the department; 
lore than one may be taken. Ordinarily a student is expected to take Politics 1 13 as 
ie first course. 

13. Introduction to Politics: American Politics. (4) The nature ol politics, 
[lolitical principles, and political institutions, with emphasis on their application to 
ne United Slates. 

; 14. Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics. (4) Political processes and 
Principles as applied to traditional, developing, and mature states. 

15. Introduction to Politics: Political Theory. (4) Major systematic statements of 
iie rules and principles oi political life. Representative waiters are Tocqueville, 
)ahl, and Aristotle. 

American Politics 

10. Public Policy Analysis. (4) Analysis of the substance of public problems and 
•olicy alternatives. Examination of win government pursues certain policies and 
lie consequences of those policies. 

11. Political Parties and Voting Behavior. (4) An examination of part) 



120 

competition, party organizations, the electorate and electoral activities of partie 
and the responsibilities of parties for governing. 

213. Public Administration. (4) Introduction to the study of public administratio 
emphasizing policy-making in government agencies. 

218. Congress and Policy-Making. (4) An examination of the compositioi 
authority structures, external influences, and procedures of Congress wit 
emphasis on their implications for policy-making in the United Stales. 

220. The American Presidency. (4) Emphasis on the office and the rol< 
contributions by contemporary presidents considered in perspective. 

221. North Carolina Politics. (4) A study of three major components of the state 1 
political system: electoral competition, legislative politics, and executive politic 
(particularly the office of governor). Offered in January. 

222. Urban Problems and Politics. (4) Political structures and processes i 
American cities and suburbs as thev relate to the social, economic, and politic 
problems of the metropolis. 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal Systeir 

(4) An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of th 
national government and federal/state relations. 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (4) Judicial interpretations < 
First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminal 
accused. 

227. Politics, Law, and the Legal Process. (4) Analysis of the nature and possibl 
sources of law, the proper role of law in social change, structure and process in th 
legal system, and the impact of legally decided policies on society, including thei 
propensity for justice and fairness in American democratic society. 

228. Watergate. (3, 4) An investigation of the Watergate crisis in the context of th 
political scandals of American history. 

Comparative Politics 

231. Western European Politics. (4) Analysis of the political systems of Grea 
Britain, France, and Italy, focusing primarily on the problems of stable democracy 

232. Government and Politics in the Soviet Union. (4) Analysis of the institution 
and processes of politics in the USSR and examination of political developments ii 
the other states of Eastern Europe. 

233. Modern German Politics. (4) A study of the political systems of twentietl 
century Germany, with comparison of political behavior and governmenta 
institutions of West Germany and East Germany. 

234. Government and Politics in East Asia. (4) An analysis of the political 
institutions and processes in China and Japan, with emphasis on the problem o 
modernization. 

235. The Politics of Revolution. (4) The comparative study of revolution as . 



12 



;istorical phenomenon and as an alternative means oi change in the contemporary 
orld. Analysis of the nature, the background and causes, the processes, the 
%rieties, and the consequences of revolution, and an attempt to assess the 
ipabilities or potential of some current movements purporting to be revolution- 
ary. Some revolutions receiving particular attention are those oi England, Prance, 
ussia, Mexico, Cuba, and China, and some broad movements included are the 
evv Left and contemporary anarchism in the United States and Western Europe. 

36. Government and Politics in Latin America. (4) Comparative analysis <>l the 
istitutions and processes ol politics in the Latin American region. 

1 38. History, Culture, and Political Change. (4) The study ol how major cultures 
irticulate or symbolize their existence either in histoi \ or moving through history. 

pecial attention given to an evaluation oi current concepts applied to political 

nange. 

39. Comparative Bureaucratic Elites. (1) An investigation oi the role oi top civil 
frvants in the decision-making process oi industrialized political systems. The 
.ilemma of bureaucratic power and democratic accountability explored in the 

olitical systems of the United States, West Germany, Great Britain. Fiance. Italy, 
nd one of the Scandinavian countries. 

40. Socialism in Cuba. (4) An intensive stuck oi contemporary Cuba embracing 

ionsideration oi several aspects: the origins and course oi development oi the 

iuban variety of socialism; (he political, economic, and social structures, methods. 

policies, and goals; the status and role oi leaders and institutions; comparison with 

ome other major Marxist regimes; and prospec ts for the future. Offered in January. 
I 

41. Politics in Mexico. (4) A study oi Mexican political life from historical and 

ociocultural perspectives, focusing particularly upon the subject oi political c ulture 
nd socialization. One week on campus, the remainder in Mexico. Offered in 
\anuary. 

42. Problems in Comparative Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or more 
lajor problems in contemporary comparative politics. 

45. Government and Politics of South Asia. (4) A study oi the governments oi 
ndia, Pakistan. Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organizations, party 
tructures, and subnational governmental systems. 

48. Political and Economic Systems. (4) An investigation oi the wax in which 
•olitical and economic systems impinge on each other. The chief focus is on the wax 
n which a particular economic system affects a political system. Offered in January. 
l! 

International Politics 

151. Fundamentals of International Politics. (4) Fundamental theoretical ((ties- 
ions of international politics, with special emphasis on existing international 
>attems. 

!52. Current Problems in International Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or 
nore major problems oi contemporary international politics. 



122 






254. American Foreign Policy: Contemporary Problems. (4) A critical examin; 
t ion of different methods of studying American foreign policy and of selecte 
policies followed by t lie United States since the early 1960s. 

255. American Foreign Policy: The Cold War Period. (4) A critical examination d 
the forces which shape American foreign policy and of selected policies followe 
from World War II to the Cuban Missile Crisis. 

256. The Cold War: Research in Washington, D. C. ( 1 ) The course focuses on Coh 
War research in Washington, D.C., using the resources of the National Archive 
and the Library of Congress. Offered in January. 

Political Philosophy 

271. Plato, Aristotle, and Classical Political Philosophy. (4) An examination of th< 
nature and goals of the classical position, with attention both to its origins in ancien 
Athens and its diffusion through Rome and the medieval world. Representatiw 
writers are Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero. 

272. Equality and Liberty. (4) The arguments lor and against democracy an< 

republicanism, majority rule, and the tights of man. Representative writers arc 
Rousseau and Mill. 

273. Radical Critiques of Political Society. ( f) Anarchist, soc :ialist, and communis 

criticisms of and alternatives to existing political societies, with special attention t< 
such problems as utopianism and alienation. Representative writers are Marx am 
Nietzsche. 

275. Theory of the American Polity. (4) Critical examination of the intent ol t lie 
Framers and the nature of the American polity. Representative writers are the 
Federalists, Jefferson, and Lincoln. Does not meet theory distribution requirement 
lor majors. 

278. Foundations of Modern Political Philosophy. (4) An examination of tin 
essential writings of thinkers who broke with the past in an attempt to establish ,i 
more "realistic" approach to the stuck of politics. Representative writers are 
Machiavelli, Hobbes, and Locke. 

279. Minor Classics in Political Thought. (4) The stud) of one or two authors of 

importance not ordinarily covered in courses in political thought or the study o 
minor writings of major authors. Examples: Xenophon, Averroes, Swift, and 
Locke's First Treatise. Offered in January. 

Honors and Individual Study 

284. Honors Study. (4) A conference course with a lac ult\ committee. Readings in 
several fields provide the basis for an extensh e paper on a subject of spec ial interest 
to the student. Ibis course is taken in the senior year by all candidates foi 
departmental honors. 

287. Individual Study. (2, 3, or 4) Internships, work/study projects, and othei 
individual study programs. 



123 



Seminars 

91. Seminar in American Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent 
udy on selected topics. P-Permission of the department. 

92. Seminar in Comparative Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent 
1 udy on selected topics. P-Permission of the department. 

93. Seminar in International Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent 
'tudy on selected topics. P-Permission of the department. 

94. Seminar in Political Philosophy. (4) Readings, research, and independent 
tudy on selected topics. P-Permission ol the department. 

Psychology 

I J°hn E. Williams, Chairman 

h Professors Robert C. Beck, Robert H. Dufort, lohn E. Williams 

Associate Professors David W. Catron, Philippe R. Falkenberg, 

David Allen Hills, Charles L. Richman, John J. Woodmansee 

Assistant Professor Cecilia H. Solano 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Frank B. Wood 

Visiting Assistant Professor Jean C. Seeman 

Lecturer Brian M. Austin 

Instructors Deborah L. Best, Kathryn B. Williams 

Adjunct Instructors Sam T. Manoogian, David A. Stump 

ii 

Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. Courses 
lumbered below 151 do not count toward Division IV requirements or toward the 
najor in psychology. Psychology 211, or special permission of the instructor, is 
>rerequisite lor all 300-level courses except 313, 335, 344, 358, and 367. 

It is recommended that students who are considering psychology as a major take 
-•sychologv 151 in their freshman year and Psychology 211 in the fall of tlieii 
■ophomore year. An average of C in psychology courses is required at the time the 
najor is elected. The major in psychology requires the completion of a minimum of 
'forty credits in psychology, including 151,211,212, and 313. In addition, the major 
itudent must complete one course from each of the following groups: 320, 326. 
329, and 333; 341, 351, 355, and 362. No more than forty-eight psychology credits 
may be counted toward the graduation requirement. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to participate in the 
lonors program in psychology. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Psychology," the student must complete satisfactorily a special sequence of courses 
'381, 383) and pass an oral or written examination. In addition, the honors student 
normally has a non-credit research apprenticeship with a faculty member. For more 
detailed information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

100. Learning to Learn. (4) A workshop to help people improve their learning skills 
through the application of basic principles of learning, remembering, and so forth. 
Students at all levels welcomed. No prerequisite. Pass/Fail only. 

102. Exploration of Career Planning. (4) Examination of educational/vocational 



124 



planning as a personal process, based on knowledge of self and the work world. N< 
prerequisite. 

151. Introductory Psychology. (4) A systematic survey of psychology as thel 
scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. 

211, 212. Research Methods in Psychology. (5, 5) Introduction to the design anc 
statistical analysis of psychological research. Lab-twice weekly. P-Psychology 151 J 

239. Altered States of Consciousness. (4) Examination of altered states oi 
consciousness with special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis, and 
drugs. P-Psychology 151. 

241. Developmental Psychology. (3 or 4) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive 
and social development in humans from conception lo death. P-Psychology 151. 

245. Survey of Abnormal Behavior. C.) or 4) Study of problem behaviors such as 
depression, alcoholism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias, and pathogenic 
personality patterns, with emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships ol 
these disorders to normal lifestyles. P-Psychology 151. 

250. Psychology Abroad. (4) The study of psychology in foreign countries. Content 
and travel plans vary from year to year depending upon interests of faculty and 
students. Usually offered in January. P-Psychology 151. 

255. Theories of Personality. (3 or 4) A comparative study of classical and 
contemporary theories of human personality. P-Psychology 151. 

260. Social Psychology. (3 or 4) A survey of the field, including theories of social 
behavior, interpersonal attraction, attitudes and attitude change, and group 
behavior. P-Psychology 151. 

264. The Therapeutic Process. (4) Theories and laboratory practice of a variety of 
psychotherapeutic methods, with special empbasis on developing the student's 
facilitative skills as a therapeutic agent. P-Psychology 151. 

265. Human Sexuality: A Changing Scene. (4) An exploration of the psychological 
and physiological aspects of human sexuality, with attention to changing sexual 
mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction, and sex-related roles. P-Psvchology 
151. 

268. Psychology of Business and Industry. (3 or 4) Psychological principles and 
methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and industry. 
P-Psychology 151. 

270. Topics in Psychology. (1,2, or 3) The student selects from among a group of 
short one-credit courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet 
sequentially, not concurrently, and options are offered in each portion of the 
semester. P-Psychology 151. 

270A. Aggression 270E. Emotion 

270B. Applications of Psychology 270F. Human Sexuality 

270C. Biofeedback 270G. Information-Processing 

270D. Brain/Behavior Relations 270H. Intelligence 



125 



1701. Race and Young Children 270L. Sex Stereotypes and Roles 

110]. Memory 270M. The Gifted and Creative Person 

\270K. Psychology and Politics 270N. Liking and Loving Relationships 

275. Issues in Psychology. (4) Seminar on contemporary theoretical and research 
Issues in psychology. P-Psychology 151. 

280. Directed Study. (1-4) Student research performed under faculty supervision. 
P-Psychologv 151 and permission of the instructor. 

'281. Individual Study. (4) A special project conducted under faculty supervision. 
P-Psychologv 151 and permission of the department. 

313. History and Systems of Psychology. (4) The development of psychological 
thought and research from ancient Greece to present trends, with emphasis on 
intensive examination of original sources. P-Psychologv 151. 

320. Physiological Psychology. (4) Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical 
explanations of behavior. P-Psvchologv 211 or permission of the instructor. 

1322. Behavior Genetics. (2) A study of the effects of genes and chromosomes on 

behavior and the importance of behavior in understanding evolution. P-Psychology 

211. 

323. Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal 

behavior. This course may count as biology or psychology but not both; choice to be 

determined at registration. P-Permission of the instructor. 

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3 or 4) Survey of concepts and research in 
learning, with particular emphasis on recent developments. P-Psychology 211. 

329. Perception. (4) Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory 
systems (vision, hearing, touch, taste). P-Psychology 211. 

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3 or 4) Survey of basic motivational concepts and 
related evidence. P-Psychology 211. 

335. Fundamentals of Human Motivation. (4) Description and analysis of some 
fundamental motivational phenomena, with special reference to human problems; 
includes reward and punishment, conflict, anxiety, affection, needs for achieve- 
ment and power, aggression, creativity, and curiosity. P-Psvchologv 151. 

341. Research in Child Development. (4) Methodological issues and selected 
research in child development. Research projects required. P-Psvchologv 211. 

343. Developmental Disorders. (2) Delayed or distorted neural development 
studied in relation to major disturbances of learning and behavior in children and 
in the aging. P-Psychologv 211. 

344. Abnormal Psychology. (4) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal 
behavior with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes and major 
modes of therapy. Offered in the summer. P-Psvchologv 151. 

347. Mental Retardation. (2) A brief overview of mental retardation covering 
current definitions, diagnostic procedures, primary known causal factors, and 
treatment procedures. Includes observational and/or practicum work in community 
centers. P-Psychology 211. 



126 



351. Personality Research. (4) The application of a variety of research procedures 
to the study of human personality. Research projects required. P-Psychology 211. 

355. Research in Social Psychology. (4) Methodological issues and selected 
research in the study of the human as a social animal. Field research projects 
required. P-Psychology 211. 

358. Psychology of Woman. (4) Intensive study of the behavior of women and its 
personal application, including consideration ol biological, social, and motivational 
factors. P-Psychology 151. 

361. Operant Conditioning and Behavior Modification. (4) Principles, theory, and 
experimental research in operant learning, with applications to the modification of 
behavior in various populations and situations. P-Psychology 211. 

362. Psychological Tests and Measurements. (4) Theory and application of 
psychological assessment procedures in the areas of intelligence, aptitude, 
vocational interest, and personality P-Psychology 211. 

363. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3 or 4) An overview of the field of clinical 
psychology. P-Psychology 245 and senior standing or permission of the instructor. 

367. Effectiveness in Parent/Child Relations. (4) A survey of popular approaches 
to child-rearing, with examination of the research literature on parent/child 
interaction and actual training in parental skills. P-Psychology 151. 

369. Contemporary Applications of Psychology. (4) Supervised field experience in 
applied psychology. P-Psychology 151 and permission of the instructor. 

378. Instrumentation for Psychological Research. (2-4) Lecture/demonstration 
presentation of electrical and mechanical equipment, followed by practical 
application in small group project work. Assumes no prior knowledge of electricty 
or construction. P-Permission of the instructor. 

381. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended 
primarily for students in the departmental honors program. P-Ps\chologv 21 1 and 
permission of the instructor. 

383. Honors Research. (3) Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed 
by independent empirical research under the supervision of a member of the 
departmental faculty. P-Psvchologv 212 and permission ol the instructor. 

390. Advanced Theory and Method. (4) Seminar in a selected area of psvc hological 
theory and research. P-Psychology 211. 

392. Contemporary Problems in Psychology. (4) Seminar treatment of current 
theory and research in several "frontier" areas of psychology. Principally for senior 
majors planning to attend graduate school. P-Psychology 21 1 and senior standing. 



L. 







IPPfS 

• 9 

Im §> £t §i Hi 




127 



Religion 

Emmett Willard Hamrick, Chairman 

Professors John William Angell, George McLeod Bryan, Robert Allen Dyer, 

George J. Griffin, Emmett Willard Hamrick, Carlton T. Mitchell, 

Charles H. Talbert 

Visiting Professor Roger Hazelton 

Associate Professors John E. Collins, Fred L. Horton Jr. 

Assistant Professor Ralph C. Wood Jr. 

Visiting Lecturer Thomas E. Dougherty Jr. 

The department offers courses designed to give every student an opportunity to 
require at least an introduction to the lilt-, literature, and most important 
movements in the field of religion. It also seeks to give the students preparing for 
specialized service as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries the 
foundational courses needed for further study. 

A course in religion is required for .ill degrees. Any course offered In the 
department is accepted to meet the requirement except for 218, 225, 237, 239, 240. 
265, 266, 270, 273, 282. 286, 287, 202. and 346. 

A major in religion requires a minimum of thirty-two credits, at least half of 
which must he in courses above the 100-level. 

Pre-ministerial students are advised to include in their program of stuch. in 
addition to courses in religion, courses in philosophy, ancient history, public 
speaking, and two languages ((.reek or Latin and German or French). 

Highly qualified majors ate invited by the department to apply for admission to 
the honors program in religion. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Religion," they must apply to the chairman of the department for admission to the 
honors program, normally by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all 
the requirements the candidate is graduated with "Honors in Religion.' For 
additional information members of the departmental faculty should he consulted. 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (4) A survey of the Old Testament 
designed to introduce the student to the history, literature, and religion of the 
ancient Hebrews. 

112. Introduction to the New Testament. (4) A survey of the literature of the New 
Testament in the context of early Christian history. 

113. The Hebrew Prophets. (4) A study of tfie background, personal characteris- 
tics, function, message, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew 
prophets. 

114. The Wisdom Literature. (4) An introduction to the Wisdom Literature of the 

Old Testament, with special attention to Proverbs. 

120. Introduction to the Bible. (4) A consideration of prominent themes found in 
the Old and New Testaments. May he taken only bv students who do not take- 
Religion 111 or 1 12. 

131. Basic Christian Ethics. (4) The Biblical and theological foundation of the 
Christian ethic and its expression in selected contemporary problems. 



128 

161. World Religions. (4) The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and 
accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical 
point of view. 

164. History of Christianity. (4) A rapid survey of the history of the Christian 
Church. 

166. American Religious Life. (4) A study of the history, organization, worship, 
and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention to cultural 
factors. 

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. (4, 4) A critical survey of 
religion and philosophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern times. 
Either Religion 171 or 172 satisfies the philosophy or religion requirement; both 
171 and 172 satisfy both the philosophy and religion requirements; choice 
determined at registration. 

173. An Introduction to Christian Theology. (4) A study of the ground, structure. 
and content of Christian belief. 

176. Theology and Modern Literature. (4) A study of modern literary artists whose 
themes are primarily theological, from Hopkins to Tolkien. 

200. Myth. (4) A study of the approaches to the interpretation of'mvth, with a focus 
on the meaning and values implicit in the myths of contemporary culture. 

201. Meaning of Religion. (4) A phenomenological study of different ways of 
defining religion, including views of representative philosophers, psychologists, 
sociologists, anthropologists, theologians, and historians of religion. 

202. Religious Ecstasy. (4) A phenomenological study of religious ecstasy and of 
the methods by which it is obtained. Views of selected psychologists, sociologists, 
anthropologists, and historians of religion considered. 

214. Introduction to Biblical Archeology. (4) A survey of the contributions of Near 
Eastern archeology to Biblical studies. 

215. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (4) Reading and study 
of Biblical and non-Biblical apocalyptic texts. 

217. The Old Testament Apocrypha. (4) Reading of the books of the Apocrypha, 
with special attention to their origin and significance, and with a consideration of 
the ambivalence of Judaism and Christianity toward this literature. Pass/Fail. 
Usually offered in January. 

218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (4) Travel and study in such countries 
as Creece, Italy, 4 urkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel. 

224. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (4) A study of Jesus' proclamation and activity 
in the light of modern critical research on the Gospels. 

225. The Gospel Genre. (4) Consideration of the Apocryphal Gospels and of 
non-Christian writings that assist in answering the question, what is a gospel? 
Pass/Fail optional. 

236. Church and Community. (4) An examination of the basic needs and trends of 



129 

the contemporary community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the 
Christian norms for "the good community." 

237. Black Religion and Black Churches in America. (4) Survey of literature on 
these themes with an examination of the historical background and special 
attention to the contemporary area. 

238. Religion and Science. (4) An analysis of the relationship between science and 
, religion in world culture. 

239. Ethical Value Systems in Confrontation, Conflict, and Creativity. (4) 

i Exposure to Third World cultures by travel to Africa, Asia, or Latin America. 
/ Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January. 

'■ 240. Principles of Religious Education. (4) A study of the theory and practice of 
' religious education, with emphasis on the basic foundations in religion and 
education. 

261. Judaism in the First Three Centuries of the Common Era. (4) A study of the 
development of Rabbinic Judaism out of the sects and movements of first century 
■ Judaism. 

'265. Religion in North Carolina. (4) A study of the major religious groups in North 
> Carolina, with special emphasis upon their historical backgrounds. Visits to 
historical churches and other sites. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January. 

i 266. Religious Sects and Cults. (4) An examination of certain religious sects in 
America, including such groups as Jehovah"s Witnesses, communal groups, and 
Black Muslims. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January. 

| 270. Walker Percy. (4) A theological examination of his novels and essays, his 
, Southern stoic background, and his use of European existentialism. 

273. Studies in Ecumenical Theology. (4) A study of the ecumenical movement 
among Christians in the twentieth century, especially as related to the World 
Council of Churches and the Vatican. The course involves visits to Geneva and 
Rome. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January. 

276. The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. (4) A comparative analysis of 
the source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschvlus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and 
Shakespeare. 

277. Christian Literary Classics. (4) A study of Christian texts which are 
masterpieces of literature as well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante, 
Pascal, Bunyan, Milton, and Newman. 

282. Honors in Religion. (4) A conference course including directed reading and 
the writing of a research report. 

286, 287. Directed Reading. (1-4. 1-4) A project in an area of study not otherwise 
available in the department, permitted upon departmental approval of a petition 
presented by a qualified student. 

292. Teaching of Religion. (4) A study of the teaching of religion in church, school, 
and community. This course may be credited as education for those who are 
applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education. 



130 



312. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. (4) A study of Hebrew poetry, its 
types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance in the faith of 
ancient Israel. 

315, 316. Field Research in Biblical Archeology. (4, 4) A studv of the religion and 
culture of the ancient Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an 
ancient site. 

317. The Ancient Near East. (4) A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern 
cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with 
surrounding peoples. 

321. The Quest for the Historical Jesus. (4) An investigation of the possibilitv and 
relevance of historical knowledge about Jesus through a consideration of the 
seminal "Lives of Jesus" since the eighteenth century. 

322. The General Epistles. (4) An exegetical study of two or more of the General 
Epistles, with emphasis on the setting of the epistles in the life of the Earlv Church. 

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (4) An introduction to the Pauline 
interpretation of Christianity and its place in the life of the Early Church. 

327. Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. (4) An examination of 
the Johannine interpretation of Jesus and Christian faith. 

334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. (4) A studv of the encounter 
between the Christian ethic and the value svstems implicit in social areas such as 
economics, politics, race, and sex. 

346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (4) A studv of theological 

methodology, theories of learning, and philosophies of education in terms of their 
implications for religious education. 

350. Psychology of Religion. (4) An examination of the psychological elements in 
the origin, development, and expression of religious experience. 

354. Religious Development of the Individual. (4) A studv of growth and 
development through childhood and adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis on 
the role of the home and the church in religious education. 

355. Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. (4) A study of the relationship 
between theology and the purpose, theories, and methods of pastoral care. 
P-Permission of the instructor. 

360. Hinduism. (4) A studv of the fundamental features of the Hindu tradition. 

361. Buddhism. (4) A studv of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental features, 
and its impact on the cultures of Asia. 

363. Hellenistic Religions. (4) Consideration of available source materials, 
questions of method, and bibliography related to such Hellenistic religions as the 
mysteries, Hellenistic Judaism, and Gnosticism. 

364. Islam. (4) A studv of the fundamental concepts of Islamic thought and the 
historical context of its development. Both the ancient and contemporarv impact of 
the teachings of Islam considered. 



131 



365. History of Religions in America. (4) A study of American religions from 
{colonial times until the present. 

373. History of Christian Thought. (4) A study of the history of Christian thought, 
! beginning with its Hebraic and Creek backgrounds and tracing its rise and 
i development to modern times. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (4) An examination of the major issues and 
personalities in modern theology. 

' 376. The Origins of Existentialism. (4) A study of the principal nineteenth century 
figures who form the background for twentieth century existentialism: Goethe, 
! Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. 

! 

Hebrew 

111, 112. Elementary Hebrew. (4, 4) A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew 
'of the Bible, with emphasis on' the basic principles of Hebrew grammar and the 
treading of Biblical texts. Both semesters must be completed. 

153. Intermediate Hebrew. (4) Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax 
Jbased upon the readings of selected texts. Readings emphasize post-Biblical 
Hebrew. P-Hebrew 111, 112, or the equivalent. 

211. Hebrew Literature. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical 
; Hebrew texts. P-Hebrew 153. 

212. Hebrew Literature II. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical 
'and post-Biblical texts. Offered on demand. P-Hebrew 153. 

301. Introduction to Semitic Linguistics. (4) In each of the four weeks the history 
and structure of one of the languages from the Hamito-Semitic family of languages 
iare studied. Usually offered iti January. 

Romance Languages 

Mary Frances Robinson, Chairman 

Professor of Humanities Germaine Bree 

Professors Shasta M. Bryant, Harry L. King Jr., John E. Parker Jr., 

Mary Frances Robinson, Richard L. Shoemaker, Anne S. Tillett 

Associate Professors Doranne Fenoaltea, Kathleen Glenn 

Assistant Professors Gary R. Ljungquist, Milorad R. Margitic, 

Gregorio C. Martin, Blanche C. Speer 

Lecturers Bianca Artom, Eva Marie Rodtwitt 

Instructors Julian Bueno, Frances Creighton, Candelas M. Newton, 

Anna- Vera Sullam (Venice), Mary L. Thomas, Sylvia Trelles, 

Frank H. Whitchurch 

The major in French requires a minimum of thirtv-six credits, at least 
twenty-four of which must be in literature. French 219 and 221 or their equivalents 
are required; History 321 and 322 are recommended. An average of at least C must 
be earned in all courses taken in the major. 

The major in Spanish requires a minimum of thirty-six credits, at least twenty of 



132 



which are normally in literature. Spanish 219 and 221 or their equivalents are 
required; Spanish 223 and 224 and eight credits chosen from 225, 226, and 227 are 
recommended. Spanish 173, 181, 182, and 187 may not be counted toward the 
major. An average of at least C must be earned in all courses taken in the major, j 

A joint major is offered in French and Spanish, consisting of fifty-six credits in 
the two languages and literatures, excluding elementary language. Required 
courses for this major are French 153x, 216, 217, 219, 221, and 224; Spanish 153x, 
either 215 or 216,' 219, 221, either 223 or 224, and eight credits from 225-227.1 
Equivalents may be substituted. An average of at least C must be earned in all- 
courses taken in the major. 

All majors are strongly urged to take advantage of the department's study abroad 
programs and to live for at least a semester at one of the foreign language residence 
centers at the Graylyn Estate. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to 
the honors program in French or Spanish. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Romance Languages," a candidate must complete French or Spanish 
280 and 281 and pass a comprehensive written and oral examination. The oral 
examination may be conducted, at least in part, in the major language. For: 
additional information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

101. Self-Instructional Language. (4) A self-instructional language course covering 
the principles of grammar and pronunciation in one of the less commonly taught 
languages, such as Japanese, Swedish, Arabic, or Thai. Individual self-instruction in 
the language of the student's choice through the use of recorded material and 
textbooks. Admission by petition to the Foreign Language Placement Review 
Committee. Elective credit only; does not satisfy basic or divisional course 
requirements. 

French 

111, 112. Elementary French. (4, 4) A course for beginners, covering the principles 
of French grammar and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of 
elementary texts. Lab required. 

113. Intensive Elementary French. (5) A one-semester course covering the 
elements of grammar and skills presented in French 111-112. Intended for 
students whose preparation for French 153 is inadequate. Not open to students 
who have received credit for French 112. Lab required. 

153. Intermediate French. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice 
in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab required. P- French 111-112, 1 13, or 
two years of high school French. 

153x. Intermediate French. (4) Open to students by placement or permission. Lab 
required. 

164. A Classic in Comedy. (2-4) Participants plan and present a production of a 
French comedy. The play is rehearsed and performed in French; students are ; 
involved in all aspects of production. P-Permission of the instructor. 



133 



181. Swiss French Civilization. (4) The course is designed to acquaint the student 
with the Swiss people and their civilization through living for a few weeks with 
families. Visits are made to points of cultural interest, historical, literary, and 
artistic. A journal and a paper describing in detail some aspect of Swiss French 
civilization, both in French, are required. Offered in January. 

185. Paris, Cultural Center of France. (4) A study of Paris monuments on location 
to explore the development of the city as capital and cultural center of France. No 
prerequisites. Usually offered in the summer. 

187. France in January. (4) The course is designed to acquaint students with French 
people and their civilization through living for a few weeks with families. Visits are 
made to points of cultural interest. Offered in January. P-French 153 or permission 
of the instructor. 
] 199. French Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the department. 

c 213. Masterpieces of French Literature I. (4) Reading of selected texts in French 
'from the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. Only 
: ione course in masterpieces may count toward the major, but either may satisfy the 
basic or divisional requirement. P-French 153 or equivalent. 

214. Masterpieces of French Literature II. (4) Reading of selected texts in French 
j from the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. Only 

one course in masterpieces may count toward the major, but either may satisfy the 
[basic or divisional requirement. P-French 153 or equivalent. 

216. Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the Eighteenth 
' Century. (4) Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and 
'movements. Taught largely in French. P-French 153 or permission of the 

instructor. 

217. Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. (4) 

Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements. 
.Taught largely in French. P-French 153 or permission of the instructor. 

219. Composition and Review of Grammar. (4) A systematic review of the 
fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing 
idiomatic French. Required for major. P-French 153 or equivalent. 

'221. Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing French, 
'Stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and 

vocabulary for evervdav situations. Required for major. Lab required. P-French 

153 or equivalent. 

224. French Civilization. (4) An introduction to French culture and its historical 
development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life of 
j France. Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the instructor. 

227. History of French Civilization. (2) An introduction to the historical 
i development of French culture, including consideration of its intellectual, artistic, 
i and political heritage. Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the 

instructor. 



134 

228. Contemporary France. (2) A study of present-day France, including aspects of 
geography and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French 
life today. Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the instructor. 

229. Business French. (4) A study of French used in business procedures, 
emphasizing specialized vocabulary pertaining to business correspondence, corpo- 
rate organization, banking, and governmental relations, with practice in translation 
and interpretation, oral and written. P-French 219 and 221 or permission of the 
instructor. 

231. Medieval French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of the Middle 
Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected masterpieces in original 
form and modern transcription. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the 
instructor. 

233. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (4) The literature and thought of the 
Renaissance in France, with particular emphasis on the works of Rabelais, 
Montaigne, and the major poets of the age. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of 
the instructor. 

241. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) A study of the outstanding writers 
of the Classical Age. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

242. Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected 
topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or 
permission of the instructor. 

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of 
the eighteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P-French 216 or 
permission of the instructor. 

252. Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) Study of selected 
topics of the period. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or 
permission of the instructor. 

261. Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) A studv of French literature of the 
nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P-French 216 or 21 7 or 
permission of the instructor. 

262. Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics 
of the period. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of 
the instructor. 

263. Trends in French Poetry. (4) A study of the development of the poetic genre 
with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-French 216 or 217 or 
permission of the instructor. 

264. French Novel. (4) A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study of 
several masterpieces in the field. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the 
instructor. 

265. French Drama. (4) A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with 
reading and discussion of representative plays. P-French 216 or 217 or permission 
of the instructor. 



135 



271. Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) A study of general trends and 
representative works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists, and poets. P-French 
216 or 217 or permission of the instructor. 

272. Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics 
of the period. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of 

ithe instructor. 

'280. Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in French. 
281. Directed Study. (3-4) Extensive reading and/or research to meet individual 
1 needs. Required for departmental honors. P-Permission of the department. 

371. Surrealism. (4) Origins, theories, evolution, and impact. This course examines 
the interconnections between Surrealist poetry and painting and the works of 
Breton, Eluard, and Aragon. Conducted in French. P-French 221 or equivalent. 

372. Proust. (4) Study of substantial portions of Proust's A la Recherche du Temps 
berdu, its themes, and their significance in historical and aesthetic context. 
Conducted in French. P-French 221 or equivalent. 

373. French Images of America. (4) A study of French points of view through the 
reading of texts beginning with Tocqueville and ending with Michel Butor's Mobile. 
The course attempts to relate them to a variety of circumstances and influences, 
political, sociological, and cultural. Conducted in French. P-French 221 or 

'equivalent. 



Semester in France 



The department sponsors a semester in France in Dijon, the site of a 

well established French university. Students go as a group in the fall semester, 

accompanied by a departmental faculty member. 
No particular major is required tor eligiblitv. However, a student (1) should be of 

junior standing and (2) should have taken as prerequisite French 221 or its 
Equivalent or at very least one French course beyond the intermediate level. 
1 Students are placed in language courses according to their level of ability in 

French, as ascertained by a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French 
/professors. The resident director supervises academic, residential, and extracurri- 
cular affairs and has general oversight of independent study projects. 

2232. Advanced Oral and Written French. (2-4) Study of grammar, composition, 
pronunciation, and phonetics, with extensive practice in oral and written French. 

2292. French Civilization. (2-4) An introduction to French culture and its historical 
development. Field trips to museums and to points of historical and cultural 
j significance in Paris and in the French provinces. 

'2402. Independent Study. (2-4) One of several fields; scholar's journal and 
~esearch paper. Supervision by the director of the semester in France and 

^valuation by the department for which credit is granted. Work may be 
supplemented by lectures on the subject given at the Universite de Dijon Faculte 
ies Lettres et Sciences Humaines. 



136 



2752. French Literature. (2-4) The novel, theatre, and poetry of France, largely of 
the period since 1850. 

2762. Literary Pilgrimage. (2-4) Reading of selected French texts, with visits to sites 
having literary associations. A study of the relationship between milieux and works. 
Taught in French-speaking countries. 

Art 2712. Studies in French Art. (2) Lectures and field trips in French painting, 
sculpture, and architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth 
centuries. 

History 2262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (2) Burgundian society, culture, and 
government in the reigns of Philip the Bold, John the Fearless, Philip the Good, 
and Charles the Rash, 1384-1477. 

Spanish 

111, 112. Elementary Spanish. (4, 4) A course for beginners covering grammar 
essentials and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. 
Lab required. 

113. Intensive Elementary Spanish. (5) A one-semester course covering the 
elements of grammar and skills presented in Spanish 111-112. Intended for 
students whose preparation for Spanish 153 is inadequate or who have demon- 
strated proficiency in another language. Not open to students who have received 
credit for Spanish 112. Lab required. 

153. Intermediate Spanish. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice 
in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-Two years of high school Spanish or 
equivalent. Lab required. 

153x. Intermediate Spanish. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required. 

161. The Spanish Romancero. (4) Study of the importance of the romancero in the 
literature and life of Spain, focusing on the older ballads of the Middle Ages and 
Renaissance. Offered in January. 

162. A Panorama of Drama. (4) A brief sampling of Spanish drama from its early 
period to the contemporary theatre, studying in Spanish representative works from 
each major period. Approximately six plays. The class selects one play to present in 
Spanish, with students having directing and acting responsibilities. Offered in 
January. 

171. Contemporary Spanish American Novel. (4) A detailed study of a novel in 
Spanish by each of five or six outstanding contemporary Spanish American 
novelists, such as Julio Cortazar, Carlos Fuentes, and Gabriel Garcia Marquez 

Usually offered in January. 

173. The Mexican Novel in Translation since 1915. (4) A study of the Mexican 
Revolution of 1910-1918 as seen through the eyes of authors contemporary with 
the events they describe and of those who wrote in its aftermath: Azuela, Guzman, 
and Yanez; Rulfo and Fuentes. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January. 

181. Colombia: Study Tour of Bucaramanga, Cali, and Medellin. (4) 4 ravel in 



137 



Colombia and residence in one of its major cities in homes of private families for a 
period of three weeks. Students receive instruction in spoken Spanish and in 
Colombian literature and anthropology and political, social, or economic history. 
' Offered in January. 

182. Introduction to Spain. (2-4) Familiarization with the Spanish people, Spanish 

■ culture, and daily life in Spain during the one-month orientation period preceding 

the beginning of formal classes in the semester in Spain program. Classes in 

conversational and idiomatic Spanish, excursions to points of historical and artistic 

) interest, and lectures on selected topics. 

187. Culture and Language. (4) A study of Spanish culture and language, tailored 
to various levels of student ability. Taught only in the Spanish world. Does not 
count toward the major. 

199. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the department. 

1 214. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (4) Selected readings in Spanish and 
-i Spanish American literature. Designed as a substitute for either Spanish 215 or 216. 
Offered in the summer. P-Spanish 153 or equivalent. 

J ' 215. Major Spanish Writers. (4) Reading of selected texts. P-Spanish 153 or 
* equivalent. 

216. Major Spanish American Writers. (4) Reading of selected texts. P-Spanish 153 
or equivalent. 

219. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (4) A systematic review of the 
fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing 
idiomatic Spanish. Lab required. P-Spanish 153 or equivalent. 

, 221. Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing Spanish, 
stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and 
vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab required. P-Spanish 153 or equivalent. 

223. Latin American Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development; 
emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-Spanish 215 

1 or 216. 

224. Spanish Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development; emphasis 
. on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

225. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the Seventeenth 
Century. (4) Extensive reading and study of trends and influences. P-Spanish 215 

! or 216. 

i 

i 226. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth Century to the Present. (4) 

Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

227. Survey of Spanish American Literature. (4) Extensive reading and study of 
works from the colonial through the contemporary periods, with emphasis on the 
late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

229. Commercial, Official, and Social Correspondence. (4) Instruction in the 
special vocabularies, formats, and styles required in written and telegraphic 



138 

communications. Students write in Spanish communications appropriate to each 
type of correspondence. P-Spanish 219 or permission of the instructor. 

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. (4) A study of the several types of 
prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picaresque' 
novels, prior to 1605. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

241. Golden Age Drama. (4) A study of the major dramatic works of Lope de Vega, 
Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. P-Spanish 215 
or 216. 

243. Cervantes. (4) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special 
emphasis on the Quixote and the novelets ejemplares. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

244. Seminar in Cervantes. (2-4) A study of special aspects of Cervantes' works, 
such as the novelas ejemplares and his dramatic works. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

252. Seminar in Hispanic Poetry. (2-4) A study of selected topics, such as 
gonogonsmo, the romancero, and the Generation of 1927. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. (4) A study of the novels of Yalera, 
Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibanex, and their contemporaries. P-Spanish 
215 or 216. 

265. Spanish American Novel. (4) A studv of the novel in Spanish America from its 
beginning through the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

266. Seminar in Spanish American Novel. (4) A study of one or more categories of 
Spanish American novels, such as romantic, indianista, realistic, gauchesca, and social 
protest. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

269. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama. (4) A study of the principal dramatic 
works from neoclassicism to the end of the century. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

271. Modern Spanish Drama. (4) A study of the principal dramatic works from the 
end of the nineteenth century through the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 
216. 

273. Modern Spanish Novel. (4) A study of representative Spanish novels from the 
Generation of 1898 through the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

274. Seminar in Modern Spanish Literature. (2) An analysis of selected works 
representative of such movements as costumbrismo, realism, naturalism, and the 
contemporary social novel. P-Spanish 215 or 216. 

280. Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in Spanish. 

281. Directed Study. (3-4) Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual 
needs. Required for departmental honors. P-Permission of the department. 

Semester in Spain 

The department offers a semester in Spain at Salamanca, the site of a 
well established Spanish university. Students go as a group in the spring semester, 
accompanied bv a professor from the College. 

No particular major is required for eligiblity. However, a student (1) should be of 



139 



junior standing, (2) should have completed intermediate Spanish or its equivalent, 
and (3) should he approved by both the major department and the Department of 
Romance Languages. A course in Spanish conversation is also recommended. 

1829. Introduction to Spain. (2-4) 

2049. Spanish Phonetics and Phonology. (4) 

2059. History of the Spanish Language. (4) 

2419. Golden Age Literature. (4) 

Sociology 2029. Social-Political Structures of Present Day Spain. (4) 

History 2019. General History of Spain. (4) 

Art 2029. Spanish Art and Architecture. (4) 

Chinese 



< 111,1 12. Elementary Chinese. (4, 4) Emphasis on the development of listening and 
j speaking skills in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing svstem. Basic sentence 
i patterns covered. Lab required. 

199. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the department. 



Hindi 



111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (4, 4) Attention given mainlv to basic Hindi grammar, 
f vocabulary-building, simple composition, and conversation. Lab required. 

153. Intermediate Hindi. (4) Advanced practice in Hindi composition and 
>i conversation and introduction to literary Hindi. Lab required. P-Hindi 111, 112, or 
the equivalent. 

211. Hindi Literature. (4) Reading and translation of selected texts in prose and 
i. poetry and journalistic Hindi. Lab required. P-Hindi 153. 



3 Italian 

1 113. Elementary Italian. (5) Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the 
' structure of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the 
^ Venice program and for language majors. Lab required. Lecture-five hours. Offered 

every semester. 

153. Intermediate Italian. (5) Continuation of 1 13, with emphasis on reading and 
j. speaking. Lab required. Lecture-five hours. P-Italian 113 or two vears of high 
school Italian. 

153x. Intermediate Italian. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required. 

199. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the instructor. 

215. Introduction to Italian Literature I. (4) Reading of selected texts in Italian. 

Satisfies basic requirement in foreign language. Offered in the spring. P-Italian 153 or 

equivalent. 



140 

216. Introduction to Italian Literature II. (4) May alternate with 215. Satisfies basic 
requirement in foreign language. P-Italian 153 or equivalent. 

Semester in Venice 

2213. Spoken Italian. (4) Course in oral Italian, offered only in Venice. Students 
are placed in small groups according to their levels of fluency. Elective credit. 

Norwegian 

190, 191. Norwegian. (4, 4) Independent study of the language and directed 
reading of texts in Norwegian. Primarily for students specializing in foreign 
languages. 

Russian 

111, 112. Elementary Russian. (4, 4) The essentials of Russian grammar, 
conversational drill, and reading of elementary texts. Lab required. P-Permission of 
the instructor. 

153. Intermediate Russian. (5) 1 raining in principles of translation with grammar 
review and conversation practice. Lab required. P-Russian 112 or equivalent. 

153x. Intermediate Russian. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required. 

165. Solzhenitsyn: The Politics of Literature. (4) Reading and discussion of all the 
works of Solzhenitsyn available in English. One long paper. Offered in January. 

215. Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the 
nineteenth century. P-Russian 153 or equivalent. 

216. Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the 
twentieth century. P-Russian 153 or equivalent. 

217. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Russian Literature. (4) A study of the 
foremost writers, with reading of representative works. P-Russian 153 or 
equivalent. 

218. Seminar in Contemporary Russian Literature. (4) Reading of representative 
works in Russian with discussion of political and cultural backgrounds. P-Russian 
153 or equivalent. 

Sociology 

Philip J. Perricone, Chairman 

Professor John R. Earle 

Associate Professors William H. Gulley, Philip J. Perricone 

Assistant Professor Susan A. Ostrander 

Visiting Assistant Professor James D. Walter 

A major in sociologv requires thirty-six credits and must include Sociology 151, 
371, and 372. A minimum average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time 
the major is declared. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all sociology 
courses is required for graduation. 



141 



To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology," highly qualified 
majors are invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors program. 
They must complete a senior research project, document their research, and 
satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For additional information 
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

151. Principles of Sociology. (3 or 4) General introduction to the field; social 
organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change, and other 
aspects. 

152. Social Problems. (3 or 4) Survey of contemporary American social problems. 
P-Sociology 151. 

205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (3 or 4) Explores the use of photography 
as a research technique for the social sciences; camera and darkroom instruction 
included. Usually offered iti January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

248. Marriage and the Family. (3 or 4) The social basis of the family, emphasizing 
the problems growing out of modern conditions and social change. 

301. Religion as a Social Institution. (3) A cross-cultural study of religious 
organizations,' cults, and sects. Examination of the forms of organization and their 
relationship to other social factors. Usually offered in January. P-Sociology 151. 

302. The Sociology of Cults. (3) A social scientific assessment of cults as new and 
deviant religious movements within modern industrial societv. Examination of the 
history, doctrine, organization, and appeal of movements. Usually offered in January. 

303. The Police and Society. (4) A study of the position and role of the police in 
modern society. Examination of the nature of social control in human societies, the 
role of the police in social control, the police in France, England, and the United 
States, and the extent and causes and treatment of crime in America. Usually offered 
in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

305. Male and Female Roles in Society. (3 or 4) Changing male and female roles in 
the context of societal institutions and sociological theories that explain such 
changes. Consideration of feminism as a social movement and of consequences of 
changing roles for human interaction. P-Sociology 151. 

310. Death and Dying. (3) Study of some of the basic issues and problems of 
modern man in accepting and facing death. Offered in January. P-Permission of the 
instructor. 

325. Self and Society: An Interactionist Perspective. (3 or 4) An analysis of the 
effects of social relationships upon self-development, self-presentation, and the 
learning of social roles and norms, with special emphasis on language and symbolic 
interaction. P-Sociology 151. 

333. The Urban Community. (3 or 4) A survey of materials relating to the 
community as a unit of sociological investigation, with emphasis on the urban 
setting. Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-Sociology 
151. ' 



142 



335. Medical Sociology. (3 or 4) Analysis of the social variables associated with 
health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-Sociology 151. 

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3 or 4) Basic social problems and processes of 
aging. Social and psychological issues discussed. P-Sociologv 151. 

340. Sociology of Child Development. (3 or 4) Socialization through adolescence in 
the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of social 
structure. P-Sociologv 151. 

341. Criminology. (3 or 4) Crime, its nature, causes, consequences, methods of 
treatment, and prevention. P-Sociologv 151. 

342. Juvenile Delinquency. (3 or 4) The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency; 
an examination of prevention, control, and treatment programs. P-Sociologv 151 
and permission of the instructor. 

344. The Sociology of Deviant Behavior. (3 or 4) A sociological analysis of the 
nature and causes of and societal reaction to deviant behavior patterns such as 
mental illness, suicide, drug and alcohol addiction, sexual deviation, and criminal 
behavior. P-Sociologv 151. 

345. Seminar on Social Change. (3 or 4) An analvsis of the nature and theories of 
social change, including the causes and types of social change, the social effects of 
invention, the adjustment of social institutions to technological change, and the 
impact of future technology on society. P-Sociologv 151. 

346. Seminar on Social Utopias. (3 or 4) Survey of major Utopian literature; 
emphasis is placed upon both the social organization in Utopian proposals and their 
implicit critique of current society and social ideologies. P-Sociologv 151. 

347. Society, Culture, and Sport. (3 or 4) An examination of the interrelationship 
of sport and other social institutions. Emphasis on the study of both the structure of 
sport and the functions of sport for society. P-Sociology 151. 

358. Population and Society. (3 or 4) Techniques used in the studv of population 
data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. P-Sociologv 151. 

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3 or 4) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and 
discrimination and their effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological 
and sociological theories of prejudice. P-Sociologv 151. 

360. Social Stratification. (3 or 4) The studv of structured social inequality with a 
particular emphasis on economic class, social status, and political power. P- 
Sociologv 151. 

365. Dependency Needs and Social Services. (3 or 4) Examination of various forms 
of dependency, such as social, economic, emotional, and physical, and community 
social agencies designed to meet these needs. Use of relevant literature, field 
experience, and resource persons. 

371-372. The Sociological Perspective. (4) A two-semester course dealing with the 
development and application of major theories and research methods in sociology. 
A continuing effort is made to enable the student to deal with current theoretically 
oriented research. P-Sociologv 151 and permission of the instructor. 






143 



380. Social Statistics. (3 or 4) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey 
research. A student who receives credit For this course may not also receive credit 
for Biologv 248, Business 201, Mathematics 157, or Anthropology 380. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3 or 4) Intensive investigation of current 
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of 
contemporary interest. P-Permission of the instructor. 

398, 399. Individual Study. (1-4, 1-4) Reading, research, or internship courses 
designed to meet the needs and interests of selected students, to he carried out 
under the supervision of a departmental faculty member. 

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 

Donald H. Wolfe, Chairman 

Professors Julian C. Burroughs Jr., Franklin R. Shirley, David H. Welker 

Associate Professors Harold C. Tedford, Donald H. Wolfe 

Assistant Professor Michael D. Hazen 

Visiting Lecturer James H. Dodding 

Instructors Caroline S. Fullerton, Allen D. Louden, 

Jo Whitten May, Laura V. Rouzan 

For convenience in advising majors, the department divides the study oi speech 
communication and theatre arts into the following fields: (1) communication 
theory, (2) rhetoric/public address, (3) radio/television/film, (4) theatre arts, and ( 3) 
speech pathology/correction. It is possible for a student either to concentrate in one 
of the first four fields or to take courses across the breadth of the discipline. Specific 
courses of study are worked out in consultation with departmental faculty 
members. 

A major in speech communication and theatre arts consists of a minimum of forty 
credits, at least eight of which must be at the 300-level. In order for a course to 
count toward a student's major, the student must earn a grade oi C or higher in the 
course. 

Those students majoring in speech education and theatre arts education are 
expected to take specific courses which meet the. requirements for teacher 
certification. Information concerning the courses may be obtained from depart- 
mental faculty members. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply tor admission to 
the honors program in speech communication and theatre arts. To be graduated 
with the designation "Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts." they 
must successfully complete 281. For additional information members of the 
departmental faculty should be consulted. 

280. Special Seminar. (4) The intensive study of selected topics in communication. 
Topics may be drawn from any theory or concept area of communication, such as 
persuasion, organizational communication, film, or theatre. 

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (4) A conference course 
involving intensive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish 
to graduate with departmental honors. 



144 



282. Individual Study. (4) Special research and readings in a choice of interest to be 
approved and supervised bv a faculty adviser. 

283, 284. Debate, Radio/Television/Film, or Theatre Arts Practicum. (2, 2) 

Individual projects in the student's choice of debate, radio/television/film, or 
theatre arts; includes organizational meetings, faculty supervision, and faculty 
evaluation. No student may register for more than two credits of practicum in any 
semester. No student is allowed to take more than a total ol eight credit units in 
practicum, only four credits of which may be counted toward a major in speech 
communication and theatre arts. Pass/fail only. 



Communication/Public Address 

151. Public Speaking I. (4) A study of the nature and fundamentals of speech 
communication. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speecbes. 

152. Public Speaking II. (4) The preparation and presentation of short speeches to 
inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-Speech Communication 151. 

153. Interpersonal Communication. (4) The course is divided into three parts: 
communication theory, person-to-person communication, and small group interac- 
tion. 

155. Group Communication. (4) An introduction to the principles of discussion 
and deliberation in small groups, with practice in group problem-solving and 
discussion leadership. 

156. Oral Interpretation of Literature. (4) Fundamentals of reading aloud, with 
emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance. 

161. Voice and Diction. (4) A study of the principles of voice and production, with 

emphasis on phonetics as a basis for collect sound formation. 

251. Persuasion. (4) A studv of the variables and contexts of persuasion in 
contemporary society. 

252. Argumentation and Debate. (4) A study of the principles of argumentation; 

practical experience in researching and debating a public policy question. 

253. The Rhetoric of Western Thought. (4) A survey of the major theories in 
rhetoric from Plato to Burke, with emphasis on rhetorical criticism. Students apply 
the historical/critical method to the rhetoric of contemporary movements. 

261. Clinical Management of Speech and Language Disorders. (4) Methods used 
to correct speech disorders of voice, rhythm, language, and articulation; observa- 
tion of methods used with selected cases in clinical or public school settings. Offered 
in alternate fall semesters. 

262. Audiology. (4) Clinical audiology, including anatomy, physiology, disorders of 
the hearing mechanism, and interpretations of basic measurements of auditory 
function. Offered in alternate spring semesters. 

263. Speech and Language Disorders I. (4) Study of the disorders of language, 
articulation, and rhythm, with special emphasis on functional disorders; focus is on 



145 



the role the therapist plays in assisting the speech-handicapped child. Offered in 
alternate fill semesters. 

264. Speech and Language Disorders II. (4) Consideration of etiology and 
symptoms of speech and language problems due to organic disorders of voice, 
articulation, language, and hearing. Offered in alternate spring semesters. 

271. Communication Theory. (4) An introduction to theory-building in communi- 
' cation and to the major contemporary theorists in the field. P-Speech Communica- 
tion 151 or permission of the instructor. 

280. Special Seminar. (4) (See previous description.) 

281. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.) 

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.) 

i 283, 284. Debate Practicum. (2. 2) (See prevous description.) 

353. British Public Address. (4) A historical and critical survey of leading British 
^speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to the present. 

354. American Public Address. (4) The history and criticism of American public 
address from colonial times to the present. 

S355. Directing the Forensic Program. (4) A pragmatic study ol the methods of 
directing high school and college forensics with work in the High School Debate 
, Workshop. Offered in the summer. 

I 356. The Rhetoric of Race Relations. (4) A study of race relations in America as 
reflected in the rhetoric of selected black and white speakers. Students apply the 
historical/critical method in exploring the effects of discourse on attempts at 
interracial communication. 

357. The Rhetoric of the Women's Movement. (4) A study of selected women 
activists and the impact of their speeches and arguments from the 1800s to the 
present. Emphasis on the "New Feminist Movement." Offered in January. 

371. Research in Communication. (4) An introduction to design and statistical 
| procedures for research in communication. 

372. A Survey of Organizational Communication. (4) An introduction to the role 
of communication in organizations, with emphasis on field applications. 

374. Mass Communication Theory. (4) Theoretical approaches to the role of 
communication in reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of 
communication. Offered in alternate years. 

375. Communication and Conflict. (4) A study of communication in conflict 
situations on the interpersonal and societal levels. Offered in alternate years. P-Speech 
Communication 153 or permission of the instructor. 

376. Small Group Communication Theory. (4) Advanced study of the principles of 
small group interaction and discussion leadership. P-Speech Communication 155 
or permission of the instructor. 

378. Semantics and Language Behavior. (4) A study of the syntactic and semantic 
aspects of communicative messages. 



146 



Radio/Television/Film 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting. (4) A study of the historical, legal, economic 
and social aspects of broadcasting. 

245. Introduction to Film. (4) Historical introduction to motion pictures througl 
the studv of various kinds of films and their relationship to society. 

281. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.) 

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Radio/Television/Film Practicum. (2, 2) (See previous description. 

341. Radio/Television/Film Production. (2, 2, 2) Advanced radio/television/tilm 
production workshop. May be taken more than once for two credits each time, but 
for no more than a total of six credits. P-Speech Communication 283, 284. 

342. Seminar in Radio/Television. (3 or 4) Extensive readings in and discussion ol 
fundamental theory and current issues in radio and television. Offered on an 
eleven- or fifteen-week basis. Offered in the spring. P-Speech Communication 241 

346. Film Criticism. (3 or 4) A studv of film aesthetics through an analysis of the) 
work of selected film makers and film critics. Offered on an eleven- or fifteen-week 
basis. Offered in (he spring. P-Speech Communication 245. 

Theatre Arts 

121. Introduction to the Theatre. (4) A survey of all areas of theatre art. Experience 
in laboratory and University Theatre productions. May be used to satisfy 
requirement in Division I. Lab-three hours. 

223. Stagecraft. (4) A studv of the basic elements of theatre technology. Practical 
experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Open to 
freshmen and sophomores by permission of the instructor. Lab-five hours. 

226. Theories of Acting. (4) A studv of acting theories and fundamental acting 
techniques. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of the instructor. 
Lab-two hours. 

227. Theatre Speech. (4) An intensive course in the analysis and correlation of the 
physiological, physical, and interpretive aspects of voice and diction on the stage. 

228. The Contemporary English Theatre. (4) An examination of the English 
theatre through reading, lectures, seminars, and attendance at numerous live 
theatre performances. The participants expected to submit written reactions to the 
plays which are seen. Ample time to allow visits to museums, libraries, and historic 
places. Taught in London. Offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor. 

281. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.) 

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.) 

283. 284. Theatre Arts Practicum. (2, 2) (See previous description.) 

320. Theatrical Scene Design. (4) A study of the theories and styles of stage design 
and their application to the complete play. P-Theatre Arts 121 and 223 or 
permission of the instructor. 



147 



321. Play Directing. (4) An introduction to the theory and practice of play 
directing. A grade is not granted for this course until the student has completed 
Theatre Arts 322. Lab-two hours. P-Theatre Arts 121 and 22(5 or permission of the 
instructor. 

322. Play Production Laboratory. (2) A laboratory in the organization, the 
techniques, and the problems encountered in a dramatic production. The 
production of a play for public performance required. P-Theatre Arts 321. 

3230. The English Theatre, 1660-1940. (4) A study of the major developments in 
the English theatre from the Restoration to World War II, including the plays, 
playwrights, actors, audiences, theatre architecture, theatre management, cos- 
tumes, and sets. Field trips include visits to theatres, museums, and performances. 

Offered in London. 

S324. Directing the Drama Program. (4) A study of the [unction oi drama in the 

educational curriculum, with emphasis on the secondary level. Laboratory work in 
the High School Drama Workshop. Lab-six hours. Offered in the summer. 

325. Advanced Acting. (4) A concentrated study of the actor's art through theory 
and practice. P-Theatre Arts 22b or permission of the instructor. 

327. Theatre History I. (4) A survey of the development of the theatre from its 

origins to 1870; includes lectures, readings, and reports. 

328. Theatre History II. (4) A survey of the development of the modern theatre 
from 1870 to the present day; includes lectures, leadings, and reports. 

329. Advanced Theatre Speech. (4) Specific study in the theory and personal 
development of vocal melody, rhythm, color, and harmony according to the form, 
style, and mood of a theatrical production. P-4heatre Arts 227 or permission of the 
instructor. 




148 



Degrees Conferred 



August 5, 1977 

Bachelor of Arts 



Paul Clifton Bailey Jr. 
Lynn Alexander Baucom 
Martha Virginia Blake 
Clarence Glenn Cook 
Catherine Anne Covington-East 
Walter Clifford Crowell III 
Carl Albert Curry Jr. 
Peter Joseph Dansie 
John Leonard George 
Stuart Braxton Gordon 
Douglas Ward Hall 
David Lindsav Hudson 



William Pearson Linde II 
Sandy Norris McDonald Jr. 
Joseph Glenn McGee 
William Peter McKay III 
Lawrence Wayne Moores III 
William Jeffery Owens 
Dale Harding Parker 
Preston Gregory Parrish 
Mitchell Drew Rivenbark 
Deborah Lynn Epperson Sizer 
Sharon Ann Winters 
James Johnson York 



Bachelor of Science 



Terry Randall Carroll 
Scott Edward Chant 
Paul Norman Cormier 
Cecil Kenneth Cress 
John Arthur Dover 
Terrence Francis Giblin 
Edward Michael Griffin 
William David Hardin 



Holly Ann Huffman 
Joseph William Judd 
Michael Joseph LaVallee 
Charles Arthur Leslie Jr. 
Donald Benjamin Mulnix 
David Harold Newman 
Fritz Richter III 
Herman Ernest Schmid III 



Michael Gregory Seaton 
February 3, 1978 

Bachelor of Arts 



Matthew Raymond Bee 

Virginia Lee Brown 

Barry Scott Burke 

Jennifer Ellen Norris Burnham 

Ryland Pratt Byrd Jr. 

Frank Cameron Carter 

Fletcher Gregory Carter 

Laura Virginia Chajka 

Steven Paul Chandler 

Philip Mark Chulick 

John Tyler Cox 



James R. Dever 
John Edward Dowdell 
Sue Jordan Erickson 
George Hanson Futch Jr. 
Jerome Curtis Gardocky 
David Vincent Hettinger 
Rose Margaret Hilliard 
Charles Anderson Hostetler Jr. 
Leona Roxanne Isgett 
Susanna Jane Knutson 
Gerald Xavier McManus 



149 



Lynn Denise Moose 
"Michael T. Moraghan 
Mark Jeffrey Olson 
Glenn Thomas Pierce 
Mary McMurray Reese 
John Joseph Sabia Jr. 
Sandra Leigh Self 



Sharon Fran Slate 
George Van Cleve Speer 
Richard Kris Spilsbury 
Joseph Gifford Taylor 
Marsha McNeeley Thornton 
Charles Gilbert Vogel 
Michael Alan York 



Bachelor of Science 



Michael Kirkman Allen 
Nancy Rebecca Arrants 
William Howard Blinker 
Stephen Edward Check 
Michael Patrick Coyle 
Charles Risdon Darracott III 
Robert Fearrington Frye III 
David Joseph Gesmundo 
Merlin Alfred Henkel 
Brooks William Johnson 
Benjamin Wesley Kilgore IV 

James R. 



Charles Gordon Koury 
Carol Anne Lawrence 
Gary Claude Moody 
David Craig Murr 
Cynthia Janet Ruthhart 
Sallie Rehder Serosky 
Sarah Catherine Shoaf 
Sandra Amelia Shoaf 
Richard Wesley Slate 
Stephanos George Steffan 
Terry Webster Weary 
Weinheimer 



May 15, 1978 

Bachelor of Arts 



Bobby Steven Absher 
Reid Caldwell Adams Jr. 
Harry Anthony Alexander 
William Glen Allen 
Mary Margaret Alleshouse 
Constance Nell Allman 
James Herty Athaus 
James Stephen Anderson 
Marie Louise Anderson 
Laura Jane Arnesen 
Gail Lynne Austin 
Suzan Brownell Ayers 
Sidney Elizabeth Bachman 
Elizabeth Benjamin Bagwell 
Rebecca Ruth Baker 
Pamela Lucille Barrow 
Amanda Alice Basnight 
Rosemary Batten 
Mary Anne Bell 



Nancy Jean Bell 
John Michael Benenati 
Don Thomas Benton 
Eugene Junior Benton II 
Henry Dunbar Berg 
Gregg Myron Bergstrom 
Frederick Lindsay Berry 
Victor Scott Bihl 
Arthur Fletcher Bingham 
Thomas Albert Bland Jr. 
Wedigan Powell Bland Jr. 
Elizabeth Legena Blue 
James Sanford Blythe 
Kenneth Allen Boaz 
Robert David Bogaty 
Mary Frances Bolding 
Donna Jane Booth 
Lynda Beth Boozer 
Jeffrey Charles Borden 



150 



Ralph Edwards Bottenus 
George Heller Boudousquie Jr. 
David Keith Boyter 
David Bozeman 
Douglas Mark Bradshaw 
Stephen Douglas Brady 
David Ferrell Branch Jr. 
Edward Marlowe Bristol 
William Land Brown Jr. 
Madison Earl Billiard Jr. 
Franklin Kent Burns Jr. 
Lisa Ann Burns 
Bradley Gardner Bute 
Charl Lee Butler 
James Kenneth Butler III 
William Bruce Wallis Cameron 
Dehra Ann Campbell 
Mark Thompson Campbell 
Margaret Lorraine Canfield 
James Joseph Carroll III 
Arley Russell Carter 
Louis Nathaniel Case II 
Carol White Casper 
Richard William Caudell 
Derwood Sumner Chase III 
Bryan James Chestnutt 
Beverly Lvnne Christie 
Raymond Clapperton Jr. 
Peter James Clauson 
Catherine Joy Clodfelter 
Dave Lawrence Clodfelter 
Richard Bartholomae Collins II 
Harold Gordon Colson Jr. 
Bradley Keith Coltrain 
Mary Elizabeth Connelly 
Daniel Kermit Cook 
Susan Jane Cooper 
John Richard Cottrell 
William Henrv Craig 
Connie Wynn Crawford 
Catherine Ruth Cress 
Elizabeth Hunter Culp 
Rux Brothers Currin 
Janine Woolweber ditcher 
Douglas Alan Datt 
William Ruelle Davies 



Terry Lee Dehrkoop 
John Shealy DeLoache 
Kevin Horace Dennv 
David Wayne Dixon 
Mary Helen Dombalis 
Sarah Lynn Dovle 
John Michael Dukes 
Thane Edward Duncan 
Philip Dickson Dupont 
Gary Michael Durbin 
Thomas Michael Durham 
Margaret Hearn Eakins 
Lauren Virginia Eastburn 
Kevin Smith Eccles 
Christopher Kevin Edden 
Marilyn Louise Edmondson 
Elton Thornton Edwards Jr 
Jean Irene Eldridge 
Jane Cottrell Eller 
Mark Frederick Ellison 
Mark Douglas Ernsberger 
Laura Meade Ervin 
Solomon Durand Everett 
Timothy James Farley 
Sue Ellen Farmer 
Lisa Ann Ferguson 
Henrietta Susan Fields 
Alfred Bell Fitzgerald III 
David Emmett Floyd 
John Edward Flovd Jr. 
Johnny Kvle Foster 
Frances Elizabeth Fowler 
Richard Lincoln Francis 
Marcus Eric Frankovitch 
Elizabeth Lee Fuller 
Stephan Ray Futrell 
Hilary Lynn Gardner 
Terri Lynn Gardner 
Martha Lynn Garmon 
James Drew George 
James Edward Gerlock Jr. 
Timothy Wayne Gilbert 
Norman Earl Godwin Jr. 
James Rudolph Goff Jr. 
Marilyn Brett Gordon 
John David Graham 



151 



Elizabeth Conlan Gregg 

Charles Preston Griffin Jr. 

Ann Louise Grim 

Sheila Morton Gulley 

Nancy Gunzenhauser 

Candace Hope Haigler 

Edward Carroll Haire 

Donald Bell Haller 

Karen Marie Hallmark 

Nancy Rebecca Hamilton 

Larry Dean Hamrick Jr. 

Grace Elizabeth Hancock 

John Beverly Hancock II 

Garland Stokes Hart 

John Stuart Hatchell 

Jerrv Allen Hauser 

William Duncan Hawkins III 
( Michael Neil Hayes 

Karen Virginia Heinemann 

Peter Flovd Heuberger 

Ruthann Louise Hibbs 

James John Hicks 

Margaret Mendenhall Hobbs 

Ronald James Hofmeister 

Mark Edward Hollern 

Robin Leesa Hollev 

Michael Anthony Hollingsworth 
i Richard Martin Hoolev 

Mary Beth Horn 

Oliver Timothy Home 
I David Alexander Howell 

Dewey Wesley Huggins III 

Shirlene Hunt 

Stephen Marshall Hux 

Paul Andrew Ingles 

Gerald Marshall Isbell III 

Kimberly Ann Iverson 

Frances Eva James 

Jay Eulan Johnson Jr. 

Mark Anthony Johnson 

David Mark Jones 

Gordon Hunt Jones 

Jan Alexandra Jones 

Leslie Jones Jr. 

Thomas Alan Kachel 

Peter Innis Kamins 



Glenn Austin King 
Douglas James Kinz 
Mary Catherine Knierim 
John Ruffin Knight 
Ann Blessley Konhaus 
Gwyn Ellen Kooy 
Robert Hanna Kutteh 
Linda Lee Lail 
Leslie Fern Lamb 
Kathryn Ann Lee 
Mark Wayne Leuchtenberger 
William Savior Lewis 
Douglas Linderer 
James Roe Lineberger 
Elizabeth Ann Logan 
Lynn Marie Logan 
Erik David Lounsbury 
Joan Elaine Lusk 
Douglass Clute Lyon 
James Albert Mabe Jr. 
Mary Elizabeth Martin 
Glenn Richard Matteson 
Paul Kenneth Mazzaferro 
Thomas Hayden McCorkle 
Susan Gayle McFalls 
Robin Sue McFarlin 
John Patrick McGee 
Michael Lee McGlamry 
Mary Llewellyn McNeil 
Joseph Allan McSwain 
Philan Med ford 
Mary Elizabeth Melton 
Joseph Lemuel Middleton 
Debra Kay Midyette 
Jeffrey Dale Miller 
Peter Jon Miller 
Sandra Lee Miller 
William Arthur Millner 
Peter Dallas Minarich 
Clay Tucker Mitchell 
Nancy Lynn Monroe 
Thomas Peter Montefusco III 
Diana Lynn Moon 
James Lloyd Moore Jr. 
Thomas Leighton Moore 
Andrea Marie Morgan 



152 



Marcus Napoleone Morra 
Walter Randolph Morris 
John Muirhead 
Ann Mumma 
Timothy joe Nance 
David Edward Nash 
Nancy Ann Newcomb 
Margaret Sears Nottingham 
Margaret Ann Nowell 
Michael Harrison O'Neal 
Cheryl Lynn Origer 
Thomas O'Toole 
Emily Jane Owens 
Nancy Jean Pabst 
Lisa Ann Paige 
Jenny Beth Parker 
Susan Elaine Parker 
Annis Beaman Paschal 
Kenneth Wayne Patterson 
Michael Alvin Paul 
John Edward Payne Jr. 
Michael Stanley Payne 
Roger Roosevelt Pearman Jr. 
James Louis Pecsok 
Elizabeth Claire Pee 
William Wooten Peters Jr. 
Judith Lee Peterson 
Mark Nixon Poovey 
Martin Robert Province 
John Vincent Quinlan 
Janet Lynn Raschke 
Brewster Stone Rawls 
Nola Jane Reed 
Catherine Norma Reeder 
John David Regan 
Charles Edward Reynolds 
Donny Layne Rich 
Kenneth Davis Ridings 
Mary Elizabeth Riggs 
Timothy Craig Roach 
Clement Jay Robbins IV 
Bruce Daniel Robertson 
Mark Dudley Robertson 
Victor Craig Robertson 
Ann Leslie Robinson 
James McKinley Robinson 



William Cleveland Rodgers 

William Vernon Roebuck Jr. 

Lisa Lynn Rose 

Nancy Eileen Rouser 

Linda Joan Royston 

Donald Joseph Sabia 

Jo Ann Sager 

Anne Lindsay Sanford 

Sandra Sasser 

Sonna Lee Schambach 

Lisa Anne Jacobowsky Scherer 

Alana Victoria Schmidt 

Russell William Schrader 

Douglas Harry Scofield 

Margaret Rose Scott 

Randolph Brian Screen 

Thomas Louis Selznick 

Margaret Ellen Sheehan 

Heather Haviland Shively 

Dinah Gray Shore 

Martha Elizabeth Shore 

Allen Burton Shuford 

Nancy Marshall Simpson 

Gregory Marshall Slaton 

Bradley Clark Slaydon 

Daniel George Smading 

Lora Jaye Smeltzly 

Deborah Fay Smith 

Ginger Nell Smith 

Kimberly Dawn Smith 

Pamela Kay Smith 

Douglas Allan Smoot 

Susan Leigh Sowell 

Louis Charles Sparks 

Michael Sterling Speas 

Randv Spiesman 

John Michael Stamatakos 

Sharon Ann Stanley 

Karl Louis Stefan 

Virginia Brady Christine Stephens 

Anne Elizabeth Stevens 

John Finley Stevens 

Lynn Carol Stewart 

Laurie Jean Stirling 

Ashley Hamilton Story 

Raymond Lee Stovall 



153 



John Benson Street 
Barbara Lynn Sudduth 
Larry Wayne Sutphin 
William Thomas Sutton Jr 
Beverly Denise Swaim 
David Conrad Swanson 
Judith Deese Sweatman 
Wanda Yvette Tabron 
Jana Diane Talbot 
Ricky Lee Tarleton 
Harriet Alice Tate 
John Rainey Teel 
Robert Willis Thomas III 
Ellen Gayle Thorne 
David Young Thorp 
Coleman Millard Ticer 
Lyn Wharton Tillett 
Janet Lynn Tilley 
Louis William Tilley 
Paula Anne Tilley 
Sharon Basden Tomblin 
Keith Allan Trumbo 
Michael Tucciarone 
Laura Kathleen Turner 
Robert Tooney Turner II 
Donna Denise Upchurch 
John Hale Vance 
James Luther Van Dyke 
Peter Jon Van Dyke 
Douglas Kersten Vinez 
Louis Basil Vocelle Jr. 
Suzanne Glen Ward 
Elizabeth Anne Watts 



Donald Robert Weadley 
Steven Shane Weatherman 
John Wayne Weaver 
Terecia Ann Webb 
Joseph Charles Weinberger Jr. 
Richard Mark Weir 
Sheryl Ann West 
Michael Jac Whatley 
William Walter Wheeler 
Mary Elizabeth White 
Reginald Woodard White 
William Robert Whitehurst 
Scott David Wilkie 
Thomas Augustine Will Jr. 
Lonnie Boyd Williams Jr. 
Robert Barclay Williams 
Michael Clark Williamson 
Paul Richard Williamson 
Joseph Walter Williford 
Deborah Anne Wilson 
David Coleman Wilson 
Mildred Karen Wilson 
Scott Douglas Wilson 
Michael Lee Winters 
Judith Ann Withers 
Carmen Elena Wood 
Linda Diana Worley 
Rebecca Allen Wray 
John Barton Yaskin 
Deborah Ann Young 
Janet Allison Yu 
Bradley William Zabel 
Peter MacLean Zehler 



Bachelor of Science 



Margaret Ruth Ailes 
Ellen Jean Alford 
Debra Lee Allen 
Tresca Linn Allsman 
Charles Alan Baker 
Timothy Lee Barnes 
Scott William Beck 
Ross Allen Berlin 
Elizabeth Bethea 
Claudia Paige Blalock 



Richard Irvin Boger 
Jeffrey Lee Boyer 
John Layton Bradley Jr. 
Catherine Starr Brandt 
Robert Votaw Brett III 
Timothy Marshall Browder 
Thomas Radford Brown 
Carroll Patricia Brundred 
Carney John Bryan V 
William Muir Bucher Jr. 



154 



Bennett Stancell Bullock 
William Dale Bumgarner 
Gary Dale Burkette 
Michael Alan Butz 
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert 
Bruce Wayne Carpenter 
Kendal Nelson Tow Carrier 
James Wesley Carscaddon 
Caryl Lynne Clark 
Ronald Scott Clinard 
David Jones Clontz 
Cynthia Ann Cloud 
Stephanie Jo Coleman 
James Blackmon Cook Jr. 
William Agee Cook III 
Stephen Leroy Copeland 
Anthony Thomas Cortese 
William Benjamin Cothran III 
Harold Eugene Cox Jr. 
Susan Warren Creech 
Sara Lynne Creel 
David Kemp Cross 
James Henry Demming Jr. 
Wanda Cathryn DeVore 
Ernest Charles Dickerson Jr. 
Deborah Dilts Dixon 
Dennis Gregory Dolny 
Kathryn Ann Dunbar 
David Alan Dunn 
John Anderson Dunn 
Mary Elizabeth Edwards 
Jack William Elliott 
Charles Robert Ellis 
Natalie Keefer English 
Paul Leroy Fairbrother 
Dianne Jaye Foster 
Mitchell Turner Frye 
Gail Schaefer Fulp 
Richard Ward Furay 
Michael Thomas Gallagher 
Kenneth Kirk Gerrity 
David Eugene Glass 
Jane Louise Goforth 
Gregory Lee Goodman 
Andrew P. Goulder 



Patricia Ann Graham 

John Gary Grant 

Alice Carol Gray 

Mary Catherine Gribble 

Roderick Keith Griffin 

Nancy Lasater Hairfield 

Roberta Susan Hall 

George Thomas Hardison 

David Thomas Harris 

Julia Kathryn Hatcher 

Joseph Janney Hawley Jr. 

Clayton Donnie Heath 

Carey Elaine Hendrix 

Leslie Jean Herd 

John Harrell Hill Jr. 

Robert Frazer Hinman 

Fred Clarke Hobson Jr. 

Barbara Jane Hochuli 

Stephen Langford Holcombe 

Nancy Eoline Hord 

Lisa Katherine Hux 

David Trigg James III 

Allen Dale Jenkins 

Gary Lynn Johnson 

Deborah Ann Kegel 

Paul Elliott Kendig 

Jeffery William Ketner 

Junius Michael Kinlaw 

Francis Albert Landwehr Jr. 

Thomas Russell Lang 

Jeffrey Michael Leighton 

Andrew Jackson Lewis III 

Rodney Orr Lohman Jr. 

Gary Leighton Long 

Stacey Leigh Lunsford 

Ruth Ellen Malone 

Henry Bivens Mangum Jr. 

Ralph Eugene Marion Jr. 

Donald Leo Fruehauf McAvoy Jr. 

George Michael McCanless 

David Leslie McConnell 

John Wilson McGee 

James Michael McKeown 

Timothy Louis McLaughlin 

Scott Michael Mitchell 



155 



Richard Stephen Monday 

Carol Jean Moore 

Cecil Louis Moore Jr. 

Laura Meekins Moore 

Durman William Moose Jr. 

Brenda Joan Morgan 

Mitchell Lee Morgan 

Sarah Bryan Morgan 

William Edward Musselwhite Jr. 

Janice Elizabeth Myers 

John Anderson Nelms 

Michael Paul Norcio 

Carol Nash Norman 

Alan Holley Norton 

Arthur William Ott 

James Thomas Page 

> Sandra Ann Pajor 

John Alan Parker 

Constance Ann Parkerson 

Lane Ambrose Patterson 

John Kennedy Pittman 

Leslie William Powell III 

Cecil Dwight Price 

Mark Andrew Queen 

Lynn Love Redden 

John George Redmond 

Robert David Reid 

Robert Lee Reid 

Sarah Jo Reiser 

Cecil David Rhodes III 

Peter W. S. Rieke 

Robert Edwin Ring 

Margaret Mary Rogers 

Susan Grace Satrom 

George Joseph Scherer 

Murray Winfield Scott III 

Brenda Darlene Shaw 



Rebecca Ann Shields 
Glenn Edward Simpson 
Brian David Siska 
Brian Douglas Smith 
Robert Riggs Smoak Jr. 
John Sherwood Solms 
John Winfred Stamey Jr. 
Dennis Keith Stanfield 
William Harry Steele Jr. 
James Edward Stevens 
Dan Frederick Stewart Jr. 
John Joseph Stitz 
Thomas Stran Summers 
Karen Beth Swanson 
Elizabeth Ann Tholstrup 
Walter Rolph Thompson 
Laura Elizabeth Thorne 
Ellen Thomas Tillett 
Stephanie Jane Timko 
Mary Elizabeth Touchstone 
Pamela Lynne Triplett 
McKie Massenburg Trotter II 
Renee Michelle Wagner 
Martin Chandler Walker 
Jennifer DeHaven Wallis 
Hugh Edward Warner 
Barbara Louise Weeks 
Susan Carter W'enzel 
Dennis Ray White 
Janne Elizabeth White 
Rhonda Whitney 
James Milton Wiles 
Susan Patricia Woerner 
Harvey Emery Wood III 
James Anthony Yavorskv 
Charyl Ann Yocum 
Morris McGinnis Young 




156 



Distinctions Conferred 



August 5, 1977 

Cum Laude 



Catherine Anne Covington-East 
David Harold Newman 



Fritz Richter III 

Deborah Lynn Epperson Sizer 



Summa Cum Laude 

John Arthur Dover 
February 3, 1978 

Cum Laude 



Nancy Rebecca Arrants 
Virginia Lee Brown 
Laura Virginia Chajka 
Charles Risdon Darracott III 
James R. Dever 
Rose Margaret Hilliard 



Carol Anne Lawrence 
Mark Jeffrey Olson 
Sandra Amelia Shugart 
Richard Kris Spilsbury 
Charles Cilbert Vogel 
Terry Webster Weary 



Summa Cum Laude 

Jennifer Ellen Norris Burnham Susanna Jane Knutson 

Joseph Gifford Taylor 

May 15, 1978 

Cum Laude 



Reid Caldwell Adams Jr. 
Harry Anthony Alexander 
Ellen Jean Alford 
Constance Nell Allman 
Laura Jane Arnesen 
Susan Brownell Ayers 
Elizabeth Benjamin Bagwell 
Rebecca Ruth Baker 
Amanda Alice Basnight 
Rosemary Batten 
Frederick Lindsay Berry 
Elizabeth Bethea 
Victor Scott Bihl 
Claudia Paige Blalock 



Wedigan Powell Bland Jr. 
Jeffery Charles Borden 
William Land Brown Jr. 
Madison Earl Bullard Jr. 
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert 
Debra Ann Campbell 
Bruce Wayne Carpenter 
James Wesley Carscaddon 
Richard William Caudell 
Derwood Sumner Chase III 
Beverly Lynne Christie 
Cynthia Ann Cloud 
Bradley Keith Coltrain 
Mary Elizabeth Connelly 



157 



William Agee Cook III 
Susan Jane Cooper 
William Henry Craig 
Catiierine Ruth Cress 
Elizabeth Hunter Culp 
Rux Brothers Currin 
Janine Woolweber Cutcher 
Douglas Alan Datt 
Wanda Cathryn DeVore 
Terry Lee Dehrkoop 
Deborah Dilts Dixon 
Mary Helen Dombalis 
John Michael Dukes 
Kathryn Ann Dunbar 
Lauren Virginia Eastburn 

\ Marilyn Louise Edmondson 
Jean Irene Eldridge 
Jack William Elliott 
Charles Robert Ellis 
Mark Frederick Ellison 
Timothy James Farley 
Alfred Bell Fitzgerald III 
Richard Ward Furay 
Martha Lynn Garmon 
James Drew George 
James Edward Gerlock Jr. 

1 Timothy Wayne Gilbert 
Norman Earl Godwin Jr. 
Marilyn Brett Gordon 

i John David Graham 

I Patricia Ann Graham 
Alice Carol Gray 
Ann Louise Grim 
Nancy Gunzenhauser 

i Karen Marie Hallmark 
Nancy Rebecca Hamilton 
Grace Elizabeth Hancock 
George Thomas Hardison 
David Thomas Harris 
Jerry Allen Hauser 
William Duncan Hawkins III 
Michael Neil Hayes 
Karen Virginia Heinemann 
Leslie Jean Herd 
Margaret Mendenhall Hobbs 
Stephen Langford Holcombe 



Michael Anthony Hollingsworth 
Nancy Eoline Hord 
David Alexander Howell 
Lisa Katherine Hux 
Gerald Marshall Isbell III 
Kimberly Ann Iverson 
Frances Eva James 
Gary Lynn Johnson 
Mark Anthony Johnson 
Jan Alexandra Jones 
Deborah Ann Kegel 
Mary Catherine Knierim 
Gwyn Ellen Kooy 
Robert Hanna Kutteh 
Linda Lee Lail 
Francis Albert Landwehr Jr. 
William Saylor Lewis 
Rodney Orr Lohman Jr. 
Stacey Leigh Lunsford 
Mary Elizabeth Martin 
Thomas Hayden McCorkle 
Susan Gayle McFalls 
Robin Sue McFarlin 
John Wilson McGee 
James Michael McKeown 
Mary Elizabeth Melton 
Joseph Lemuel Middleton 
Peter Dallas Minarich 
Richard Stephen Monday 
Nancy Lynn Monroe 
Carol Jean Moore 
Laura Meekins Moore 
Durman William Moose Jr. 
Sarah Bryan Morgan 
Timothy Joe Nance 
Nancy Ann Newcomb 
Carol Nash Norman 
Margaret Ann Nowell 
Michael Harrison O'Neal 
Nancy Jean Pabst 
Sandra Ann Pajor 
Constance Ann Parkerson 
Annis Beaman Paschal 
Kenneth Wayne Patterson 
Michael Alvin Paul 
Michael Stanley Payne 



158 



Elizabeth Claire Pee 
William Wooten Peters Jr. 
Judith L. Peterson 
John Kennedy Pittman 
Mark Nixon Poovey 
John Vincent Quinlan 
Janet Lynn Raschke 
Brewster Stone Rawls 
Lynn Love Redden 
Cecil David Rhodes III 
Donny Layne Rich 
Timothy Craig Roach 
Clement Jay Robbins IV 
Mark Dudley Robertson 
Ann Leslie Robinson 
William V. Roebuck Jr. 
Lisa Lynn Rose 
Nancy Eileen Rouser 
Linda Joan Royston 
Jo Ann Sager 
Sonna Lee Schambach 
Lisa Anne Jacobowsky Scherer 
Thomas Louis Selznick 
Brenda Darlene Shaw 
Rebecca Ann Shields 
Dinah Gray Shore 
Martha Elizabeth Shore 
Allen Burton Shuford 
Nancy Marshall Simpson 
Douglas Allan Smoot 
Susan Lee Sowell 
Louis Charles Sparks 
Michael Sterling Speas 
John Winfred Stamey Jr. 

Peter 



William Harry Steele Jr. 
Lynn Carol Stewart 
Laurie Jean Stirling 
John Benson Street 
Thomas Stran Summers 
Jana Diane Talbot 
Ricky Lee Tarleton 
Harriet Alice Tate 
Elizabeth Ann Tholstrup 
Janet Lynn Tilley 
Donna Denise Upchurch 
John Hale Vance 
Douglas Kersten Vinez 
Renee Michelle Wagner 
Jennifer DeHaven Wallis 
Hugh Edward Warner 
John Wayne Weaver 
Barbara Louise Weeks 
Richard Mark Weir 
Susan Carter Wenzel 
Michael Jac Whatley 
William Walter Wheeler 
William Robert Whitehurst 
Rhonda Whitney 
Thomas Augustine Will Jr. 
Lonnie Boyd Williams Jr. 
Joseph Walter Willifbrd 
Scott Douglas Wilson 
Judith Ann Withers 
Susan Patricia Woerner 
Charyl Ann Yocum 
Morris McGinnis Young 
Janet Allison Yu 
Brad William Zabel 
MacLean Zehler 



Magna Cum Laude 



Margaret Ruth Ailes 
Nancy Jean Bell 
John Michael Benenati 
Thomas Albert Bland Jr. 
Kenneth Allen Boaz 
Lynda Beth Boozer 
David Keith Boyter 
Bradley Gardner Bute 



Bryan James Chestnutt 
Harold Gordon Colson Jr. 
Daniel Kermit Cook 
David Wayne Dixon 
Stephan Ray Futrell 
Terri Lynn Gardner 
Sheila Morton Gulley 
Candace Hope Haigler 



159 



4ary Beth Horn 

liomas Alan Kachel 

ohn Ruffin Knight 

Lathryn Ann Lee 

dark. Wayne Leuchtenberger 

/fichael Lee McGlamry 

4ary Llewellyn McNeil 

)iana Lynn Moon 

Irenda Joan Morgan 

ohn Muirhead 

)avid Edward Nash 

/largaret Sears Nottingham 

enny Beth Parker 

iusan Elaine Parker 

ames Louis Pecsok 



Sandra Sasser 
Alana Victoria Schmidt 
Russell William Schrader 
Margaret Ellen Sheehan 
Deborah Fay Smith 
Pamela Kay Smith 
Karl Louis Stefan 
Raymond Lee Stovall 
Karen Beth Swanson 
Lyn Wharton Tillett 
James Luther Van Dyke 
Terecia Ann Webb 
Janne Elizabeth White 
Paul Richard Williamson 
David Coleman Wilson 



Summa Cum Laude 



Douglas Mark Bradshaw 
Timothy Marshall Browder 
Vlary Catherine Cribble 
Donald Bell Haller 
kephen Marshall Hux 
\nn Blessley Konhaus 



Cheryl Lynn Origer 
Emily Jane Owens 
Cecil Dwight Price 
Nola Jane Reed 
George Joseph Scherer 
Ellen Gayle Thorne 



Pamela Lynne Triplett 



August 5, 1977 



Graduating with Honors in Religion 
Graduating with Honors in Speech 
Communication and Theatre Arts 



Catherine Anne Covington-East 
Deborah Lynn Epperson Sizer 



May 15, 1978 



graduating with Honors in Biology 

Graduating ivith Honors in Business 
Graduating with Honors in Chemistry 
Graduating with Honors in Economics 



Graduating with Honors in Education 
Graduating with Honors in English 



John Michael Benenati, Timothy Mar- 
shall Browder, Scott Douglas Wilson 
Susan Patricia Woerner 
Charles Robert Ellis 
Madison Earl Bullard Jr., Rux 
Brothers Currin, John David 
Graham, Francis Albert Landwehr 
Jr., John Muirhead, Raymond Lee 
Stovall, William Robert Whitehurst 
Nancy Jean Bell 

Thomas Albert Bland Jr., Michael 
Jac Whatley 



!<-,(! 



Graduating with Honors in Mathematics 



Graduating with Honors in Mathematics- 
Biology 
Graduating with Honors in Music 
Graduating with Honors in Politics 

Graduating with Honors in Psychology 



Graduating with Honors in Religion 
Graduating with Honors in Sociology 

Graduating with Honors in Speech 
Communication and Theatre Arts 



Timothy Marshall Browder, Francis 
Albert Landvvehr Jr., Brenda Joan 
Morgan 

Deborah Ann Kegel 

Nola fane Reed 

Stephan Ray Futrell, Timothy Wayne 

Gilbert, John David Graham 
Debra Ann Campbell, Terri Lynn 

Gardner, Norman Earl Godwin Jr., 

William Wooten Peters Jr., Lisa 

Lynn Rose, Susan Lee Sowell, Brad 

William Zabel 
Terecia Ann Webb 
Sonna Lee Schambach, Terecia 

Ann Webb 
Donnv Lavne Rich, Ann Leslie 

Robinson, Michael lac Whatlev 



Omicron Delta Kappa 



Ross Allen Berlin 
Lynda Beth Boozer 
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert 
Stephan Ray Futrell 
John D. Graham 
Candace Hope Haigler 
William Duncan Hawkins III 
Robert Hanna Kutteh 



Mark Wayne Leuchtenberger 
Michael Lee McGlamry 
Mary Elizabeth McLean 
David Edward Nash 
Emily Jane Owens 
Nola Jane Reed 
George Joseph Scherer 
Ellen Gayle Thome 



Michael Jac Whatlev 



Ellen Jean Alford 
Nancy Jean Bell 
Kenneth Allen Boaz 
Bradley Gardner Bute 
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert 
Alfred Bell Fitzgerald II 
Stephan Ray Futrell 
Candace Hope Haigler 
Deborah Ann Kegel 
Marv Ellen Koehne 



Mortar Board 

Linda Lee Lail 
Mark W T ayne Leuchtenberger 
Mary Elizabeth McLean 
David Edward Nash 
Mark Jeffrey Olson 
Emily Jane Owens 
Nola Jane Reed 
Margaret Ellen Sheehan 
Ellen Gayle Thorne 
Michael Jac Whatley 
Janet Allison Vu 



161 



Phi Beta Kappa 



Margaret Ruth Ailes 
Nancy Jean Bell 
Thomas Albert Bland Jr. 
Kenneth Allen Boaz 
Lynda Beth Boozer 
David Keith Boyter 
Douglas Mark Bradshaw 
Timothy Marshall Browder 
Jennifer E. Norris Burnham 
Bradley Gardner Bute 
Bryan James Chestnutt 
Harold Gordon Colson Jr. 
Daniel Kermit Cook 
David Wayne Dixon 
John Arthur Dover 
Charles Robert Ellis 
Stephan Ray Futrell 
Terri Lynn Gardner 
Mary Catherine Gribble 
Candace Hope Haigler 
Donald Bell Haller 
Stephen Marshall Hux 
Thomas Allan Kachel 
John Ruffin Knight 
Ann Blessley Konhaus 
Mark Wayne Leuchtenberger 
William Saylor Lewis 
Rodney Orr Lohman Jr. 

David 



Laura Ellen Lyons 
Mary Llewellyn McNeil 
Diana Lynn Moon 
Brenda Joan Morgan 
John Muirhead 
David Edward Nash 
Margaret Sears Nottingham 
Cheryl Lynn Origer 
Emily Jane Owens 
Susan Elaine Parker 
James Louis Pecsok 
Cecil Dwight Price 
Nola Jane Reed 
Sandra Sasser 
George Joseph Scherer 
Alana Victoria Schmidt 
Russell William Schrader 
Deborah Fay Smith 
Pamela Kay Smith 
Raymond Lee Stovall 
Ricky Lee Tarleton 
Joseph Gifford Taylor 
Ellen Gayle Thorne 
Lyn Wharton Tillett 
Pamela Lynne Triplett 
Terecia Ann Webb 
Janne Elizabeth White 
Paul Richard Williamson 
Coleman Wilson 




162 



Enrollment 



The College 

Seniors 

Juniors 

Sophomores 

Freshmen 

Unclassified 

Total 



Fall 1978 






Men 


Women 


Total 


466 


288 


754 


448 


266 


714 


476 


286 


762 


530 


292 


822 


23 


31 


54 



1,943 



1,163 



3,106 



The Graduate School 

(Reynolda Campus) 
Master's Program 
Doctoral Program 
Unclassified 
Total 



83 


107 


190 


8 


3 


11 


7 


12 


19 


98 


122 


220 



The Graduate School 

(Hawthorne Campus) 
Master's Program 
Doctoral Program 
Unclassified 
Total 



12 


4 


16 


49 


19 


68 


2 


1 


3 


63 


24 


87 



The School of Law 



368 



107 



475 



The Babcock Graduate 








School of Management 








Master's Program 


112 


29 


141 


Executive Program 


54 


12 


66 


Total 


166 


41 


207 



The Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine 

Allied Health Programs 



345 

38 



73 
80 



418 
118 



Total 



3,021 



1,610 



4,631 



North Carolina Counties 



163 



Alamance 

Alexander 

Alleghany 

Anson 

Ashe 

Avery 

Beaufort 

Bertie 

Bladen 

Brunswick. 

Buncombe 

Burke 
( Cabarrus 
i Caldwell 
I Camden 
' Carteret 

Caswell 

Catawba 

Chatham 

Cherokee 

Chowan 

Clay 

Cleveland 

Columbus 
1 Craven 
' Cumberland 
1 Currituck 

Dare 

Davidson 

Davie 

Duplin 

Durham 

Edgecombe 

Forsyth 

Franklin 

Gaston 

Gates 

Graham 

Granville 

Greene 

Guilford 

Halifax 

Harnett 



Men 


Women 


Total 


31 


9 


40 


2 


2 


4 


2 


1 


3 


2 




2 


7 


3 


10 


4 


1 


5 


5 


6 


11 


2 




2 


3 


5 


8 


I 




1 


14 


8 


22 


14 


3 


17 


26 


8 


34 


6 


6 


12 


1 


1 


2 


11 


2 


13 




1 


1 


18 


18 


36 


6 


5 


11 


1 


1 


2 


3 


4 


7 


18 


5 


23 


8 


4 


12 


9 


1 


10 


31 


15 


46 


2 




2 


40 


17 


57 


14 


6 


20 


4 


4 


8 


34 


20 


54 


6 


2 


8 


401 


256 


657 


4 


1 


5 


21 


17 


38 




1 


1 


2 




2 


11 


2 


13 


3 




3 


116 


83 


199 


3 


3 


6 


7 


2 


9 



164 

Men Women Total 

Haywood 
Henderson 
Hertford 
Hoke 
Hyde 
Iredell 
Jackson 
Johnston 
Jones 
Lee 
Lenoir 
Lincoln 
Macon 
Madison 
Martin 
McDowell 
Mecklenburg 
Mitchell 
Montgomery 
Moore 
Nash 

New Hanover 
Northampton 
Onslow 
Orange 
Pamlico 
Pasquotank 
Pender 
Perquimans 
Person 
Pitt 
Polk 

Randolph 
Richmond 
Robeson 
Rockingham 
Rowan 
Rutherford 
Sampson 
Scotland 
Stanley 
Stokes 
Surry 
Swain 
Transylvania 



8 


8 


16 


6 


6 


12 


6 


3 


9 


1 




1 


1 




1 


21 


10 


31 


3 




3 


10 


7 


17 


3 




3 


8 


7 


15 


12 


5 


17 


10 


4 


14 


3 


2 


5 


1 


1 


2 


3 


2 


5 


8 


1 


9 


110 


69 


179 


2 


2 


4 


8 


7 


15 


9 


4 


13 


18 


9 


27 


14 


8 


22 


2 




2 


8 


4 


12 


15 


11 


26 



3 


3 


6 


20 


2 


22 




1 


1 


9 


4 


13 


3 


4 


7 


21 


7 


28 


18 


8 


26 


20 


16 


36 


6 


5 


11 


9 


4 


13 


7 


5 


12 


9 


6 


15 


11 


9 


20 


21 


13 


34 


1 




1 


3 


1 


4 



165 



Men 



Women 



Total 



Tyrrell 

Union 

Vance 

Wake 

Warren 

Washington 

Watauga 

Wayne 

Wilkes 

Wilson 

Yadkin 

Yancey 



Alabama 

Alaska 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Connecticut 

Delaware 

District of Columbia 

Florida 

Georgia 

Hawaii 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 



9 


10 


19 


9 


6 


15 


90 


71 


161 


2 


1 


3 


1 




1 


5 


3 


8 


7 


5 


12 


21 


9 


30 


15 


6 


21 


9 


11 


20 




1 


1 


Other States 






Men 


Women 


Total 


10 


2 


12 




1 


1 


2 


1 


3 


31 


11 


42 


2 


1 


3 


39 


10 


49 


21 


18 


39 


12 


4 


16 


136 


67 


203 


66 


34 


100 


1 


2 
i 


3 
i 


42 


i 
10 


i 

52 


10 


2 


12 


2 


2 


4 


2 


1 


3 


15 


13 


28 


3 


5 


8 


2 


1 


3 


140 


72 


212 


17 


11 


28 


11 


5 


16 


5 


1 


6 


5 


1 


6 


9 


3 


12 


1 




1 


3 


1 


4 


1 




1 



166 



Men 


Women 


Total 


New Hampshire 3 




3 


New Jersey 157 
New Mexico 1 


55 


212 
1 


New York 138 


30 


168 


North Dakota 






Ohio 69 


32 


101 


Oklahoma 1 


1 


2 


Oregon 1 
Pennsylvania 147 


39 


1 
186 


Rhode Island 8 




8 


South Carolina 66 


47 


113 


South Dakota 2 




2 


Tennessee 49 


29 


78 


Texas 12 


4 


16 


United States Territories 5 




5 


United States Citizens Abroad 


1 


1 


Utah 1 




1 


Vermont 3 


1 


4 


Virginia 178 
Washington 


136 
3 


314 
3 


West Virginia 38 
Wisconsin 4 


23 
6 


61 
10 


Wyoming 1 




1 


Other Countries 






Men 


Women 


Total 



Brazil 

Cameroon 

Canada 

China 

Colombia 

Costa Rica 

Finland 

France 

West Germany 

Guyana 

Hong Kong 

India 

Iran 

Ivory Coast 

Japan 

Jordan 

Kenya 

Korea 



m 


Total 




1 




1 


1 


5 




1 


3 


4 


1 


2 




1 


2 


3 




2 




1 




1 




3 




1 




1 




1 




1 


1 


1 


1 


1 



167 



Lebanon 

Malaysia 

Nicaragua 

Nigeria 

Peru 

Philippines 

Sri Lanka 

Sweden 

Taiwan 

Thailand 

Venezuela 

Vietnam 

Yugoslavia 



Men 


Women 


Total 


1 




1 


3 




3 


1 




1 


4 


1 


5 


1 


1 


2 




1 


I 


2 




2 




1 


1 


2 


2 


I 


1 




1 


1 




1 




1 


1 




1 


1 




168 

The Board of Trustees 



Terms Expire December 31, 1979 

Mrs. Polly Lambeth Blackwell, Winston-Salem 

Dr. John M. Cheek Jr., Durham 

Mr. James R. Gilley, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Brent Kincaid, Lenoir 

Mr. Petro Kulynych, North Wilkesboro 

Mr. Charles B. Martin, Tarboro 

Mr. James W. Mason, Laurinburg 

Dr. George W. Paschal Jr., Raleigh 

Mr. Leon L. Rice Jr., Winston-Salem 

Terms Expire December 31, 1980 

The Rev. Dr. A. Douglas Aldrich, Gastonia 

Mr. M. Alexander Biggs, Rocky Mount 

Mr. Howard Bullard, Fayetteville 

Mrs. E. Reed Gaskin, Charlotte 

Mr. Weston P. Hatfield, Winston-Salem 

Mr. James R. Helvey III, Lexington 

Mrs. Sara Page Lewis, Charlotte 

Mr. J. Robert Philpott, Lexington 

Dr. D. E. Ward Jr., Lumberton 

Terms Expire December 31, 1981 

Mr. E. Lee Cain, High Point 

Dr. Gloria F. Graham, Wilson 

The Rev. Mr. Ray K. Hodge, Kinston 

Mr. James L. Johnson, Rowland 

Dr. C. Hunter Moricle, Reidsville 

Mr. W. Linville Roach, Greensboro 

Mr. Colin Stokes, Winston-Salem 

The Rev. Mr. Charles L. Tanner, Garner 

Mr. Richard A. Williams, Maiden 

Terms Expire December 31, 1982 

The Hon. Joseph Branch, Raleigh 

Mr. Dewey H. Bridger Jr., Bladenboro 

Mrs. James T. Broyhill, Lenoir 

Mr. C. Frank Colvard Jr., West Jefferson 

Mr. Robert A. Culler, High Point 

The Rev. Mr. Manuel E. Cunnup, Greensboro 

Mr. Charles Cedric Davis, Farmville 

The Hon. John D. Larkins, Trenton 

Dr. William W. Leathers III, Rockingham 



169 



Officers 

(For one-year terms beginning January 1, 1979) 

Mr. James W. Mason, Laurinburg, Chairman 

Mr. Colin Stokes, Winston-Salem, Vice Chairman 

Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Winston-Salem, Secretary 

Mr. John G. Williard, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 

Mrs. Meyressa H. Schoonmaker, Winston-Salem, Associate General Counsel 

Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice, Winston-Salem, General Counsel 




170 

The Board of Visitors 



Mr. Arnold Palmer, Chairman of the University Board of Visitors 

Dr. W. Burnett Harvey, Boston. Chairman of the College and 

Graduate School Board of Visitors 

Dr. Samuel Adler. Rochester 

Ms. Mava Angelou, Pacific Palisades, California 

*Dr. William C. Archie, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Jerry B. Attkisson. Atlanta 

Mr. William N. Austin, Los Angeles 

Mr. William L. Bondurant. Winston-Salem 

Mr. Herbert Brenner, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Robert P. Caldwell, Gastonia 

Mr. D. Wayne Calloway, Dallas 

Mr. Wallace Carroll, Winston-Salem 

Dr. John W. Chandler, Williamstovvn. Massachusetts 

Mrs. Benjamin Cone Jr., Greensboro 

Mr. H. Max Craig Jr., Stanley 

Mr. Ronald E. Deal, Hickory 

Dr. Wilton Dillon, Washington 

Mr. Arthur E. Earley, Cleveland 

Mrs. Aurelia Grav Eller, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Ralph Ellison. New York 

Mr. John Fairchild, New York 

Dr. and Mrs. Frank Forsyth, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Stanley Frank, Greensboro 

Mrs. Patricia O'Neil Goodyear, Baltimore 

Mr. Harold T. P. Haves, New York 

Dr. E. Garland Herndon, Atlanta 

Mrs. Dorothy Carpenter Howard, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Hubert B. Humphrey Jr.. Greensboro 

Mr. Albert R. Hunt Jr.. Washington 

Mr. Gerald Johnson, Baltimore 

Mr. Joseph W. Jones, Atlanta 

Mr. George W. Kane Jr.. Durham 

Dr. Nancy C. Kester. New York 

Mr. William F. Laporte, New York 

Brig. Gen. Lvnwood Lennon, Washington 

Mr. Albert S. Lineberrv Sr., Greensboro 

Mr. Graham A. Martin, Winston-Salem 

Dr. J. A. Martin Jr., New York 

Mr. Martin Mayer, New York 

Mr. John G. Medlin jr.. Winston-Salem 



*Died April 9, 1979. 



171 



Dr. Jasper D. Memory Jr., Raleigh 

Mrs. Katharine Babcock Mountcastle, Darien, Connecticut 

Dr. Campbell McMillan, Chapel Hill 

Mr. Bill Movers, New York 

Dr. Eugene Owens, Charlotte 

Mr. James R. Peterson, Winston-Salem 

Mrs. Lorraine F. Rudolph, Winston-Salem 

Dr. K. Wayne Smith, Washington 

Mr. Zachary T. Smith, Winston-Salem 

Mr. Norman Snead, Yorktown, Virginia 

Ms. Jo De Young Thomas, Washington 

The Hon. Frank Thompson, Washington 

Mr. Patrick L. M. Williams, Philadelphia 

Dr. George Williamson Jr., Poughkeepsie 

Mr. Meade H. Willis Jr., Winston-Salem 

Mr. J. Tylee Wilson, Winston-Salem 




172 

The Administration 



University 

*James Ralph Scales ( 1 967) President 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A.. Ph.D., Oklahoma; Eitt.D., 
Northern Michigan; LL.D., Alderson-Broaddus; LL.D., Duke 

Edwin Graves Wilson ( 1 946, 1951) Provost 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

Manson Meads ( 1 947, 1 963) Vice President for Health Affairs and 

B.A., California; M.D., Sc.D., Temple Director oj the Medical Center 

John G. Williard ( 1958) Vice President and Treasurer 

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina 

G. William Joyner Jr. (1969) Vice President for Development 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Russell H. Brantley Jr. (1953) Assistant to the President and 

B.A., Wake Forest Director of Communications 

Meyressa H . Schoonmaker ( 1 975) Assistant to the President and 

B.A.,J.D., Wake Forest Associate General Counsel 

Henry B. Stokes (1977) Director of Denominational Relations 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Seminary 

Ross A. Griffith ( 1 966) Director of Equal Opportunity 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina 

Larry L. Palmer ( 1 978) Director of Minority Affairs 

B.A., Emory; M.Ed., Texas Southern; Ed.D., Indiana 

N . Rick Heatley ( 1 970) Associate in Academic Administration 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Ph.D., Texas 

College 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory 

Robert Allen Dyer ( 1 956) Associate Dean 

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 

Toby A. Hale (1970) Assistant Dean 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Duke; Ed.D.. Indiana 

Patricia Adams Johnson ( 1 969) Academic Counselor 

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest 



*Date following name indicates year of appointment. 



173 



Graduate School 



Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Graduate School 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke 

Harold O. Goodman ( 1 958) Associate Dean for Biomedical 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota Graduate Studies 

School of Law 

Leon H. Corbett Jr. (1968) Acting Dean of the School of Law 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest 

Elva L.Jess (1978) Assistant Dean 

B.A., Methodist; J.D., Wake Forest 

Laura L. Myers ( 1 959) Registrar and Director of Placement 

Jeanne T. Wilson ( 1 974) Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 

B.A., Oklahoma State 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Frank J. Schilagi ( 197 1 ) Dean of the Babcock Graduate 

B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Georgia School of Management 

Bernard L. Beatty (1974, 1976) Associate Dean 

B.S., Ohio State; MB. A., Ph.D., Harvard 

Jean B. Hopson (1970) Assistant Dean 

B.S. in Ed., Murray State; M.S. in L.S., George Peabody; M.B.A., Wake Forest 

William D. Shea (1978) Director of Placement and Admissions 

B.A., Hunter; M.A., North Carolina; MB. A., Harvard 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Richard Janeway (1966) Dean of the Bowman Gray 

B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania School of Medicine 

Nat E. Smith ( 1 976) Associate Dean 

B.A., Erskine; M.D., Georgia 

C. Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean for Research Development 

B.A., Duke; M.D., Jefferson 

Clyde T. Hardy Jr. (1941) Associate Dean for Patient Seyvices 

B.A., Richmond 

Warren H. Kennedy (1971) Associate Dean for Administration 

B.B.A., Houston 

John D. Tolmie (1970) Associate Dean for Student Affairs 

B.A., Hobart; M.D., McGill 

Emery C. Miller Jr. (1955) Associate Dean for Continuing Education 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins 



174 



John H. Felts (1978) Associate Dean for Admissions 

B.S., Wofford; M.D., South Carolina 

James C. Leist ( 1 974) Assistant Dean for Continuing Education 

B.S., Southeastern Missouri State; M.S., Ed.D.. Indiana 

Summer Session 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke 

Student Services 

David Allen Hills ( 1960) Coordinator of Student Services 

B.A., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa 

Mark H. Reece ( 1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest 

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.F., Southern Baptist Seminary 

Edward R. Cunnings (1974) Director of Housing and 

B.S.M., M.Ed., St. Lawrence Assistant to the Dean of Men 

Timothy L. Reese (1978) Director of the College Union 

B.A., Lebanon Yallev; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State 

Brian M. Austin (1975) Director of the Center for 

B.A., Monmouth; M.S. Ed., Ph.D., Southern Illinois Psychological Services 

Marianne Schubert (1977) Assistant Director of the Center for 

B.A., Dayton; M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois Psychological Services 

Mary Ann H. Taylor ( 1961 , 1978) Director of the Health Service 

B.S., M.D., Wake Forest 

Andrew J. Crutchfield ( 1968) Consultant in Clinical Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia 

Carol S. Disque ( 1 976) Director of Placement and 

B.A., Duke; M.Ed., Virginia Career Development 

Campus Ministry 

Edgar D. Christman ( 1 956, 1 96 1 ) Chaplain 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; S.T.M., Union Seminary 

Richard W. McBride ( 1 969) Assistant Chaplain and Director of the 

B.S., Virginia; M.Div., Union Seminary; Th.M.. Duke Baptist Student Union 

Records and Institutional Research 

Ben M. Seelbinder ( 1959) Director of Records and Institutional Research 

B.A., Mississippi Delta State; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Margaret R. Perry (1947) Registrar 

B.S., South Carolina 



David Gasque ( 1 974) Assistant Registrar 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Admissions and Financial Aid 

William G. Starling ( 1958) Director of Admissions anil Financial Aid 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 

Shirley P. Hamrick ( 1 957) Associate Director oj Admissions 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A. in Ed., Wake Forest 

Charles M. Carter ( 1972) Assistant Director o\ Admissions 

B.S., Winston-Salem State; M.S., Indiana and Financial Aid 

W. Douglas Bland ( 1 975) Assistant Director oj Admissions 

B.A., M.A. m Ed., Wake Forest 

Lyne S. Gamble (1978) Assistant Director oj Admissions 

B.A., Millsaps 

Ellen C. Lipscomb ( 197b) Admissions Counselor 

B.A.. Wake Forest 

Communications and Publications 

Russell H. Brantley Jr. ( 1953) Assistant to the President 

B.A., Wake Forest and Director oj Communications 

Martha W. Lentz (1973) Associate in Publications 

B.A., North Carolina; M.B.A., Wake Forest 

William E. Rav (1975) Associate in Communications 

B.A., Wake Forest: M.A., Ph.D.. North Carolina and Director oj Cornells 

Development and Alumni Activities 

G. William Joyner Jr. ( 1969) Vice President for Development 

B.A.. Wake Forest 

Julius H. Corpening (1969) Director oj Development 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminar) 

Robert D. Mills (1972) Director oj Alumni Activities 

B.A.. Wake Forest 

Martha E. Shore ( 1 976) Director oj Research anil 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina Foundations Officer 

Robert T. Baker (1978) Development Officer 

B.A., NFS.. George Peabody 

Minta Aycock McNallv (1978) Annual Giving Officer 

B.A., Wake Forest 

W. Craig Jackson (1978) Assistant to the 

B.A., Wake Forest Director of Alumni Activities 



176 



Financial Affairs 

John G. Williard (1958) Vice President and Treasurer 

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina 

Carlos O. Holder ( 1 969) Controller and Assistant Treasurer 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 

W. Derald Hagen (1978) Assistant Controller 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic 

Libraries 

Merrill G. Berthrong ( 1 964) Director of Libraries 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Kenneth A. Zick 11(1 975) Director of Law Library Services 

B.A., Alhion; J.D., Wayne State; M.L.S., Michigan 

Vivian L. Wilson Librarian of the School of Law 

B.A., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody 

Jean B. Hopson ( 1 970) Librarian oj the Babcock Graduate 

B.S. in Ed., Murray State; M.S. in L.S., School of Management 

George Peabody; M.B.A., Wake Forest 

Michael D. Sprinkle ( 1972) Librarian of the Bowman Gray 

B.A., M.S. in L.S., North Carolina School oj Medicine 

Richard J . Murdoch ( 1 966) Assistant to the Director and 

B.A., Pennsylvania Military; M.S. in L.S., Villanova Curator of Rare Books 

Athletics 

G. Eugene Hooks (1956) . Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody 

Dorothy Casey (1949) Director of Women 's Athletics 

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina 

Personnel 

James L. Ferrell ( 1 975) Director of Personnel 

B.A., North Carolina; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth 

Physical Plant 

Harold S. Moore ( 1 953) Director of the Physical Plant 

B.M.E., Virginia 

Other Administrative Offices 

Nicholas B. Bragg (1970) Director ofReynolda House 

B.A., Wake Forest 

(Maude U. Broach (1974) Director of the Ecume?iical histitute 

B.A., Georgia; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 



177 



R. Davidson Burgess (1974) 

B.S., Concord; M.A., Marshall 

Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan 

Richard T.Clay (1956) 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 



Director of Bands 

Director of Radio 

Director of University Stores 



Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Director of Counselor Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State 



Victor Faccinto (1978) 

B.A., M.A., California 

Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959) 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown 

David W. Hadley( 1966) 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 



Director of the Art Gallery 

Coordinator of the Honors Program 

Coordinator of London Programs 

Technical Director of Theatre 

Director of Choirs 



Russell E. Houchen (1976) 

B.A., East Washington State; M.A., Oregon 

John V. Mochnick ( 1976) 

B.M. Heidelberg; M.M., Indiana; D.M.A., Cincinatti 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Director of the Educational Media Center 

B.S., California State (Pennsylvania); M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Susan Tamulonis ( 1 976) Curator of Art Slides 

B.A., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Southern Methodist 

Harold C. Tedford ( 1 965) Director of Theatre 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State 

Donald H . Wolfe ( 1 968) Associate Director of Theatre 

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell 




178 



The College Faculty 



*Charles M.Allen (1941) 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest: Ph.D., Duke 



Professor of Biology 



Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Prof essor of Biology 

B.A.. M.A., Northern Colorado; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado 

John L. Andronica ( 1 969) Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

B.A., Holv Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

**John William Angell ( 1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; S.T.M., Andover Newton; Th.M., Ph.D., Southern Baptist 
Seminary 



Bianca Ariom (1975) 

Brian M. Austin (1975) 

B.A., Monmouth; Ph.D., Southern Illinois 

H. Wallace Baird (1963) 

B.A., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

E. Pendleton Banks (1954) 

B.A., Furman; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

**James P. Barefield (1963) 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

Richard C. Barnett (1961) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina 

John V. Baxley( 1968) 

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

Robert C. Beck (1959) 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois 



Lecturer in Romance Languages 
Lecturer in Psychology 

P rofessor of Ch e m is try 

Professor of A nth ropology 

Associate Professor of History 

Professor of History 

Professor of Mathematics 

Professor of Psychology 

Associate Professor of Biology 



Veryl E.Becker (1969) 

B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State 

tDonald B. Bergey (1978) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest 

tt Raymond Berry (1978) 

B.A., Virginia; M.F.A.. North Carolina (Greensboro) 



Instructor in Art 



Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 



Associate Professor of History 



*Dates following names indicate year of appointment. 

**On leave, fall 1978. 

f Part-time. 

t1 -Part-time, fall 1978. 



.79 



*Deborah L. Best (1972, 1978) 
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest 

Thomas M. Bevei idge (1979) 
M.A., M.Ed. ? Dundee 



Instructor in Psychology 
Instructor in Economics 



*David Bindman (1977) Lecturer in Art History 

B.A., M.A., Oxford; Ph.D., Courtauld Institute (London) 

W. Thomas Boone (1973) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.Ed., Northwestern State; Ph.D., Florida State 

Germaine Bree ( 1 973) Kenan Professor of Humanities 

Licence, E.E.S., Agregation, Paris; Litt.D., Smith, Mount Holyoke, Allegheny, 

Duke, Oberlin, Dickinson. Rutgers, Wake Forest, Brown, Wisconsin, New York, 

Massachusetts, Kalamazoo; L.H.D., Wilson, Colby, Michigan, Davis and Elkins; 

LL.D.. Middleburv 



Robert W. Brehme (1959) 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 

tDavidB. Broyles (1966) 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., California 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D.. Yale 

Shasta M.Bryant (1966) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Julian Bueno (1978) 

B.A., Pan-American; M.A., Texas Tech 



P rofesso r of Physics 

Associate Professor of Politics 

Professor of Religion 

Professor of Romance Languages 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

Professor of Speech Communication 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Sam J. Ervinjr. University Lecturer 



Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan 

ttRichard D. Carmichael ( 197 1 ) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

♦Wallace Carroll (1974) 

B.Litt., Marquette; LL.D., Duke; Litt.D., Wake Forest, Marquette 

John A. Carter Jr. ( 1 96 1 ) Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

Dorothv Casey ( 1 949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina 

David W. Catron ( 1 963) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., George Peabody 



* Part -tunc. 

**Part-time, spring 1979. 
fOn leave, spring 1979. 
ffOn leave, 1978-79. 



180 



*Gale M. Chamblee ( 1 978) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.A., East Carolina; M.A.T., North Carolina 

Glenn L. Clark Jr. (1976) Lecturer in Business 

B.S., Ohio State; M.B.A., Kentucky 

Marvin S. Coats ( 1 976) Lecturer in Art 

B.S.A., East Texas State; M.F.A., Oklahoma 

John E. Collins ( 1970) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.S., M.S., Tennessee; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Princeton 

Gary A. Cook ( 1 975) Instructor in Art 

B.F.A., Michigan State; M.F.A., Northern Illinois 

Leon P. Cook Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accountancy 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S., Tennessee; OP. A., Arkansas 

Nancy J . Cotton ( 1977) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Texas; M.A., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Columbia 

John B. Coullard (1977) Instructor in Accountancy 

B.S.E.E., Louisiana State; M.B.A., Syracuse; Ed.D., North Carolina (Greensboro) 

Cyclone Covey ( 1 968) Professor of History 

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

*Frances Creighton ( 1 976) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.A., Marshall; M.A., Tennessee 

Christopher D. Cribaro (1978) Instructor in History 

B.S., Loyola; M.A., DePaul 

Patricia M. Cunningham (1978) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Rhode Island; M.S., Florida State; Ed.S. Indiana State; Ph.D., Georgia 

Sayeste A. Daser (1978) Assistant Professor of Business 

B.A., Middle East Tech (Ankara); M.S., Ege (Izmir); Ph.D., North Carolina 

Deborah S. David (1975) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., Florida 

J. William Dellastatious ( 1 975) Lecturer in Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., Missouri 

Arun P. Dewasthali ( 1 975) Associate Professor of Business 

B.S., Bombay; M.S., Ph.D., Delaware 

John F. Dimmick ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois 

Ronald V. Dimock Jr. (1970) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., California 



*Part-time. 



181 



*James H. Dodding (1979) Visiting Lecturer in Theatre 

*Joseph Dodson ( 1 977) Visiting Lecturer in Education 

B.A., Western Carolina; M.Ed., Ed.D., Georgia 

*Thomas E. Dougherty Jr. (1977) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 

Robert H . Dufort ( 1 96 1 ) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Robert Allen Dyer ( 1 956) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Seminary 

John R. Earle ( 1 963) Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1 957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State 

Thomas M. Elmore ( 1 962) Professor of Counseling Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabodv; Ph.D., Ohio State 

Gerald W. Esch ( 1 965) Professor of Biology 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S.. Ph.D., Oklahoma 

Andrew V. Ettin (1977) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A. Rutgers; M.A., Ph.D., Washington 

Herman E. Eure ( 1 974) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Maryland State; Ph.D., Wake Forest 

David K. Evans (1966) Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California 

Stephen Ewing (1971) Associate Professor of Business 

B.S., Howard Pavne; M.B.A., Baylor; D.B.A., Texas Tech 

Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke 

Doranne Fenoaltea ( 1 977) Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Mount Holvoke; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

Jack D. Fleer ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S.. Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina 

H *Carol Friedman (1978) Instructor in Education 

B.M.E., Memphis State 

Walter S. Flory ( 1 963) Babcock Professor of Botany 

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater 



*Spnng, 1979. 
**Pait-time. 



182 

Doyle R. Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D.. Harvard 

Ralph S. Fraser ( 1 962) Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois 

Donald E. Frey ( 1 972) . Associate Professor of Economics 

B.A., Weslevan; M.Div., Vale; Ph.D., Princeton 

*Caroline S. Fullerton ( 1969) Instructor in Theatre Arts 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Texas Christian 

Ivey C. Gentry ( 1 949) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York; M.A., Ph.D.. Duke 

}. Whitfield Gibbons ( 197 1 ) Adjunct Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D.. Michigan State 

Christopher Giles ( 195 1) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., Ceorge Peabod) 

*Gilda Glazer ( 1977) Instructor in Music 

B.A., Queens; M.A., Columbia 

**Kathleen Glenn ( 1 974) Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., M.A.. Ph.D.. Stanford 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale ( 1 960) Professor of History and Asian Studies 

B.A.. M.A.. Ph.D., Bombay 

Thomas F. Gossett ( 1 967 ) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist: Ph.D., Minnesota 

Edward L. Grant ( 1 977) Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.B.A., Texas A & M 

Floyd L. Griffin Jr. ( 1 975) Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., Tuskegee Institute; M.S.. Florida Tech 

George J. Griffin (1948) Prof essor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; I h.B., Southern Baptist Seminary; B.D.. Yale: Ph.D. Edinburgh 

Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S.. Duke; Ph.D.. Brown 

William H. Gulley ( 1966) Associate Pro] essor of Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

David W. Hadlev ( 1 966) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D.. Harvard 

*Claire H. Hammond ( 1978) Instructor in Economic*. 

B.A., Marv Washington 



*F 'art-time. 

**On leave, 1978-79. 



J. Daniel Hammond (1978) 
B.A., Wake forest 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) 

B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke 

PhillipJ. Hamrick Jr. (1956) 

B.S.. Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke 



183 

instructor in Economics 

Professor of Religion 

Professor of Chemistry 



Carl V. Harris ( 1 956; Professor of Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D.. S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D.. Duke 



*LucilleS. Harris (1957) 

B.A., B.M., Meredith 

*Negley Boyd Harte (1978) 

B.S., London School of Economic s 



Instructor in Music 

Lecturer in History 
(London) 

Professor of Physics 



Ysbrand Haven (1965) 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor. Rijks (Netherlands) 

Elmer K. Hayashi ( 1973) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., California (Davis); M.S., San Diego State; Ph.D.. Illinois 

*Roger Hazelton (1978) Visiting Professor of Religion 

B.A., Amherst; B.D.. Chicago Seminary; M.A., Chicago; Ph.D.. Yale 

Michael D. Hazen ( 1974) Assistant Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Seattle Pacific; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Kansas 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 



t Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) 

B.A., St. Olaf; A.M. Ph.D., Harvard 

Robert M. Helm (1940) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D.. Virginia 

Marcus B. Hester ( 1963) 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

*S. Hugh High (1978) 

A.B., Texas Christian; Ph.D., Duke 

David Allen Hills (I960) 

B.A., Kansas; M.A.. Ph.D.. Iowa 

Willie L. Hinze(1975) 



Professor of Philosophy 

Professor of History 

Professor of Philosophy 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics 
Associate Professor of Psychology 



Assistant Professor of Chemistry 



B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State; Ph.D. Texas A & M 



*Part-time. 

**Fall 1978. 

fOn leave, 1978-79. 



184 

Fred L. Hortonjr. (1970) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., North Carolina; B.D., Union Seminary; Ph.D., Duke 

William L. Hottinger ( 1 970) Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Slippery Rock; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois 

William D. Hounshell ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., California Institute; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

Fredric T. Howard ( 1 966) Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke 

Sarah Hutslar ( 1 977) Visiting Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Ohio State; M.Ed., Miami; Ph.D., Ohio State 

Delmer P. Hylton ( 1 949) Professor of Accountancy 

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana 

*Charles F. Jackels (1977) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B. Chem., Minnesota; Ph.D., Washington 

*Susan C. Jackels (1977) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Carleton; Ph.D., Washington 

Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest 

W. Dillon Johnston ( 1 973) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Virginia 

Virginia Z. Keller (1978) Instructor in Education 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Appalachian 

Alonzo W. Kenion ( 1 956) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Ralph C. Kennedy 1 1 1 ( 1 976) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Ph.D., California 

William C. Kerr ( 1 970) Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., Wooster; Ph.D., Cornell 

Harry L. King Jr. (1960) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Ellen E. Kirkman ( 1 975) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Wooster; M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State 

Robert Knott ( 1 975) Associate Professor of Art 

B.A., Stanford; M.A., Illinois; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Raymond E. Kuhn ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Carson-Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee 



*Part-time. 



185 

James Kuzmanovich ( 1 972) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Rose Polytechnic; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

Hugo C. Lane (1973) Assistant Professor of Biology 

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences, Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva 

*Jon E. Larson ( 1 979) Instructor in Philosophy 

B.A., Gustavus Adolphus 

Brian Legakis ( 1 974) Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., California; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

Annette LeSeige ( 1 975) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.A., M.A., San Jose State; Ph.D., Eastman 

David B. Levy ( 1 976) Instructor in Music 

B.M., M.A., Eastman 

**Charles M. Lewis ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard 

John H. Litcher (1973) Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Winona State; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota 

Gary R. Ljungquist (1972) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Clark; Ph.D., Cornell 

R. Edward Lobb (1973) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Toronto; M.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

Allan D. Louden (1977) Instructor in Speech Communication 

B.A., Montana State; M.A., Montana 

Robert W. Lovett ( 1 962, 1 968) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A.T., Ph.D., Emory 

Sam T. Manoogian ( 1 977) Adjunct Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., St. Louis 

Milorad R. Margitic ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

M.A., Leiden (Netherlands); Ph.D., Wayne State 

Gregorio C. Martin (1976) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

Diplome, Salamanca (Spain); M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh 

*Jo Whitten May (1972) histructor in Speech Communication 

B.S., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina (Greensboro) 

J . Gaylord May ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia 



*P 'art-time, spring 1979. 
**On leave, spring 1979. 



186 

W. Graham May ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia 

Donna Mayer-Martin ( 1976) Instructor in Music 

B.M., St. Mary (Kansas); M.M., Cincinnati 

James C. McDonald ( 1 960) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Washington (St. Louis); M.A., Ph.D.. Missouri 

James G. McDowell ( 1 965) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

**Dolly A. McPherson (1974) Lecturer in English 

B.A., Southern; M.A., Boston 

Jay Meek (1977) Visiting Lecturer in English 

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Syracuse 

tMauro Mercanti ( 1979) Visiting Instructor in Art 

Dottore in Architettura, Rome 

Harrv B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Joseph O. Milner ( 1 969) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Davidson; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Carlton T. Mitchell ( 1 96 1 ) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Seminary; Ph.D., New York 

*John V. Mochnick ( 1 976) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.M., Heidelberg; M.M., Indiana; D.M.A., Cincinnati 

John C. Moorhouse (1969) Associate Professor of Economics 

B.A., Wabash; Ph.D., Northwester 

Carl C. Moses ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics 

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

William M. Moss (1971) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Davidson; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Professor of History 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory 

Sandra J . Newell ( 1 978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Ph.D., Toledo 
Candelas M. Newton (1978) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.A., Salamanca (Spain); M.A., Pittsburgh 



*Part-time. 

**On leave, 1978-79. 

fPart-time, spring 1979. 



187 



Linda N. Nielsen (1974) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Stetson; M.S., Ed.D., Tennessee 

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington 

John W. Nowell ( 1 945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina 

James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D.. Chicago 

A. Thomas Olive ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina State 

Susan A. Ostrander ( 1978) Assistant Professor oj Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve 

Jeanne Owen ( 1 956) Professor of Business Law 

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., North Carolina 

John E. Parker Jr. (1 950) Professor of Education and Romance Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse 

Philip J . Perricone ( 1 967) Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.S., M.A., Florida; Ph.D., Kentucky 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke 

Elizabeth Phillips ( 1 957) Professor of English 

B.A., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., Iowa; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

*Terisio Pignatti (1971) Visiting Professor of Art Histoiy 

Ph.D., Padua (Venice) 

Andrew W. Polk III (1977) Instructor in Art 

B.F.A., Memphis State; M.F.A., Indiana 

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Prof essor of Education 

B.S., California State (Pennsylvania); M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Ray H. Price (1978) Instructor in Mathematics 

B.A., Wofford; M.A., Wake Forest 

Gregory D. Pritchard ( 1 968) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminar); Ph.D., Columbia 

Teresa Radomski ( 1 977) Instructor in Music 

B.M., Eastman; M.M., Colorado 



* Part-time. 



Beulah L. Ray nor ( 1 946) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., East Carolina; M.A., Wake Forest 

J. Don Reeves ( 1 967) Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia 

Jon M. Reinhardt ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D , Tulane 

Walter J . Rejeski Jr. ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Norwich; M.A., Ph.D., Connecticut 

Paul M. Ribisl ( 1 973) Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Pittsburgh; M.A., Kent State; Ph.D., Illinois 

Latira P. Rice-Sayre ( 1 976) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Ohio State; M.A., Kent State; Ph.D., Washington 

C. H . Richards Jr. ( 1 952) Professor of Politics 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Adjunct Professor of Biology 

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California 

Charles L. Richman ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati 

Daniel J . Richman (1978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

*Ward A. Riley, Jr. ( 1 978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.A., Kalamazoo; M.S., Michigan State; Ph.D., Southern Illinois 

Leonard P. Roberge (1974) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.A., Atlanta; Ed.D., Maine 

Mary Frances Robinson ( 1 952) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Wilson; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse 

Eva Marie Rodtwitt ( 1 966) Lecturer in Romance Languages 

Can. Philol., Oslo (Norway) 

**Michael Roman (1973) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Laura V. Rouzan (1975) Instructor in Speech Communication 

B.A., Xavier; M.A., Georgia 

Gail L. Sailer (1977) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Bowling Green State; M.A., North Carolina 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana 



*Pari-time, fall 1978. 
**On leave, 1978-1979. 



189 

John W. Sawyer ( 1 956) Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri 

Henry M . Sayre ( 1 976) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Stanford; Ph.D., Washington 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

Richard D. Sears ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Mississippi Delta State; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Margaret B. Seelbinder ( 196 1 , 1977) Instructor in Mathematics 

B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman's College; M.A., North Carolina 

Dorothy Jean Carter Seeman ( 1976) Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.S., Ph.D., Georgia 

Timothy F. Sellner ( 1 970) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Wayne State; Ph.D., Michigan 

Bynum G. Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism 

B.A., Wake Forest 

*Howard W. Shields (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke 

Susan Grace Shillinglaw ( 1 977) Instructor in English 

B.A., Cornell (Iowa); M.A., North Carolina 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Georgetown; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida 

Richard L. Shoemaker ( 1 950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia 

Robert N . Shorter ( 1 958) Professor of English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Michael L. Sinclair ( 1 968) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Stanford 

David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

J. Howell Smith (1965) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

Cecelia H . Solano (1977) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Radcliffe; M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 



*On leave, 1978-79. 



190 

Blanche C . Specr (1972) Assistant Professor of Linguistics 

B.A., Howard Payne; M.A., Ph.D., Colorado 

*Chris Stanley ( 1 978) Lecturer in Theatre Arts 

B.A., M.A., Bristol (Great Britain) (London) 

James A. Steintrager ( 1 969) Professor of Politics 

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

Laura M . Stone (1977) Visiting Assistant Professor of Classical Languages 

B.A., Smith; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Henry Smith Stroupe ( 1 937) Professor of History 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke 

David A. Stump ( 1 977) Adjunct Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Trinity (Texas); M.A., Ph.D., Houston 

Anna- Vera Sullam ( 1 972) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.A., Padua (Venice) 

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State 

* *Charles H . Talbert ( 1 963) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

Thomas C. Taylor (1971) Associate Professor of Accountancy 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Louisiana State; C.P.A., North Carolina 

Harold C. Tedford ( 1 965) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State 

Stanton K. Tefft ( 1964) Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota 

Mary Beth Thomas (1971) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Agnes Scott; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Mary L. Thomas ( 1 975) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.A., Ohio; M.A., Michigan 

Michael J . Thomas ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Indiana; Ph.D., California (Los Angeles) 

Olive S. Thomas ( 1 978) Instructor in Business 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.B.A., North Carolina (Greensboro); C.P.A., North Carolina 

Anne S. Tillett (1956, 1 960) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern 

Lowell R. Tillett ( 1 956) Professor of History 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina 



^Part-time, fall 197 '8. 
**On leave, spring 1979. 



191 



Richard I. Tirrell (1977) 

B.S., Purdue; M.S., Kansas State 

Sylvia Trelles (1977) 

B.A., Ripon; M.A., Michigan 

Robert W. Uleryjr. (1971) 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Vale 

Robert L. Utlev Jr. ( 1978) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke 



Visiting Lecture) in Education 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

Instructor in Politics 

Professor of Mathematics 

Professor of Economics 



Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh 

J. Van Wagstalf (1964) 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia 

William D. Waller ( 1978) Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.B.A., Campbell; M.S., Troy State 

James D. Walter ( 1 978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Kent State; M.A., Indiana; Ph.D., Ohio State 

Anderson H. Walters (1975) Professor of Military Science 

B.S., Inked States Military Academy: M.S., Ohio State 



David E.Walters (1978) 
B.S., Florida State 

DavidS. Weaver (1977) 

B.A., M.A., Arizona; Ph.D., New Mexico 

Peter D. Weigl ( 1968) 

B.A., Williams; Ph.D., Duke 

David Welkerf 1969) 

B.A.. M.A., Illinois; Ph.D.. Minnesota 

Larry E. West (1969) 

B.A.. Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

'Frank H. Whitchurch (1971) 

B.S., M.A., Minnesota; M.A., Ohio State 



Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Professor of Theatre Arts 

Associate Professor of German 

Instructor in Romance Languages 



[David Whiteside ( 1 979) Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., South; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan; M.S.S.W.. Louisville 

Assistant Professor of Histoid 



Alan J. Williams (1974) 

B.A.. Stanford; M.Phil., Ph.D., Vale 

George P. Williams ( 1958) 

B.S., Richmond; M.S.. Ph.D., North Carolina 



Professor of Physics 



*Part-time, fall 1978. 

**Part-time. 

tPart-time, spring 1979. 



192 



John E. Williams ( 1 959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa 

*Kathryn B. Williams (1977) Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Miami (Ohio); M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Fielding 

Edwin Graves Wilson ( 1 946, 1951) Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

William A. Wilson (1977) Instructor in English 

B.A., M.A., Virginia 

Donald H . Wolfe ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts 

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell 

Frank B . Wood (1971) Adjunct Assista nt Professor of Psychology 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Duke 

Ralph C. Woodjr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., East Texas State; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

J. Ned Woodall (1969) Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist 

John J . Woodmansee ( 1 965) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado 

John D. Wray (1978) Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., Marian 

Raymond L. Wyatt ( 1 956) Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

W. Buck Yearns Jr. (1945) Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Alice H. Zigelis (1977) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Smith 

Richard L. Zuber ( 1 962) Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke 



*Part-time. 




193 

Emeriti 



*Harold M. Barrow (1948-1977) » Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana 

Dalma Adolph Brown ( 1 94 1 - 1 973) /> Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina 

Ruth F. Campbell ( 1 962- 1 974) ' Professor Emerita of Spanish 

B.A., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D.. Duke 

**Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-1967) Professor Emeritus of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State 

Marjorie Crisp ( 1 947- 1977) t Associate Professor Emerita of Physical Education 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., George Peahody 

Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

Cronje B. Earp ( 1 940- 1971) Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia 

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Seminary; D.D., Furman 

Edgar Estes Folk ( 1 936- 1 967) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody 

tRoland L. Gay ( 1 933- 1 972) v« Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing 

B.A., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana 

Owen F. Herring ( 1 946- 1 963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; D.D., Georgetown 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina 

Robert E. Lee (1946-1977) Professor Emeritus of Law and 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M. A., Columbia; Dean Emeritus of the School of Law 
LL.M., S.J. D., Duke 

ttThane McDonald ( 1 94 1 - 1 975) Professor Emeritus of Music 

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Columbia 

Jasper L. Memory Jr. ( 1 929- 1971) Professor- Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia 



*Dates following names indicate period of service. 
**Died June 4, 1978. 
fDied May 13, 1979. 
tfDied August 12, 1978. 



194 



Harold Dawes Parcell (1935-1970) 

B.A., North Carolina; A.M.. Ph.D. 



Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 
Harvard 



Clarence H. Patrick (1946-1978) Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke 



Grady S. Patterson (1924-1972) 
B.A., Wake Forest 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-1965) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell 

PaulS. Robinson (1952-1977) 

B.A., Westminster; B.M., Curtis; M.S.M., 



R egistra r E meritus 

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

Professor Emeritus of Music 
D.S.M., Union Seminary 

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-1967) President Emeritus 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; M.A., Louisville; Ph.D. 

Edinburgh; D.D., Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, Richmond, Duke, 

North Carolina 

Carroll W. Weathers ( 1 950- 1972) Professor Emeritus of Law and 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest Dean Emeritus of the School of Law 

Carlton P. West (1928-1975) Librarian Emeritus 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Yale; B.A. in L.S., North Carolina 




195 

The Committees of the Faculty 

September 1, 1979 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on August 31 of 
the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chairman except where the 
chairman is designated. All members of a committee vote except as otherwise 
indicated 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES 

The Committee on Academic Affairs 

Non-voting. Dean of Men, Dean of Women, Associate Dean, Assistant Dean, and one 
student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College; 1982 John Willian Angell, 
Kathleen Glenn; 1981 Jack D. Fleer, Timothy F. Sellner; 1980 Alonzo W. Kenion, 
Robert W. Lovett, and one student in the College. 

The Committee on Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Associate Dean of the 
College, Dean of Women, and one student in the College. Voting. Dean of the 
College; 1982 James Kuzmanovich, Ralph C. Wood Jr.; 1981 John W. Nowell, 
Charles H. Talbert; 1980 Herman E. Eure, Robert N. Shorter, and one student in 
the College. 



The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid 

Non-voting. One student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College, Director of 
Admissions and Financial Aid, Dean of Women, Associate Dean; 1982 Ronald V. 
Dimock Jr., Carl C. Moses; 1981 Peter D. Weigl, Alan J. Williams; 1980 John E. 
Collins, Anne S. Tillett, and one student in the College. 



The Committee on Curriculum 

Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Registrar, and the chairman of each 
department of the College as follows: Division I. Art, Classical Languages, English, 
German, Music, Romance Languages, Speech Communication and Theatre Arts; 
Division II. Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics; Division 
III. Education, History, Military Science, Philosophy. Religion; Division IV. 
Anthropology, Business and Accountancy, Economics, Politics, Psychology, 
Sociology. 



196 



ADVISORY COMMITTEES 

The Committee on Academic Planning 

Non-voting. Provost; and one student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College, 
Director of Libraries; 1983 James P. Barefield, John C. Moorhouse, 1982 Elizabeth 
Phillips, Mary Beth Thomas; 1981 Richard C. Barnett, James A. Steintrager; 1980 
Elmer Hayashi, Wilmer D. Sanders, and one student in the College. 

The Committee on Athletics 

Non-voting. Director of Athletics. Voting. Vice President and Treasurer, Dean of the 
College, faculty representative to the Atlantic Coast Conference; 1984 Marcus B. 
Hester, J. Don Reeves; 1983 Ivey C. Gentry, Jeanne Owen; 1982 John William 
Angell, David K. Evans; 1981 Philippe R. Falkenberg, Michael L. Sinclair; 1980 
Robert C. Beck, Philip J. Perricone. 

The Committee on Institutional Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, Vice President and Treasurer, and one student in the College. 
Voting. Dean of the College; 1983 James G. McDowell, J. Van Wagstaff; 1982 
Charles M. Allen, Lee Harris Potter; 1981 J. Edwin Hendricks, John E. Williams; 
1980 Ronald E. Noftle, Donald H. Wolfe, and one student in the College. 

The Committee on Nominations 

Voting. 1982 David W. Catron, Gregory D. Pritchard; 1981 John A. Cartel Jr., C. H. 
Richards Jr.; 1980 Howard W. Shields, Lowell R. Tillett. 

The Committee on Library Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, one faculty representative from 
the Committee on Academic Planning, and one student in the College. Voting. One 
faculty member from each department in the College, Dean of the College, 
Director of Libraries, and one student in the College. 



SPECIAL COMMITTEES 

The Committee on Publications 

Dean of the College, Vice President and Treasurer, Director of Communications, 
the three faculty advisers of Old Gold and Black, The Student, and The Howler; 1982 
Charles M. Lewis; 1981 David L. Smiley; 1980 Lee Harris Potter. 

The Committee for Teacher Education 

Dean of the College, Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman of the Department of 
Education; 1982 Carl V. Harris, Charles L. Richman; 1981 Stephen Ewing, Marcus 
B. Hester; 1980 William L. Hottinger, J. Don Reeves. 



197 



The Committee for the ROTC 

Dean of the College, the R.O.T.C. Coordinator, the Professor of Military Science; 
1982 Leon P. Cook jr.; 1981 James G. McDowell; 1980 W. Graham May. 

The Committee on Honors 

Non-voting. One student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College, the 
Coordinator of the Honors Program; 1983 Mary Beth Thomas; 1982 J. Ned 
Woodall; 1981 Robert W. Ulery Jr.; 1980 Fred L. Horton Jr., and one student in 
the College. 

The Committee of Lower Division Advisers 

Dean of the College; Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers (Robert W. 
Brehme); Brian M. Austin, John E. Collins, Nancy J. Cotton, Cyclone Covey, 
Deborah S. David, John F. Dimmick, Carol S. Disque, Leo Ellison Jr., Herman E. 
Eure, Philippe R. Falkenberg, Jack D. Fleer, Donald E. Frev, Thomas F. Gossett, 
Carl V. Harris, Elmer K. Havashi, N. Rick Heatley, Marcus B. Hester, David A. 
Hills, Willie Lee Hinze, Fred L. Horton Jr., Patricia A.Johnson, Ellen E. Kirkman, 
James Kuzmanovich, Lula M. Leake, W. Graham May, James G. McDowell, Carlton 
T. Mitchell, Carl C. Moses, Linda N. Nielsen, A. Thomas Olive, Gregory D. 
Pritchard, Teresa Radomski, Paul M. Ribisl, Eva Marie Rodtwitt, Laura V. Rouzan, 
Ben M. Seelbinder, Timothy F. Sellner, Michael L. Sinclair, J. Howell Smith, 
Cecelia H. Solano, Laura M. Stone, Robert L. Sullivan, Mary Beth Thomas, Robert 
W. Ulery Jr., Marcellus E. Waddill, David S. Weaver, Peter D. Weigl, Larry E. West, 
Frank H. Whitchurch, Alan J. Williams, Ralph C. Wood Jr., J. Ned Woodall, 
Raymond L. Wyatt. Open Curriculum: Richard C. Barnett, John A. Carter Jr., David 
W. Hadley, William C. Kerr, Donald O. Schoonmaker, Harold C. Tedford. 

The Committee on Orientation 

Dean of the College, Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers, Dean of Men, Dean 
of Women, President of the Student Government or his or her representative, and 
other persons from the administration and student body invited by the chairman. 

The Committee on Records and Information 

Non-voting. The Registrar. Voting. Dean of the College, Archivist, Vice President of 
the Faculty, Secretary of the Faculty; 1982 Cyclone Covey, 1981 Charles M. Allen; 
1980 Fredric T. Howard. 

The Committee on Open Curriculum 

Dean of the College; 1983 John L. Andronica, J. Ned Woodall; 1982 David W. 
Hadley, William C. Kerr; 1981 John A. Carter Jr., Donald O. Schoonmaker; 1980 
Richard C. Barnett, Roger A. Hegstrom. 



198 

OTHER 

Faculty Advisers to the Honor Council 

1981 Robert N. Shorter, 1980 A. Thomas Olive, 1979 John V. Baxley 
Faculty Advisers to the Student Judicial Board 

1981 Stephen Ewing, 1980 Ellen E. Kirkman; 1979 Larry E. West 
Faculty Marshals 

Carlton T. Mitchell, John E. Parker Jr., Mary Frances Robinson 

JOINT FACULTY/ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEES 

The Joint Admissions Committee 

Dean of the College, Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Provost, Donald O. 
Schoonmaker, Herman E. Eure, Robert N. Shorter. 

The Judicial Council 

Administration. Toby A. Hale, Richard W. McBride. Faculty. Fred L. Horton Jr., 
Blanche C. Speer, Jeanne Owen, Marcellus E. Waddill, George P. Williams; two 
students in the College. Faculty Alternates. Richard C. Barnett, Carlton T. Mitchell. 
Administrative Alternate. Patricia Adams Johnson and one student alternate. 

The Committee on Student Life 

Dean of the College or his designate, Dean of Women, Dean of Men; 1982 William 
H. Gulley; 1981 Ralph C. Wood Jr.; 1980 Dorothy Casey, and three students in the 
College. 

OTHER COMMITTEES 

Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee 

Frances G. Baird, Bernard L. Beatty, Charles Blackwell, Ronald M. Boston, 
Dorothy Casey, Edgar D. Christman, Herman E. Eure, Harriett Faulkner, James L. 
Ferrell, Mildred K. Garris, Ross A. Griffith, Joseph G. Gordon, Calvin Johnson, 
Christine Johnson, Norman Klase, David Leake, Annette LeSeige, Thomas E. 
Mullen, Larrv L. Palmer, Curtis L. Parker, Charles P. Rose Jr., Laura V. Rouzan, 
Meyressa H. Schoonmaker, Nat E. Smith, Nina Stokes, Henry Smith Stroupe, Betty 
Jo Zimmerman. 

University Grievance Committee 

College. Jeanne Owen, Harry B. Miller (alternate); Graduate School. Richard W. St. 
Clair, David W. Catron (alternate); School of Law. George K. Walker, Joel S. 
Newman (alternate); Babcock School of Management. William J. Heisler, Robert N. 
White (alternate); Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Timothy C. Pennell, Walter J. Bo 
(alternate). 



199 



UNIVERSITY SENATE 

President, Provost, Vice President for Health Affairs, Vice President and 
Treasurer, Dean of the College, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the School 
of Law, Dean of the Babcock Graduate School of Management, Dean of the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Director of Libraries, and the following: 

Representatives of the College. 1983 Bynum G. Shaw, Charles H. Talbert; 1982 Alonzo 
W. Kenion, James C. O'Flaherty; 1981 E. Pendleton Banks, C. H. Richards Jr.; 

1980 John L. Andronica, Delmer P. Hylton. 

Representatives of the Graduate School. 1983 Howard W. Shields, 1982 Robert W. 
Cowgill, 1981 H. Wallace Baird, 1980 Richard C. Barnett. 

Representatives of the School of Law. 1983 Joel S. Newman, 1981 Rhoda B. Billings. 

Representatives of the Babcock Graduate School of Management: 1983 Thomas A. GoHo, 

1981 William J. Heisler. 

Representatives of (he Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 1983 C. Douglas Maynard, 1982 
Eben Alexander, 1981 Robert W. Prichard, 1980 Walter J. Bo. 




200 



Index 



Academic Awards, 23 

Academic Buildings, 18 

Academic Calendar, 31 

Accountancy, 73 

Accreditation, 9 

Administration, 20, 172 

Admission Deposit, 29 

Admission Requirements, 27 

Advanced Placement, 28 

Advising, 32 

Alcoa Foundation Scholarship, 38 

Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship, 39 

Anthropology, 58 

Application for Admission, 27 

Applied Music, 110 

Applied Music Fees, 30 

Art, 61 

Art Collections, 26 

Art History, 62 

Artists Series, 25 

Artom Fund, 39 

Asian Studies, 65 

Athletic Awards, 24 

Athletic Scholarships, 24 

Athletics, 24 

Attendance Requirements, 33 

Auditing, 33 

Babcock Graduate School of 

Management, 8 
Basic Course Requirements, 51 
Basic Education Opportunity 

Grants, 39 
Biology, 66 

Board of Trustees, 168 
Board of Visitors, 170 
Bogota Semester, 42 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 8 
Brown Scholarship, 39 
Bryan Foundation Student Loan 

Plan, 43 
Buildings and Grounds, 18 
Bushnell Baptist Church Loan 

Fund, 43 



Business, 71 

Business and Accountancy, 71 

Calendar, 2 

Campus Ministry, 25 

Career Development Service, 26 

Carroll Scholarship, 39 

Carswell Scholarships, 38 

Carver Scholarship, 39 

Case Referral Board, 22 

Challenge Symposium, 25 

Charges, 29 

Chemistry, 74 

Chinese, 139 

Choral Ensembles, 25, 109 

Church Choir Work Grants, 45 

Class Attendance, 33 

Classical Languages, 75 

Classics, 78 

Classification, 32 

CLEP, 28 

College Historv and Development, 1 1 

College Scholarships, 39 

College Union, 22 

College Work/Study Program, 45 

Combined Degrees, 54 

Committees of the Faculty, 195 

Concerts, 25 

Concessions, 44 

Council Fund, 43 

Course Numbers, 58 

Course Repetition, 35 

Courses of Instruction, 58 

Crowell Scholarship, 39 

Cultural Activities, 25 

Cultural Resources, 26 

Dance, 26, 114 

Dean's List, 35 

Debate, 25 

Degree Requirements, 50 

Degrees, 9, 50 

Degrees Conferred, 148 

Denmark Loan Fund. 13, 43 

Dentistry Degree, 56 



201 



Deposits, 29 

Dijon Semester, 49, 135 

Distinctions Conferred, 156 

Divisional Course Requirements, 51 

Double Majors, 54 

Dropping a Course, 34 

Dunn Loan Fund, 43 

Duplin County Loan Fund, 43 

Early Decision, 28 

Earnshaw Loan Fund, 43 

Economics, 79 

Ecumenical Institute, 25 

Education, 82 

Emeriti, 193 

Engineering Degree, 57 

English, 87 

Enrollment Summary, 162 

Equal Opportunity Advisory 

Committee, 198 
Examinations, 34 
Exchange Scholarships, 42 
Expenses, 29 
Faculty, 178 
Faculty Marshals, 198 
Fees, 29 

Fields of Study, 50, 53 
Financial Aid, 38, 43 
Food Services, 31 
Forestry and Environmental 

Studies Degree, 57 
Four-Week Courses, 48 
Fraternities, 23 
Freeman Scholarship, 39 
French, 132 

French Exchange Scholarship, 43 
French Semester, 49, 135 
Friendly Student Loan Fund, 43 
Geographical Distribution, 163 
German, 91 

German Exchange Scholarship, 42 
Gill Scholarship, 39 
Glover Scholarship, 40 
Goebel Scholarship, 40 
Grade Reports, 35 
Grading System, 34 
Graduate School, 8 



Graduation Distinctions, 35, 156 
Graduation Fee, 30 
Graduation Requirements, 37 
Greek, 76 
Guaranteed Student Loan 

Program, 43 
Hamrick Scholarship, 40 
Hankins Loan Fund, 43 
Hankins Scholarships, 38 
Harris Loan Fund, 43 
Health Service, 26, 30 
Hebrew, 131 
Hindi, 139 
History, 93 

Hobgood Scholarship, 40 
Hollifield Scholarship, 40 
Honor Council, 22 
Honor Societies, 23 
Honor Code, 21 
Honors Study, 47, 99 
Housing, 31 
Howler, 25 
Humanities, 98 
Incomplete Grades, 34 
Independent Study, 49 
Indian Semester, 49 
Instrumental Ensembles, 25, 109 
Intercollegiate Athletics, 24 
Interdisciplinary Honors, 99 
Interfraternity Council, 23 
Intersociety Council, 23 
Intramural Athletics, 24 
Italian, 139 
January Study, 48 
Joint Majors, 54 
Journalism, 89 
Judicial Board, 22 
Keiger Scholarship, 40 
Kent Scholarships, 40 
Kirkpatrick-Howell Scholarship, 40 
Knott Scholarship, 24 
Langston Loan Fund, 44 
Latin, 77 
Law Degree, 54 
Law School, 8 
Libraries, 9 



202 



Literature Lectures, 25 

Loans, 43 

London Semester, 48 

Lower Division Requirements, 

50, 51, 52 
Majors, 50, 53 
Management School, 8 
Mathematical Economics, 79, 101 
Mathematics, 101 
Mathematics-Biology, 67, 101 
Mathematics-Business, 71, 101, 102 
Maximum Number of Courses, 53 
McDonald Scholarship, 40 
Medals, 23 
Medical School, 8 
Medical Sciences Degree, 55 
Medical Technology Degree, 55 
Men's Residence Council, 22 
Microbiology Degree, 56 
Military Science, 104 
Ministerial Aid Fund, 45 
Ministerial Concessions, 45 
Mortar Board, 23, 160 
Music, 105 

Music Education, 84, 108 
Music Ensemble, 109 
Music History, 107 
Music Theory, 106 
National Direct Student Loan 

Program, 44 
Norfleet Scholarship, 40 
North Carolina Insured Student 

Loan Program, 44 
North Carolina Scholarships, 40 
North Carolina Student Incentive 

Grants, 41 
Norton Loan Fund, 44 
Norwegian, 140 
Old Gold and Black, 25 
Omicron Delta Kappa, 23, 160 
Open Curriculum, 47 
Opera, 25, 109 
Orientation, 32 
Palmer Award, 24 
Parham Scholarship, 41 
Pass/Fail Grades, 35 



Pettus Scholarship, 41 

Phi Beta Kappa, 10, 23, 161 

Philosophy, 1 1 1 

Philosophy Seminar, 25 

Physical Education, 113 

Physical Education Requirement, 52, 113 

Physical Assistant Program 

Degree, 56 
Physics, 116 
Piccolo Award, 24 
Placement Service, 26 
Politics, 118 
Poteat Scholarship, 41 
Powers Fund, 44 
Probation, 36 
Procedures, 27 
Professional Fraternities, 23 
Professional Schools, 8 
Proficiency in the English 

Language, 52 
Psychological Service, 26 
Psychology, 123 
Publications, 25 
Pullen Scholarship, 41 
Purpose, 19 
Raby Loan Fund, 44 
Radio Station, 25 
Radio/Television/Film, 146 
Raynor Scholarship, 41 
Readmission Requirements, 37 
Recognition, 9 
Recreational Activities, 24 
Refunds, 30 
Registration, 32 
Rehabilitation Concessions, 45 
Religion, 127 
Religion Lectures, 25 
Religious Activities, 25 
Repetition of Courses, 35 
Requirements for Continuation, 36 
Requirements for Degrees, 50 
Residence Councils, 22 
Residence Hall Charges, 29, 31 
Residential Buildings, 18 
Residential Language Centers, 47 
Revell Scholarship, 41 



203 



Reynolds Scholarship, 41 
Romance Languages, 131 
Room Charges, 39, 31 
ROTC, 104 

ROTC Scholarships, 41 
Russian, 140 

Salamanca Semester, 49, 138 
Salem College Study, 48 
Scholarships, 38 
Senior Conditions, 37 
Senior Testing, 54 
Sigma Xi, 10 
Slate Loan Fund, 44 
Smith Scholarship, 41 
Societies, 23 
Sociology, 140 
Spanish, 136 

Spanish Exchange Scholarship, 42 
Spanish Semester, 49, 138 
Special Programs, 47 
Speech Communication, 143 
Sternberger Scholarships, 42 
Straughan Scholarship, 42 
Student/Student Spouse Employ- 
ment, 45 
Student/Faculty Committees, 195 
Student Government, 21 
Student Legislature, 21 
Student Life, 21 
Student Magazine, 25 



Studio Art, 64 
Study Abroad, 48 
Summer Session, 48 
Summer Study Elsewhere, 48 
Supplemental Education Opportunity 

Grants, 42 
Sykes Scholarship, 42 
Teaching Area Requirements, 83 
Theatre Arts, 146 
Transcripts, 30, 35 
Transfer Credit, 28 
Trustees, 168 
Tuition, 29 

Tyner-Pittman Scholarship, 42 
University, 8 
University Senate, 199 
University Grievance Committee, 199 
Upper Division Study, 53 
Vehicle Registration, 30 
Venice Semester, 48, 140 
Veteran Benefits, 45 
Visitors, 170 
WFDD-FM, 25 
Williams Scholarship, 42 
Wilson Scholarship, 42 
Withdrawal, 34 

Women's Residence Council, 22 
Work/Studv Program, 45 
Worsham Scholarship, 24 
Wyatt Scholarship, 42 




Bulletins of Wake Forest University 



The College 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 

7305 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5201 

The Graduate School 

Dean of the Graduate School 

7487 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5301 

The School of Law 

Director of Admissions 

7206 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5437 

The Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Director of Admissions 

7659 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5422 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Associate Dean for Admissions 

300 Hawthorne Road 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103 

919-727-4265 

The Summer Session 

Dean of the Summer Session 

7293 Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 

919-761-5227 

William E. Ray, Editor 

Wake Forest University administers all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national 
origin, age, handicap, or sex, except where exempt. 




Director of Admissions 
Wake Forest University 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109 



Second Class Postage Paid 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 

UPS 078-320